UC-NRLF 


B    M    D3fl    7DM 


t  -  ■:♦.; 


h'iii<i&L7i^^u2i'm&f£i^miiJh^'€l 


i/r"^ 


University  of  California, 


FROM  THE  LIBRARY  OF 

Dr.  martin  KELLOGG. 

GIFT  OF  MRS.  LOUISE  B.  KELLOGG. 


T.  MACCI    PLAVTI    PSEVDOLVS 


Z 


THE 


PSEUDOLUS  OF  PLAUTUS 


it|}  Entrotiuction  anK  Notes 


BY 


E.   P.    MORRIS 


MASSACHUSETTS   PROFESSOR   OF   LATIN    IN    WILLIAMS   COLLEGE 


Boston 

ALLYN     AND     BACON 

1890 


rt«^ 


^'^ 


Copyright,  1890, 
By  Allyn  and  Bacon. 


©Inibcvsttg  ^rfss: 
John  Wilson  and  Son,  Cambridge. 


PREFACE. 


The  variations  of  this  text  from  the  standard  edition  of 
Goetz  (Leipzig,  1887)  are  in  the  following  Unes :  6,  16,  65, 
142,  151  ff.  order,  151,  153,  156,  159,  166,  180,  191,  and 
change  of  speakers  through  the  rest  of  the  scene,  217  punctu- 
ation, 241,  255  f.,  262  tL,  268,  lacuna  after  295,  325,  452 
order,  497,  499,  lacuna  marked  after  545,  696,  697,  699,  710, 
782  punctuation,  792,  814  order,  908,  1044,  1073,  1204  ff., 
1263.  The  notes  mention  these  changes  and  explain  the 
more  important  of  them.  There  are  also  a  few  changes  in 
spelling,  but  in  the  main  the  text  follows  Goetz.  In  the 
arrangement  of  the  Introduction,  also,  I  have  been  greatl}' 
helped  Iw  notes  of  lectures  by  Professor  Goetz  upon  the 
Bacchides,  and  I  desire  to  use  this  opportunit}'  to  express  to 
him  not  onlj'  my  part  of  the  respect  which  all  scholars  feel  for 
his  admirable  work  on  the  text  of  Plautus,  but  also  m}'  per- 
sonal regard  and  gratitude  for  his  most  hospitable  kindness 
to  me. 

For  the   notes  I   have   made    use    of  the  material  at  my 
command,    including   the   early    editions   and    a   rather  full 


IV  PREFACE. 

collection  of  dissertations  and  journal  articles,  but  I  am  un- 
der greatest  obligation,  as  any  one  who  edits  a  play  of  Plautus 
must  be,  to  Brix  and  Lorenz,  and  to  Langen's  Beitrage. 
Studemund's  Apographon  of  the  Ambrosian  Palimpsest  ap- 
peared too  late  to  be  used  without  great  inconvenience. 

E.  P.  MORRIS. 

WiLLIAMSTOWN,   MaSS., 

August  1st,  1890. 


INTRODUCTION. 


1.  Two  influences  shaped  Roman  corned}'.  Of  these  the 
more  obvious  and,  at  least  in  regard  to  form,  the  more  impor- 
tant was  that  exerted  b}'  the  drama  of  tlie  preceding  century' 
in  Greece.  This,  however,  was  in  several  ways  unlike  the 
Greek  drama  of  the  time  of  Pericles.  When  Aristophanes 
wrote  for  the  stage  he  had  at  his  command  all  the  resources 
of  Athens,  and  his  audience  was  made  up  of  men  trained  to 
keen  thinking  and  large  interests  b}'  the  long  struggle  which 
had  given  Athens  the  leadership  of  Greece.  The  Old  Com- 
ed}',  therefore,  like  the  life  which  it  reflected,  was  vigorous 
and  broad,  and,  in  the  midst  of  its  overflowing  comic  spirit, 
really  serious  in  its  purposes.  But  when,  at  the  end  of  the 
Peloponnesian  War,  Athens  lost  her  political  leadership  and 
the  Athenians  lost  their  interest  in  public  questions,  the 
drama  also  declined  in  force  and  breadth.  The  chorus,  which 
had  been  the  chief  vehicle  for  the  expression  of  the  poet's 
opinions,  was  too  expensive  for  the  cit}'  treasury,  and  as 
early  as  the  year  388  b.  c,  when  the  Ploutos,  the  latest  of  the 
existing  plaj's  of  Aristophanes,  was  produced,  it  had  sunk  to 
a  secondar}'  place.  The  death  of  Aristophanes  was  followed 
by  a  period  of  transition,  —  the  period  of  the  Middle  Com- 
edy, during  which  the  same  causes  were  at  work  to  restrict 
the  chorus  and  limit  the  subject-matter  of  comed}'. 


11  INTRODUCTION. 

2.  The  New  Comedy,  the  floiirishhig  period  of  which  was 
nearly  coincident  with  the  death  of  Alexander  in  322,  re- 
mains only  in  fragments,  but  tiie  number  of  these  is  consid- 
erable, and  the  general  characteristics  of  the  period  can  be 
made  out  with  sufficient  distinctness.  The  prologue  had 
become  an  important  feature  of  the  pla}',  and  the  cliorus  had 
fallen  entirely  into  disuse.  The  interest  centred  in  the  plot, 
and  the  plot  turned  upon  a  successful  deception  ;  usually'  the 
intrigue  was  carried  out  b}'  a  slave  in  order  to  enable  a  young 
man  to  get  possession  of  his  mistress,  a  woman  of  the  class  of 
hetaerae,  by  swindling  the  young  man's  father  or  the  Ze^^o  who 
owned  the  girl.  There  are  variations  from  this  t3'pe,  and 
there  is  considerable  ingenuitj'  in  the  working  out  of  the  plot, 
but  the  element  of  tricker}-  and  deception  is  alwa3's  present. 
The  types  of  character  and  the  social  and  domestic  relations 
are  almost  without  exception  on  a  low  plane,  and  seem  to 
represent  a  race  already  enervated  and  debased.  But  the 
picture  should  not  be  accepted  without  resei've.  On  the  one 
hand,  the  first  appearance  in  literature  of  the  sustained  story 
seems  to  have  been  in  the  form  of  a  plot,  in  the  narrower  sense 
of  the  word,  an  intrigue,  as  in  Lucian  and  Apuleius  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  the  earliest  realism  doubtless  selected  the  most 
striking  and  amusing  types  of  character,  rather  than  those 
most  truly  representative.  Both  of  these  tendencies  began 
with  Euripides,  whose  influence  upon  the  later  Greek  litera- 
ture was  wide  and  deep.  The  New  Comed}'  follows  the 
example  of  Euripides  also  in  introducing  moralizing  and 
philoso[)hical  I'emarks  into  the  dialogue.  The}'  are  usuall}' 
of  the  easy-going  Epicurean  stjie,  the  product  of  Greek 
subtlety  rather  than  of  profound  feeling  or  wisdom,  and 
coming  from  the  lii)s  of  a  swindler  or  a  dupe  they  lower 
rather  than  heigliten  the  moral  tone  of  the  plays.     Finallj^ 


INTRODUCTION.  iil 

even  in  their  fragments  the  Greek  plan's  show  a  master}-  of 
techiiirjue  which  was  the  natural  result  of  two  centuries  of 
dramatic  activity'.  For  the  expression  of  keen  distinctions 
and  of  polished  wit  no  language  could  be  a  more  perfect 
instrument  than  the  language  which  had  been  refined  and 
colored  b}-  the  great  masters  of  Greek  thought.  It  was  a 
curious  chance  which  led  the  Romans  of  the  third  centur}'  to 
seek  in  this  comedy,  refined  and  witt3'and  philosophical,  hlase 
in  sentiment  and  in  ideals,  the  model  for  their  national 
drama.  . 

3.  The  second  influence  which  aflfected  Roman  comed}' 
came  from  the  partiall}'  dcA^eloped  germs  of  a  native  litera- 
ture, associated,  as  was  the  early  Greek  drama,  with  the 
songs  and  dances  of  village  festivals.  Livy,^  VII.,  2,  in  de- 
scribing the  means  used  to  avert  a  pestilence  in  the  3'ear  364, 
reviews  the  early  history  of  the  drama.  He  sa^^s  that  it  be- 
gan with  the  introduction  of  players  from  Etruria,  who  in  this 
3'ear  performed  in  Rome  a  solemn  mimetic  dance  ;  that  the 
Romans  in  imitation  of  them  invented  the  iiersiis  Fescennini^ 
extemporaneous  verses  accompanied  b3'  a  dance  and  sung 
alternatel3-  in  dialogue ;  that  the  satura  ^  was  a  further  ad- 
vance, being  inpleta  modis  and  descripto  icon  ad  tibicinem 
cantu^  not  wholl3'  extemporaneous  but  in  regular  verse  set  to 
music. 

Though  this  is  not  clear  in  all  details,  and  though  Liv3'  i^ 
certainly  wrong  in  supposing  that  all  indigenous  poetr3'  was 
deriA^ed  from  an  Etruscan  dance  introduced  in  the  3-ear  364, 
it  is  still  plain  that  this  account,  taken  probabl3'  from  Yarro, 

1  The  whole  passage  should  be  studied  with  Weissenborn's  notes.  Cf. 
also  the  similar  account  in  Val.  Max.  II.,  4,  4. 

"  Perhaps  sc.fabula,  from  an  adj.  saturus,  "varied,"  cf.  lanx  satura,  a 
dish  filled  with  various  contents. 


iv  INTRODUCTION. 

is  correct  in  tracing  a  connection  between  the  germs  of  the 
Italian  drama  and  the  village  festival-dances.  The  antiquity 
of  versification  among  the  Italian  peoples  is  sufficiently  indi- 
cated by  the  wide  use  of  the  Saturnian  measure,  by  the  earl}- 
law  against  libellous  songs  ^  and  by  the  persistence  of  the 
dialogue  form  in  the  literary  satire,  e.g.^  Hor.  Sat.  II.,  1. 

4.  These  two  lines  of  development,  the  foreign  and  the 
native,  were  brought  together  by  Livius  Andronicus,  a  Greek 
from  Tarentum.  When  his  cit\'  was  taken  by  the  Romans  in 
272,  he  became  the  property  of  the  general  in  command,  M. 
Livius  Salinato)',  was  brought  by  him  to  Rome  and  made 
tutor  to  his  children.  Winning  favor  in  this  position,  he  was 
freed  and  took  his  master's  name  in  addition  to  his  own.  In 
the  year  240  -  he  produced  and  himself  acted  in  a  translation 
of  a  Greek  play,  abandoning  the  form  of  the  satura  in  order 
to  introduce  a  unified  plot.^  Either  before  or  after  this  time 
he  translated  the  Odyssey  into  Saturnian  verse,  and  it  was 
in  use  as  a  school-book  as  late  as  the  time  of  Horace.*  By 
this  and  by  his  plays  he  won  such  general  favor  as  to  lead  to 
the  establishment  of  a  guild  of  scribae  et  histr tones  in  the 
temple  of  Minerva  on  the  Aventine.  He  was  still  alive  in 
the  vear  207.^  Though  nothing  in  the  fragments  of  his 
poems  contradicts  the  assertion  of  Cicero  that  they  were  not 
worth  a  second  reading,  and  all  the  indications  are  that  he 
was  only  an  ordinary  educated  Greek  and  not  a  genius,  his 
place  in  Roman  literar}^  histor}'  is  an  important  one,  and  the 

1  Si  quis  occentaiiisset    slue   carmen  condidisset,  quod  infamiam  faceret 
flagitiumue  aJteri.     Aus.  Ciu.  Dei,  IT.,  9.     Cf.  Hor.  Sat.  II.,  1,  82. 
-  The  date  is  given  by  Cicero,  Brut.  18,  72. 

3  Liv.  VII.,  2,  8,  qui  ah  satun's  ausus  est  primus  argumento  fahulam  serere. 

4  Epist.  II.,  1,  70. 

5  Liv.  XXVII.,  37  says  that  he  wrote  a  hymn  for  public  worsliip  in 

207 


INTRODUCTION.  V 

year  240  may  properly  be  considered  the  birth-year  of  the 
Graeeo-Roman  literature. 

5.  His  successor  in  the  drama  and  contemporary  in  life 
was  Cnaeus  Naevius,  a  native  of  Campania,  who  served  as  a 
soldier  in  the  First  Punic  War,  of  which  he  wi'ote  an  account 
in  Saturnian  verse.  His  first  play  was  produced  in  235.i 
He  wrote  both  tragedies  and  comedies,  and  attacked  the 
leaders  of  the  aristocracy  with  a  freedom  worthy  of  Aris- 
tophanes, as  in  the  lines  quoted  by  Cicero,  Cat.  Mai.^  VII.,  20  : 

cedo  qui  vestram  rem  pilbUcam  tantam  amishstis  tarn  cito  1 
proveniebant  oratores  novi,  stulti  adulescentuli, 

and  in  the  well-known  Saturnian  on  the  Metelli.^  For  this 
he  was  imprisoned  and  perhaps  exiled,  and  this  punishment 
was  doubtless  one  of  the  reasons  which  led  Plautus  to  avoid 
all  reference  to  party  politics.'  Naevius  died  in  204  or 
194.^ 

6.  Titus  Maccius  Plautus,  the  third  great  dramatist  of  the 
period,  was  a  native  of  Sarsina  in  Umbria.^  The  name  Titus 
Maccius  was  first  recovered  by  Ritschl  from  the  Milan 
Palimpsest;  as  the  praeno)nen  had  been  previously  un- 
known, Maccius  had  been  corrupted  into  M.  Accius.  The 
last   name   is   said  to   be   derived  from    an   Umbrian  word 

1  Gell.  XVII,  21,  44,  where  also  Varro  is  quoted  as  authority  for  his 
having  been  a  soldier. 

'•i  See  also  Gell.  VIL,  8.  5. 

'i  Cf.  Mil.  Glor.  211  f.  R.  (IL,  2,  27),  which  refers  to  the  imprisonment 

of  Naevius. 

4  Cic.  Brut.  XV.,  60,  gives  the  former  date,  but  says  that  Varro 

thought  it  too  early. 

5  He  alludes  to  his  birth-place  somewhat  unfeelingly  in  Most.  770  L. 

(III.,  2,  83). 


vi  INTRODUCTION. 

plotus^  applied  to  people  with  broad,  flat  feet/  The  events 
of  his  life  are  known  onl}'  from  Gellius  III.,  3,  14:  "  8ed 
enim  Saturionem  et  Addictum  et  tertiam  quandam,  cuius 
nunc  milii  nomen  non  subpetit,  in  pistrino  eum  scripsisse 
Vario  et  plerique  alii  memoriae  tradiderunt,  cum,  pecunia 
omni,  quam  in  operis  artificum  scenicorum  pepererat,  in  mer- 
catibus  perdita,  inops  Romam  redisset  et  ob  quaerendum  vic- 
tum  ad  circumagendas  molas,  quae  trusatiles  appellantur, 
operam  pistori  locasset."  This  account  shows  that  Plautus 
must  have  been  born  in  the  lower  class  of  the  people,  and  the 
inference  is  confirmed  by  the  intimate  acquaintance  which  he 
shows  in  his  plays  with  the  life  of  the  lower  classes,  and 
negativel}'  b}'  the  absence  of  an}'  suggestion  of  patronage  by 
the  nobilit}',  such  as  Terence  received.  The  plaj's  show  no 
special  farailiarit}^  with  country  life,  but  abound  in  references 
to  trading  b}^  sea  (^nercatus^  GelL),  not  only  in  the  Mercator 
and  Rudens  but  generall}^  throughout  the  plays  (Trin.  820  ff., 
Most.  431  ff.).  The  date  of  his  death,  184  B.  C,  is  given  by 
Cic,  Brut.  XV.,  60.  The  Pseudolus  was  acted  in  191  (see 
below,  §  43)  and  Cic,  Cat.  Mai.  XV.,  50,  implies  that  Plau- 
tus was  then  senex^  i.e.,  at  least  sixty  years  old.  This  makes 
the  date  of  his  birth  as  early  as  251,  and  agrees  with  the 
account  of  Gellius  (Varro)  which  implies  that  play-writing 
was  taken  up  by  him  somewhat  late  in  life.  As  Cicero, 
Brut.  XVIII.,  73,  says  that  he  had  written  many  plays  before 
11)7,  we  may  put  his  birth  in  round  numbers  at  500  A.  V.  C, 
254  B.  C,  aud  the  beginning  of  his  literary  activity  at  224- 
219.2     Of   his  writings  we  have  in    the  mss.  twenty  pla3's 

1  Festus,  p.  239  M,  quia  Vmber  Sarsinas  erat,  a  pedum  planitie  initio 
Plotns,  postea  Plauhis  est  dictiis.  But  it  is  quite  as  likely  that  it  was  a 
family  name,  like  Riifus,  Varus,  Paefns,  Scaurus,  given  originally  for  the 
reason  stated  by  Festus,  according  to  the  common  Italian  custom. 

2  On  the  chronology  of  this  period,  see  Ritschl,  De  Aetate  Plnuti.  Pnr- 
erg.  47 ff.,  Kibbeck,  Rom.  Tragodie,  lOff. 


INTRODUCTION.  vii 

nearly  complete  and  the  fragments  of  another.  Two  of  them 
can  be  exactly  dated  from  the  remains  of  the  Didascaliae 
in  the  Palimpsest  (Stichus  201,  Pseudolus  191)  ;  but  the  ri^st 
are  rather  uncertain,  and  neither  the  language  nor  the  treat- 
ment gives  any  clue  toward  a  chronological  arrangement. 
The  poets  of  the  New  Comedy  whom  Plautus  is  known  to 
have  followed  are  Diphihis  (Cas-,  Rud.),  Menander  (Stich.), 
Philemon  (Trin.),  and  Demophilus  (Asin.).  The  names  of 
the  plaj^s  are  all  Latin,  except  where  they  are  taken  from  the 
leading  character. 

7.  Of  the  other  writers  of  the  coraoedia  palliata  onl}-  two 
need  be  mentioned.  Statins  Caecilius,  of  whose  writings 
only  a  few  fragments  remain,  was  an  Insubrian  by  birth,  and 
came  to  Rome  about  194,  where  he  won  a  great  reputation 
and  became  an  arbiter  of  public  taste.i  His  younger  con- 
temporary, Publius  Terentius  Afer,  was  brought  as  a  slave 
from  Carthage  to  Rome.  He  was  carefull}'  educated  in  the 
company  of  the  3'oung  nobles  of  the  more  advanced  school, 
and  after  his  earh*  manumission  was  an  intimate  friend  of 
Laelius  and  the  younger  Scipio.  His  six  plays  show  a  higher 
finish  than  those  of  Plautus,  and  a  closer  dependence  upon 
the  Greek  original,,  but  are  less  vigorous  and  less  Roman. 
Terence  died  in  159  ;  and  with  him  the  dramatic  period  came 
to  an  end,  and  the  Roman  stage  sank  graduall}^  to  the  con- 
dition deplored  by  Horace,  Epist.  H.,  1,  182-207. 

8.  The  relations  existing  during  the  centur}"  of  dramatic 
productivity^  betw^een  the  poet  and  the  aediles  or  other  officers 
who  gave  the  games  are  known  mainl}'  through  the  prologues 
of  Terence^  and  the  Didascaliae.     The  pla}^  was  sold  by  the 

1  See  esp.  Hec.  Prol.  II.,  14-27. 

2  Especially  the  prologue  of  Ambivius  Turpio  to  the  Hecjra,  with 
the  comments  of  Donatus. 


viii  INTRODUCTION. 

poet  to  the  dominus  gregis^  the  owner  of  a  troupe  of  slaves 
trained  in  acting,  and  the  giver  of  the  games  selected  from 
the  stock  of  plan's  in  the  hands  of  the  dominus  gregis  /  a  pla}' 
once  sold  passed  entirely  out  of  the  control  of  the  writer.  In 
this  wa}'  it  came  about  that,  when  the  period  of  dramatic 
activity  came  to  an  end  with  the  death  of  Terence,  the  man- 
agers turned  to  their  stock  of  old  plays  to  satisfy  the  still 
continuing  demand,  and  the  plays  of  Plautus,  which  had  been 
superseded  for  a  time  b}^  the  comedies  of  Caecilius  and  Ter- 
ence, were  again  brought  upon  the  stage.-^  At  this  time  the 
prologues  were  rewritten  in  the  form  in  which  we  have  them, 
with  their  allusions  to  customs  or  events  known  to  be  later 
than  the  time  of  Plautus.^  The  plays  themselves,  also,  were 
cut  down  or  changed  to  suit  the  needs  of  the  new  actors,  and 
because  of  the  popularity  of  Plautus  pla3's  by  other  writers 
were  presented  under  his  name.^  As  the  earl}'  literature 
gradually  became  the  subject  of  grammatical  stud}'  and  com- 
ment, in  order  to  remove  the  confusion  in  regard  to  text  and 
genuineness,  Varro  separated  from  the  rest  the  twent3'-one 
pieces  which  he  found  attributed  to  Plautus  in  all  lists,*  and 
by  combining  the  varying  readings  of  different  actors'  copies 

1  See  Cas.  prol.  14  ff.,  which  implies  in  tlie  words  seniores  and  iuniorcs  a 
period  of  about  twenty  years  between  tlie  two  representations. 

-  For  instance,  the  reference  to  seats  and  a  permanent  theatre  in 
Capt.  prol.  11  f.  and  elsewliere. 

'^  Servius,  introd.  to  Aen.,  says,  Plantnm  alii  dicunt  niijinti  et  tmani  fib- 
ulas scripsisse,  alii  quadraginta,  alii  centum;  and  Gellius,  III.,  3,  11,  puts 
the  number  at  130. 

^  Six  writers  of  such  lists  (indices)  are  known.  Beside  the  twenty- 
one,  Varro  selected  a  large  number  of  others  wliicli  on  internal  evidence 
he  held  to  be  genuine,  so  that  probably  less  than  half  of  the  work  of 
Plautus  has  been  preserved.  See  Gell.  III.,  3,  and  Ritschl,  Parerg.  73  fF., 
Die  Tabulae  Varronianae. 


INTRODUCTION.  ix 

formed  a  fairl}^  consistent  text.^  From  this  canon  and  text 
(tlie  Corpus  Plautinimi)  are  derived  the  twenty  plays 
which  we  liave,  the  Vidularia  having  been  lost  with  the  last 
leaves  of  an  early  manuscript.  In  the  time  of  the  Antonines 
(the  second  centur}'  of  the  Christian  era)  the  text  was  again 
worked  over  and  modernized,  and  from  this  second  revival 
date  the  metrical  arguments  prefixed  to  the  plays. ^ 

9.  Taking  the  period  as  a  whole,  it  is  probable  that  in 
originality  Naevius  and  Plautus  stand  at  one  extreme  and 
Terence  at  the  other ;  whatever,  therefore,  is  common  to 
Plautus  and  Terence,  ma}^  be  taken  as  representative  of  the 
conioedia  palliata  in  general. 

The  prologues  of  Plautus  are  in  a  few  cases  brought  into 
the  middle  of  the  play,  but  usually  they  precede  the  play 
and  are  spoken  by  an  actor  in  a  special  prologue's  dress  (cf. 
Chorus  in  vShaks.  Henry  V.),  or  by  a  mythological  personage 
(AuL,  Rud.,  Trin.).  Those  which  precede  the  play  have 
suffered  much  from  change  and  interpolation,  so  that  it  is 
difficult  to  decide  what  verses  are  genuine,  but  it  is  plain  that 
Plautus  made  large  use  of  the  prologue  as  a  means  of  ex- 
plaining the  plot  and  situation.  Without  some  such  expla- 
nation it  would  be  impossible  for  the  audience  to  distmguish 
Jupiter  and  Mercur}'  in  the  form  of  men  from  the  real  Am- 
phitruo  and  Sosia ;  similar  explanation  would  be  required 
for  the  Captivi  and  the  Menaechmi.     In  general,  the  pro- 

1  Not  perfectly  consistent,  since  lie  included  in  many  cases  two  con- 
flicting texts,  e.  g.,  the  double  ending  of  the  Poenulus.  The  separation  of 
those  conflicting  texts  is  the  purpose  of  the  so-called  Higher  Criticism  of 
Plautus. 

2  For  descriptions  and  classification  of  the  mss.  the  student  is  re- 
ferred to  Ritschl's  Prolegomena  (also  in  Opusc.  V.),  Goetz,  Ditto- 
graphien  im  Plautustexte,  Baier,  de  Plauti  Fab.  Recensionibus  Ambros. 
et  Pal.     Brief  descriptions  are  given  in  several  English  editions. 


X  INTRODUCTION. 

logues   of  Plautus   relate   to   the    pla}- ;     the   prologues   of 
Terence  are  replies  to  criticisms  of  his  methods. 

10.  The  division  into  acts  and  scenes  is  not  found  in  the 
mss.,  but  was  made  b}-  scholars  in  the  sixteenth  century. 
There  must  have  been,  however,  in  the  actors'  copies  some 
stage  directions  for  exits  and  entrances,  and  in  the  mss.  these 
are  indicated  bj^  the  names  of  the  characters  or  b}'  Greek  letters 
serving  the  same  purpose  as  names.  But  the  action  was  not 
interrupted  at  these  points,  nor  is  there  good  reason  for 
supposing  that  it  halted  when  the  stage  happened  to  be 
empty  for  a  moment.  In  the  Pseud.,  573  b,  the  tihicen 
played  an  interlude  while  the  actors  were  off  the  stage,  and 
the  same  kind  of  pause  may  have  occurred  in  other  plays. 

11.  The  only  significant  division  of  the  plays  is  into 
diuerhia  and  cantica.  The  diuerbiuni  is  a  part  written  in 
iambic  senarii  and  spoken,  probabl}'  in  a  conversational  tone 
and  with  realistic  action.-^  The  cantica  are  of  two  kinds, 
both  having  musical  accompaniment.  The  parts  written  in 
trochaic  septenarii  were  declaimed  or  chanted  to  the  sound 
of  the  pipes  like  the  recitative  of  a  modern  opera;  the 
cantica^  in  the  special  sense  of  the  word,  were  written  in 
various  metres^  cretic,  Bacchiac,  anapestic,  with  rapid 
changes  from  one  metre  to  another,  with  a  more  sustained 
musical  accompaniment  and  in  some  cases  if  not  always  with 
appropriate  dancing.  In  Terence  the  two  kinds  of  cantica 
together  occupy  about  half  the  pla}',  but  in  Plautus  the  pro- 
portion is  larger,^  in  the  Pseud,  about  8  :  5,  in  the  Capt.  3  :  1, 

1  See  Don.  introd.  to  Phorm.,  diuerhiis  facetissimis  et  gestum  desideran- 
tibus  scenicum  ;  also  to  Eun. 

2  This  preponderance  of  the  lyrical  element  in  PI.  is  not  to  be  as- 
cribed to  the  influence  of  the  Old  Comedy  or  the  Middle  Comedy,  as  has 
been  suggested,  but  to  the  native  Italian  element,  and  in  this  respect  as 
in  others  Ter.  follows  his  Greek  models  the  more  closely. 


INTRODUCTION.  xi 

so  that  the  total  effect  of  such  a  pkiy  was  not  iiuUkc  that  of  a 
modern  comic  opera,  except  that  it  had  no  chorus.  The 
cantica  are  not  limited  in  number,  but  the  senarii,  the 
trochaic  septenarii^  and  the  Ijrical  parts  are  arranged  in  a 
general  wa}'  into  five  groups,  which  are  doubtless  connected 
with  the  choral  divisions  of  the  drama  of  the  time  of  Pericles. 
The  acts  in  this  edition  are  marked  in  accordance  with  tliis 
principle.^ 

12.  There  existed  in  the  time  of  Plautus  no  permanent 
theatre  in  Rome.  A  temporary  wooden  stage  was  built  for 
each  performance,  and  the  space  in  front,  perhaps  on  a 
sloping  hill-side,  was  enclosed  within  a  stockade.  There 
were  no  permanent  seats  nor  was  a  space  reserved  for  sen- 
ators until  the  year  19-i  (Liv.  XXXIV.,  44,  54).  There 
was  no  movable  scener}' ;  from  the  rear  of  the  stage  pro- 
jected the  fronts  of  two  or  three  houses  with  narrow  alleys 
between,  and  the  stage  represented  the  street  in  front  of  the 
houses.  Here  all  the  action  took  place,  banquets,  toilets, 
secret  conferences,  with  an  awkwardness  for  which  the 
characters  sometimes  apologize.  On  the  stage  was  an  altar 
dedicated  to  the  god  of  the  feast,  and  in  some  plays,  if  not 
in  all,  another  belonging  more  immediately  to  the  play,  e.  g.. 
an  altar  of  Diana  in  the  Mil.  Glor.,  of  Venus  in  the  Rudens. 
Of  the  two  entrances  the  one  to  the  right  of  the  spectators 
led  toward  the  forum  and  the  citj',  the  one  to  the  left  toward 
the  port  and  the  country. 

13.  The  number  of  actors  was  not  limited  by  an}'  dra- 
matic law  as  in  the  early  Greek  theatre,'-^  but   motives  of 

1  After  Spengel,  Aktabtheilung  d.  Kom.  d.  PL,  Miinchen,  1877. 

2  The  conclusions  of  F.  Schmidt,  Zahl  d.  Schausp.,  Erlangen,  1870, 
rest  upon  the  doubtful  hypothesis  that  the  dominus  gregis  would  employ 
tlie  smallest  possible  number  of  actors,  rather  than  the  smallest  number 
consistent  with  convenience. 


Xll  INTRODUCTION. 

economy  no  doubt  led  to  the  assignment  of  more  than  one 
part  to  a  single  actor.  The  costumes  were  Greek,  and  this 
kind  of  comedy  took  its  name  from  the  pallium}  The  dif- 
ferent classes  of  persons,  slaves,  old  men,  young  men, 
hetaerae^  lenones,  were  distinguished  by  special  colors  or 
garments,  so  that  the  spectators  were  at  once  informed  in  a 
general  way  of  their  character.  Women's  parts  were  played 
by  men,  as  on  Shakspere's  stage.  Masks  were  not  worn  in 
the  time  of  Plautus,  but  false  beards  and  hair  and  various 
kinds  of  paints  took  their  place  sufficiently.  The  scene 
of  the  play  is  always  in  a  Greek  city,  frequently  Athens, 
and  the  time  is.  in  general  contemporary  with  the  Greek 
original. 

14.  It  is  apparent  fr^m  what  has  been  said  that  there  was 
a  mixture  of  Greek  and  Roman  elements  in  the  comoedia 
palliata,  the  outline  Greek,  the  details  Roman.  Though  the 
scene  is  laid  in  a  Greek  city,  places  in  Rome  are  mentioned ; 
matters  pertaining  to  religion  are  Greek,  but  oaths  and 
prajxrs  are  Roman  ;  the  food  and  table-service  are  Roman, 
the  wine  is  Greek ;  the  slaves  are  Greek,  the  punishments 
inflicted  upon  them  are  such  as  the  Romans  used.  But  the 
laws,  the  magistrates,  the  State,  the  wit  and  humor,  —  in 
short,  the  life  and  spirit  are  intenselj'  and  spontaneoush' 
Roman,  so  that  contrasts  which,  when  attention  has  been 
called  to  them,  are  absurd  enough,  easil}'  escape  the  notice 
of  a  reader  as  they  escaped  the  notice  of  hearers  of  the  pla}'. 
The}'  are  like  the  anachronisms  in  Shakspere.  And  this  is 
somewhat  remarkable  when  the  great  differences  in  tone  and 
temper  between  the  Athenian  of  the  third  centur}'  and  the 
Roman  of  the  Second  Punic  War  are  taken  into  the  account. 

^  Comoedia  palliata,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  comoedia  tor/dia,  in  which 
the  dress  of  the  actors  was  Koinan. 


INTRODUCTION.  XI U 

15.    The  hursh  judginent  which  Horace  passes  upon   early 
Roman    literature    and    upon    Plautus    in   particular  is  well 
known,  but  other  competent  critics  estimated  Plautus  with 
less  bias.     Cicero,  de  dVat.  III.,  12,  45,  represents  L.  Cras- 
sus  as  saying  of  bis  wife's  mother  Laelia,  earn  sic  audio,    ut 
Plautum  mihi   out    N^aeuium   uidear   audire,    and   Pliny, 
Epist.   I..    IG,    6,  says  of  some   letters,   also  by  a  woman, 
Plautum  uel  Terentium  metro  solutum  legi  credidi,  calling 
the  writer  doctam  politamque.     If  this  comparison  be  re- 
versed, as  it  may  fairly  be,  it  is  high  praise  to  say  that  the 
style  of  a  drama  resembles  the  speech  of  a  cultivated  woman, 
which  is  beyond  question  the   perfection  .  f  colloquial  lan- 
guage.     Varro,   quoted   by   Quint.    X.,    1,   99,    adopts    the 
phrase  of  Aelius  Stilo,  Miisas  Plautino  sermone  locuturas 
fuisse,   si  Latine  loqui  uellent.      The  judgment  of  Varro, 
Cicero,    and   Piiny    is    decisive    as    to   the  style  of  a  Latin 
writer,  but  tested  in  other  directions  and  by  modern  stand- 
ards Plautus  is  a  better  pla^'-wright  than  poet.      He  is  never 
really  reflective,  and  the  few  lines  which  he  gives  to  philoso- 
phising are  intentional  burlesques.^     For  lofty   thought  or 
ennobling  conceptions   of  life   or  beauty  of  description  the 
reader  will  look  almost  in  vain.     Plautus  is  not  a  great  poet ; 
he  is  a  maker  of  fUn  and  farce  and  jokes  not  always  good, 
full  of  the  hearty  spirit  of  the  second  century,  un-moral  nnd 
sometimes   coarse  but  not  immoral,   entirely   unsentimental 
and  unaffected,  and  no  more  cramped  than  one  of  his  own 
slaves  by  a  knowledge  of  those  high  literary  standards  which 
Terence,   with  only   partial  success,  labored  to  satisfy,  and 
which  checked  more   and   more  the   spontaneity   of  Roman 
poetry.      Out  of  the  twenty  plays  at  least  half  may  fairly  be 

1  Cf.   Capt.   284,   philosophatur  quoque   iam,   non   mendax   modost,   and 
Pseud.  607  ff.,  687. 


xiv  INTRODUCTION. 

called  good  comedies :  —  Amphitruo,  Aulularia,  Bacchides, 
Captivi,  Meiiaechnii,  Miles  Gloriosus,  Mostellaria,  Pseudolus, 
Rudeiis,  and  Trinummas. 

16.  The  interest  felt  by  philologists  in  the  language  of 
the  Plautine  comedies  is  due  less  to  the  skill  with  which 
Plautus  writes,  considerable  as  that  is,  than  to  the  fact  that 
he  reproduces,  probably  with  great  exactness,  the  Latin 
spoken  in  Rome  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  centur}^ 
Before  the  3'ear  240  writing  had  been  employed  chief!}'  for 
record  and  for  official  purposes,  and  except  as  it  had  been 
used  in  debate  and  in  extemporaneous  versification  the  lan- 
guage had  received  little  of  the  polish  which  comes  from  lit- 
erature. It  would  be  incorrect  to  represent  the  Latin  of 
Plautus'  time  as  a  rude  and  wholly  uncultivated  dialect,  but 
it  would  be  equall^^  incorrect  to  confuse  it  with  the  far  more 
finished  instrument  which  Vergil  used.  During  the  life-time 
of  Plautus  began  the  remarkable  divergence  of  the  literary 
from  the  spoken  language,  a  phenomenon  which  appears  in 
some  form  in  the  speech  of  everj"  highlj^  civilized  race,  but 
which  is  more  marked  in  Latin  than  in  English.  Just  at 
this  time  the  Romans  took  final  and  complete  possession 
of  Italy,  and  the  Latin  became,  in  consequence,  the  language 
of  commerce  and  of  official  intercourse,  and,  in  coincidence 
with  this,  the  Graeco-Roman  literature  gave  the  needed 
refinement  and  power  of  imaginative  expression.  In  this 
cultivated  and  regulated  Latin  were  written  nearly  all  the 
works  which  are  still  read  for  their  literar}^  merit.  The 
spoken  Latin,  after  comedy  came  to  an  end,  is  found  only 
b}^  chance  in  literature.  Catullus,  Horace  in  the  Satires,  and 
Livy  in  the  speeches  are  somewhat  colored  by  it,  but  the 
letters  of  Cicero  are  our  main  source  of  knowledge  of  the 
Latin  as  it  was  spoken  hy  cultivated  men  toward  the  end  of 


INTRODUCTION.  ^  XV 

the  Republic.  Apuleius  and  MMitial  and  some  of  the  Chris- 
tian writers  continue  the  development.  While  the  literar}' 
Latin  became  the  vehicle  for  the  platitudes  of  Lucan  and 
Silius  Italicus  and  finally  came  to  its  death  in  the  pedantic 
Ciceronianism  of  the  humanists,  the  spoken  Latin  has  at  no 
time  ceased  to  be  the  living  means  of  communication  be- 
tween men,  passing  over  by  slow  and  regular  development 
into  the  liomance  languages. 

Now  riautus  gives  not  simply  the  first  connected  specimen 
of  the  Latin  language,  but  also  the  only  specimen  of  the 
purely  natural  language.  He  wrote  just  as  this  long  diver- 
gence was  beginning,  while  the  language  was  as  yet  unin- 
fluenced by  logical  regulations,  and  the  Latin  of  his  plays  is 
the  source  both  of  the  spoken  and  of  the  literar}'  language. 
For  this  reason  the  usage  of  Plautus  must  be  the  starting- 
point  of  all  historical  investigation  of  the  Latin.  It  is  hardlj' 
an  exaggeration  to  say  that  all  stud\'  of  Romance  philology 
leads  back  to  Plautus,  His  language,  therefore,  is  to  be  studied 
not  merel}'  as  a  means  of  expression  used  by  a  writer  of  some 
special  power,  but  much  more  for  the  sake  of  and  in  view  of 
the  general  laws  which  govern  the  growth  of  all  language. 

17.  Coming  at  a  time  of  transition,  Plautus  retains  forms 
and  usages  from  the  earlier  Latin :  ^  — 

-In  orthograph}'  quo  is  regular  for  cu  in  quoin ^  quoius^ 
quoi.,  etc. ;  uo  is  used  for  uu^  seruos,  tuos  ;  uo  for  we,  uoster, 

^  The  second  of  the  Elogia  Scipionum,  C.  I.  L.,  I.,  p.  18,  may  serve  as 
a  specimen  of  the  priscn  Latinitas  :  — 

hone  oino  ploirume  cosentiont  Il[omail 

duonoro  optumo  fuise  uiro  [uirorum]. 

2  The  following  outline  and  lists  are  intended  only  for  illustration  of 

the  more  marked  peculiarities  of  the    Latin  of  comedy,  and  make  no 

attempt  at  completeness.     Fuller  explanations  of  some  of  these  points 

will  be  found  in  tlie  notes. 


xvi  .  INTRODUCTION. 

uoto^  uorto;  u  is  used  for  later  i  in  lubens^  in  some  superla- 
tives, optumus^  maximius^  etc.  ;  ei  is  sometimes  found  in  the 
mss.  (and  in  inscriptions)  for  1;  h  is  not  used  in  erus, 
umerus^  and  some  similar  words.  Assimilation  is  not  gen- 
eral in  compounds,  adcurro,  adjinis^  inmortalis^  conlocare^ 
though  the  usage  varies  considerabl3^  All  these  peculiarities 
are  supported  hy  inscriptions. 

In  declension  the  gen.  of  the  first  decl.  in  al^  filial^  comoe- 
diai^  and  perhaps  in  as  ;  the  gen.  and  dat.  in  e^fide^  die^  the 
gen.  of  the  fourth  decl.  in  i,  uicti  for  uictus,  and  dat.  in  w, 
risu,  reappear,  though  less  frequently,  in  archaic  imitations 
in  later  Latin.  Forms  of  pronouns  are  more  unlike  those  of 
the  classical  period;  eampse,  eopse  for  ipmni^  ipso;  hisce, 
ilUsce  in  the  nom.  pi.  masc. ;  uni  gen. ;  illae  dat.  ;  mis^  tis, 
for  mei,  tui,  are  found  more  or  less  frequently. 

The  old  forms  of  verbs  are  like  those  to  be  found  in  quota- 
tions of  early  laws  in  Cicero  and  Liv}',  duint^faxo^  faxim., 
empsi'in^  audlbo^  fitat,  siem,  siet,  creduas^  the  infin.  in  -ier^ 
and  man}'  others. 

18.  B}'  the  side  of  the  early  forms  Plautus  used  also  later 
ones,  so  that  he  had  at  his  command  (and  this  is  a  marked  ad- 
vantage in  the  Latin  of  his  time)  two  or  more  forms  of  iden- 
tical meaning  which  could  be  put  to  different  uses,  e.  g.,  siet 
or  the  infin.  in  -ier  for  the  end  of  a  senarius  or  troch.  septen., 
duint,  faxint  for  curses.  Nouns  varied  in  gender  and  declen- 
sion, and  verbs  in  conjugation,  e.  //. ,  between  the  2d  and  the 
3d  conj.  ;  some  verbs  which  are  prevailingly  or  exclusively  de- 
ponent in  the  classical  period  liave  active  forms  in  Plautus, 
as  arbitro^  opino.  This  variation  in  inflection  should  be 
understood  not  only  as  showing  that  newer  forms  had  come 
in  b}^  the  side  of  the  earlier  without  at  once  or  wholl}' 
displacing   them,    but    also    as    indicating    that  the  distinc- 


INTRODUCTION.  xvii 

tions  of  inflection  were  not  yet  so  definitel}'  fixed  as  they 
became  in  the  regulated  language.  In  so  far  the  varia- 
tion itself  is  a  survival  from  an  earlier  stage  of  devel- 
opment. 

19.  In  constructions  and  phraseology  the  same  tendencies 
to  retain  the  old  and  accept  the  new  appear. 

The  uses  of  the  cases  are  in  the  main  like  those  of  the 
classical  period.  The  use  of  a  noun  in  apposition,  instead  of 
a  gen.  {_maxuma  pars  homines)  is  an  illustration  of  para- 
taxis in  noun  constructions ;  utor  with  ace.  belongs  to  early 
Latin  ;  ad  is  used  in  the  sense  of  aj^ud  (in  libertatest  ad 
patrem  in  patria^  cf.  ad  terrarn  with  Fr.  a  terre);  in  is  used 
with  the  abl.  of  time  within  which  an  event  occurs,  cum  and 
ab  have  peculiar  uses,  and  the  freedom  with  which  preposi- 
tions may  be  expressed  or  omitted  must  be  regarded  as  a 
survival  from  the  adverbial  stage. 

In  the  moods  traces  of  parataxis,  that  is,  of  the  connection 
of  sentences  by  coordination  or  juxtaposition  instead  of  by 
subordination,  are  to  be  found  everj'where.  So  a  second  in- 
dependent sentence  is  used  instead  of  a  result  clause,  lassum 
reddiderunt :  iiix  ejninebam  for  ut  uix  em,inerem.  In  the 
same  way  a  clause  with  ita  follows  a  clause  which  in  logical 
arrangement  would  express  the  result.  Thus/acco  is  used 
with  the  future  or  with  the  subjunct.  without  tit,  and  cer- 
tumst  with  the  future.  These  are  the  more  obvious  illustra- 
tions ;  of  the  same  nature  is  the  frequent  or  prevailing  use  of 
the  indie,  in  clauses  where  the  classical  usage  requires  the 
subjunct.,  e.  ^.,  in  certain  kinds  of  indirect  question  and  in 
qiLom  clauses.-^ 

1  See  Langen,  Beitr.  p.  231  ;  Schnoor,  Quaest.  PI,  Kiel,  1878;  Weis- 
senborn,  Parataxis,  Burghaiisen,  1884;  Weninger,  de  Parat.  in  Ter., 
Erlangen,  1888. 

h 


XVlll  INTRODUCTION. 

20.  Words  develop  in  meiining  not  less  surely  than  in 
form  and  construction.  So  arlolari^  7'eprehendere^  praedicare^ 
perplexim.,  enim^  and  man3'  others  have  in  Plautus  a  sense 
quite  different  from  the  later  one.  The  lexicons  sometimes 
give  the  Piautine  meaning  in  its  proper  place  at  the  head 
of  the  article  ;  but  the  numerous  careful  studies  of  early 
meanings  in  Langen's  Beitrilge  (some  ninety-  in  all)  show 
how  large  a  contribution  to  Latin  lexicography  is  still  to 
be  made  from  Plautus. 

21.  The  various  forms  of  alliteration,  rhyme,  and  figura 
etymologica^  to  which  reference  is  made  in  the  notes,  belong 
properl}'  to  the  early  stage  of  the  language,  though  their  use 
continues  in  the  classical  period. 

22.  It  is  the  fact  that  Plautus  wrote  at  a  time  of  rapid 
change  in  the  Latin  that  makes  these  inheritances  from  an 
earlier  time  so  prominent ;  the  remaining  peculiarities  of  his 
language  are  the  result  of  its  colloquial  character,  and  their 
interest  is  psychological  rather  than  historical.  The  forces 
which  the^'  illustrate  are  still  at  woi'k  and  ma}'  be  studied  in 
colloquial  English. 

The  language  of  conversation  tends  to  exaggeration.  The 
words  are  not  weighed  with  care ;  the}'  seem  to  the  speaker 
an  inadequate  expression  of  his  thought  or  emotion,  and  he 
endeavors  to  emphasize  the  idea  b}'  repeating  it  in  a  slightl}' 
different  form.  So  we  find  phrases  like  laetus  lubens  laudes 
cigo^  redire  denuo,  proho  etfideli  et  fido  et  cum  magna  fide. 
This  accounts  for  the  tautological  use  of  magis  with  com- 
paratives, m,agis  certius,  magis  auctius^  and  for  the  similar 
use  of  adaeque  {adaeque  m^iserior).  In  the  same  wa}'  pairs 
of  words  are  used  where  single  words  would  suffice,  especially 
adverbs  of  time  and  place,  like  illic  ibi,  turn  ibi,  tum  igitw\ 
—  of.  Engl.  "  this  here,"  "  that  there."     In  some  cases  the 


1^'TKODUCTION.  xix 

colloquial  exaggeration  has  not  produced  the  fulness  of  ex- 
pression, but  has  merely  preserved  it.  So  the  antecedent  is 
often  expressed  both  in  the  demons,  and  in  the  relat.  clause, 
(jna  causa,  ea  causa,  or  a  demonstrative  word,  like  igitur, 
ilico,  marks  the  beginning  of  the  main  clause,  as  so  is  used 
in  German  and  the?i  in  English.  The  tendency  to  exaggera- 
tion doubtless  contributed  to  preserve  the  Jigura  tti/mologica 
in  such  phrases  as  m'lsera  niiseria,  pulcra pulcritudo. 

23.  With  this  went  hand  in  hand  the  tendency  to  exhaust 
a  word  of  its  meaning,  and  then  to  continue  to  use  it  as,  in 
the  true  sense,  an  expletive.  Such  loss  of  meaning  is  to  be 
detected  onlj-  b}'  finding  misapplications  of  it.  Adjectives 
are  especiallj'  liable  to  this  abuse  ;  the  German  reizend,  the 
English  "  awful,"  and  the  school-girl's  '"'  lovel}'"  are  modern 
illustrations.  Plautus  uses  lepidus  as  a  word  of  praise  with- 
out discrimination,  and  scelestus  is  the  corresponding  word 
of  reprobation.  So  /;6ni  is  a  mere  exclamation,  and  most 
forms  of  curse  have  undergone  a  complete  loss  of  their  origi- 
nal meaning.  In  frequentlj^  used  questions  abin  f  becomes 
practically  equivalent  to  ahi  and  audin  ?  to  audi  /  ain  tu 
uero  f  is  like  the  New  England  ''  you  don't  saj' !  "  —  a  mere 
expression  of  surprise.  The  diminutives,  which  often  do  not 
differ  in  sense  from  their  primitives,  and  the  frequentative 
and  intensive  verbs,  all  verj'  common  in  Plautus,  have  under- 
gone both  processes  ;  they  have  first  been  used  in  an  exag- 
gerated way,  where  the  thought  demanded  only  the  simple 
word,  and  then  from  repeated  use  have  sunk  back  into  the 
original  meaning.  A  few  words  have  twice  been  intensified 
and  twice  exhausted  of  the  added  force. 

24.  Slang  words,  which  abound  in  Plautus,  differ  from  the 
foregoing  in  that  the}'  are  used  at  first  with  a  more  deliberate 
and  generall}^  a  comic  intention.      The  terms   for  cheating 


XX  INTRODUCTION. 

illustrate  this  well ;  admordere^  tangere,  interuortere,  dare 
uerba,  os  sublinere,  adtondere,  eniungere^  deartuare^  exente- 
rare,  deasciare,  deruncinare  are  some  of  the  words  which,  by 
the  use  of  a  comic  figure,  add  vividness  to  the  idea  of  cheat- 
ing. So  in  the  use  of  terms  of  endearment  and  abuse 
Plautus  ma3'  have  heightened  the  natural  characteristics  of 
the  language,  but  such  words  as  carnufex,  mastigia^  fur- 
ciftr^  uerbero,  were  thoroughly'  Roman,  and  are  said  to  have 
their  counterparts  in  modern  ltal3\  The  locus  dassicus  for 
abusive  terms  is  Pseud.  3G0  ff. ;  for  a  string  of  pet-names, 
niea  uoluptas,  niea  delicia^  etc.,  see  Poen.  365  ff. 

25.  A  language  so  flexible  as  the  Latin  of  Plautus  easil^^ 
admitted  new  words,  either  foreign  importations  or  coinages 
from  Latin  stems.  So  we  find  man^^  Greek  words  used  with- 
out change  or  slightly  Latniized  like  the  verbs  in  -isso  from 
-i^oj.  The  comic  formations  doubtless  dropped  out  of  the 
language  after  serving  their  purpose,  and  our  ignorance  of 
the  vocabulary  before  Plautus  makes  an  exact  estimate  im- 
possible ;  but  all  the  indications  are  that  the  period  was  one 
of  real  productivity  in  language,  and  in  this  respect,  as  in 
many  others,  resembled  the  Ehzabethan  Age. 

26.  The  earliest  forms  of  Italian  verse  were  apparently 
accentual  with  large  but  irregular  use  of  recurrent  consonant 
sounds,  —  the  primitive  rhythm  of  every  race,  which  still 
lingers  in  nursery  songs.  The  Saturnian  measure,  used  by 
Livius  Andronicus  in  his  translation  of  the  Odyssey  and  by 
Naevius  in  the  Bellum  Punicum,  was  an  advance  upon  these. 
It  had  a  strict  caesura,  and  may  have  been  partly  or  wholly 
quantitative ;  but  it  was  at  the  best  too  rough  and  too 
monotonous  for  the  drama.  Both  Livius  Andronicus  and 
Naevius,  therefore,  though  they  had  employed  it  in  narrative 
l)oetry,  turned  to  the  Greek  for  models   for  their   dramatic 


INTRODUCTION.  xxi 

metres.  Their  models,  however,  were  not  the  strict  rhythms 
of  the  earh'  lyric  and  dramatic  poetry- ;  from  these  the  Greek 
poets,  especialh'  in  corned}',  had  gradually  fallen  away.  In 
the  iambic  trimeter,  for  example,  where  Aesch3lus  rarely 
allowed  two  short  syllables  for  an  accented  long,  Euripides 
was  much  freer,  and  the  writers  of  the  New  Comedy  had  ex- 
tended the  resolutions  under  the  ictus  so  far  that  the  feet  of 
three  syllables  outnumbered  the  feet  of  two  syllables.  A 
similar  change  had  taken  place  in  regard  to  the  caesura, 
which  the  later  writers  frequently  neglected.  The  models 
which  the  Roman  dramatists  followed  were  therefore  alread}' 
somewhat  free  in  their  versification,  and  this  freedom  the 
Romans  increased  bj"  setting  aside  the  law  of  the  dipod}'. 
That  is,  while  the  Greek  poets,  even  in  the  New  Comedy, 
made  a  distinction  between  the  odd  feet  and  the  even  feet  of 
the  iambic  trimeter,  permitting  the  spondee  in  the  first  foot 
but  not  in  the  second,  I  o—  w—  I,  the  Romans  made  no  dis- 
tinction, but  allowed  the  spondee  and  its  equivalents  in  the 
even  feet  also,  except  the  sixth.  On  the  other  hand,  the}' 
were  strict  in  their  observance  of  the  caesura,  perhaps 
through  the  influence  of  the  Saturnian  measure,  and  they  im- 
posed upon  themselves  certain  laws,  the  meaning  of  which  is 
not  yet  fully  understood,  in  regard  to  the  relation  between 
the  end  of  a  word  and  the  end  of  a  foot.  Thus,  though  the 
dactyl  may  take  the  place  of  the  iambus  anywhere  except  in 
the  sixth  foot,  a  dactylic  word-foot,  |  mili'tis  |,  |  dicere  |,  is 
very  rarely  found  except  in  the  first  foot.  So  in  the  8,000 
senarii  a  spondaic  word-foot  occurs  only  27  times  in  the 
second  foot,  and  anapestic  words  only  17  times.^    It  is  there- 

1  Ritschl,  Proll.  Cap.  XV. ;  0.  Brugman,  Quemadmoduni  in  Iamb. 
Sen.,  etc.,  Bonn,  1874;  W.  Meyer,  Beobachtung  d.  Wortaccentes,  Mun- 
chen,   1884.      The  facts  are  admitted  by  all;  the  question  at  issue  is 


xxii  INTRODUCTION. 

fore  quite  incorrect  to  speak  of  Plautus  as  careless  in  his 
versification  ;  tlie  prosod}'  of  liis  time  was  not  yet  fixed  into 
hard  and  fast  lines  and  the  laws  of  his  versification  were  in 
some  respects  free  ;  but  in  the  observance  of  those  laws  he 
shows  a  high  degree  of  precision. 

27.  The  Iambic  Senarius  is  the  verse  in  which  the  cliuer- 
hium  is  written  and  the  metre  most  frequently'  employed  by 
Plautus.  It  is  the  Roman  substitute  for  the  Greek  trimeter. 
The  sixth  foot  is  always  pure,  with  syllaha  cmceps,  ^  6,  but 
all  the  other  feet  allow  the  substitution  of  a  long  for  the  short 
syllable  and  of  two  short  syllables  for  the  long.  The  sena- 
rius, therefore,  permits  in  any  of  the  first  five  feet  the  tri- 
brach ^J^,  the  dactyl  —  J^,  the  spondee  — Z,  and  the 
anapest  ww_/.  The  proceleusmatic,  wwww^  is  found  rarely 
outside  of  the  first  foot.  The  close  of  the  verse  is  subject  to 
careful  laws.  The  fifth  foot  cannot  be  an  iambic  word,  but  is 
either  a  spondaic  or  anapestic  word-ending,  or  else  the  verse 
ends  with  a  cretic  word,  —^—,  or  with  a  polysyllable.  The 
caesura  is  strictly  observed ;  it  comes  after  the  unaccented 
syllable  of  the  third  foot  or  of  the  fourth,  and  in  the  latter 
case  there  is  often  a  secondary  caesura  after  the  second  foot. 

28.  The  Iambic  Septenarius  (Greek  tetrameter  catalectic) 
is  much  more  rarely  used.  It  is  divided  by  a  strict  caesura, 
usually  after  the  fourth  foot,  which  permits  hiatus  and  sijU. 
anceps.  It  admits  all  the  resolutions  and  substitutions  of 
the  senarius  ;  but  the  fourth  foot  is  pure  like  the  sixth  of  the 
senarius,  and  the  third  is  like  the  fifth. 

whether  the  facts  are  to  be  explained  by  supposing  that  tlie  writers  in- 
tentionally avoided  certain  conflicts  between  word-accent  and  ictus,  or 
by  the  hypothesis  of  a  new  dipody  law  and  as  an  unintended  result  of 
the  avoidance  of  a  monosyllable  at  the  end  of  the  verse  or  before  the 
caesura. 


INTKODUCTION.  xxili 

29.  The  Trochaic  Septenarius  is,  after  the  senarius,  the 
verse  most  frequenth'  used,  and  is  the  regular  metre  for  reci- 
tative passages.  It  has  caesura  after  the  fourth  foot,  often 
with  a  secondar}'  caesura  after  the  second  foot.  Hiatus  and 
syll.  anceps  occur  in  the  caesura,  generall}'  with  a  pause  in  the 
sentence.  As  the  verse  ends  with  a  half- foot,  _wl:^,  making 
an  iambic  close,  it  is  subject  to  the  same  laws  as  those  which 
govern  the  fifth  and  sixth  feet  of  the  senarius,  and  there  arc 
also  limitations  in  regard  to  word-endings.  Except  for  this, 
resolutions  are  permitted  freel}'  without  distinction  between 
odd  and  even  feet,  and  the  metre  is  a  liveh'  and  effective  one. 

30.  Other  metres  are  used  chiefly  in  the  cantica.  The 
Iambic  Octonarius  occurs  onl}'  about  300  times  in  Plautus, 
and,  as  used  b}'  him,  has  the  caesura  regularly  after  the  fourth 
foot ;  this  divides  the  verse  even!}',  and  each  half  is  like  the 
first  half  of  the  iamb,  septen.  The  acatalectic  dimeter  (qua- 
ternarius)  is  found  occasion alh',  and  is  the  same  as  either  half 
of  the  octon.  The  catalectic  dimeter  is  sometimes  used  as  a 
clausula. 

The  Trochaic  Octonarms  is  made  up  of  two  equal  parts, 
each  like  the  firs.t  half  of  the  septen. ;  the  caesura  in  the 
middle  allows  hiatus  and  syll.  anceps.  Apparently  this  verse 
is  freer  than  the  septen.,  so  that  it  is  not  alwa^'s  possible 
to  distinguish  it  from  anapestic  octonarius.^  A  few  of  the 
shorter  trochaic  verses  are  used  in  the  cantica,  e.  g..,  a  com- 
bination of  two  catalectic  tripodies  in  Pseud.  259,  1267  f., 
1302. 

31.  Anapestic  rhythms  are  especiall}'  free  in  resolutions 
and  in  succession  of  feet,  allowmg  occasionally  a  dac- 
t3'lic  word-foot  and  the  dactyl  and  anapest  in  succession, 
—  \j\j\Kj\j—y  an  awkward  combination  not  found    in  other 

1  The  question  is  discussed  at  length  in  Spengel's  Reformvorschlage. 


xxiv  INTRODUCTION. 

metres.  Unusual  licenses  in  prosody  are  more  frequent  in 
anapestic  verse  than  elsewhere.  The  Septenarius  and  Octo- 
narius  are  the  most  common  metres,  with  caesura  after  the 
fourth  foot,  permitting  hiatus  and  syll.  anceps.  Tlie  shorter 
verses  are  used  in  the  cantica  in  systems  or  singh'. 

32.  Cietics,  —  v^ — ,  are  used  onlj^  in  the  cantica.  Reso- 
lution of  either  long  syllable  is  allowed  except  at  the  end  of  a 
verse,  making  Oww— or —www,  but  not  both  in  the  same 
foot.     The  short  syllable  may  be  replaced  b}'  a  long,  making 

— ,  but  seldom  more  than  once  in  a  verse,  and  never  in 

the  last  foot.  The  tetrameter  is  frequentl}-  used  in  cantica., 
and  is  a  carefully  constructed  and  effective  verse.  It  has  the 
caesura  in  the  middle,  and  the  short  syllable  and  final  long 
of  the  second  and  fourth  feet  are  always  pure.  The  dhneter 
is  also  used  and  is  found  in  the  Pseud.  1285  ff.  in  combina- 
tion with  trochaic  rhythms. 

33.  The  Bacchius,  w  — — ,  is  used  somewhat  less  frequenth'. 
It  permits  resolution  of  either  long,  www—  or  w  —  ww,  but  not 
both  in  the  same  foot.  The  short  may  be  replaced  by  a  long, 
and  this  may  be  resolved  into  ww  — — ,  but  these  freedoms  are 
carefully  guarded  so  that  the  character  of  the  verse  shall  not 
be  lost.  The  tetrameter  is  most  frequent,  and  the  dimeter  is 
also  found. 

34.  In  regard  to  the  use  of  these  verses  in  the  cantica 
there  is  great  uncertainty.  In  some  cases  a  single  rhythm 
prevails  {e.  g.^  Bacchiac  in  Most.  85  ff.  :  cretic-trochaic  in 
Most.  690  ff.,  Ps.  1285  ff.)  and  gives  definite  character  to  the 
whole  canticum  ;  in  other  cases  the  different  kuids  of  rhythm 
are  used  together  without  any  regular  system.  There  is  no 
strophic  arrangement,  as  in  the  Greek  chorus-passages,  and 
the  attempts  of  scholars  to  find  a  complete  explanation  of  the 
facts  have  been  thus  far  unsuccessful.      Cantica  like  Pseud. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXV 

574-594,  1285  ff.,  must  simply  be  accepted  as  the\'  stand  in 
the  mss. 

35.  Hiatus  is  permitted,  as  has  been  said,  in  those  verses 
which  are  divided  into  two  equal  or  nearl}'  equal  parts  by 
diaeresis  or  caesura  at  the  end  of  a  foot,  that  is,  in  septe- 
narii  and  octonarii,  and  in  Bacchiac  and  cretic  tetrameters. 
Examples  in  the  Pseud,  are  191,  256,  597,  94G,  1244,  1268  a, 
1293,  1327.  As  this  kind  of  verse-pause  permits  also  syllaba 
anceps^  the  hiatus  is  evidentlv  more  apparent  than  real. 
Hiatus  occurs  frequently  where  there  is  a  change  of  speakers, 
as  in  31,  79,  338,  448,  625,  846,  1079,  though  elision  is  still 
more  frequent.  Further,  a  long  monosyllable  under  the  ictus 
is  generally  not  elided  before  a  short  vowel,  but  is  shortened. 
So  62  cum  ea,  72  qua  ego^  203  qiit  cmiant^  313  nam  tstuc, 
318,  325,  337,  376,  415,  549,  650,  880,  1024,  1120,  1171, 
1209.  Interjections  in  Plautus,  as  in  the  stricter  poets,  are 
often  exempt  from  elision.  Bevond  these  limits  it  is  not  cer- 
tain that  Plautus  permitted  hiatus.  In  the  form  in  which  the 
text  appears  in  the  mss.,  there  are  many  cases  of  hiatus 
which  do  not  fall  into  anv  of  the  classes  given  above  ;  it  is 
quite  certain  that  most  of  these  are  the  result  of  some  error 
in  the  mss.,  but  it  is  also  possible  that  some  of  them  may 
be  hereafter  reduced  to  system  and  proven  to  be  legitimate. 

36.  The  prosody  of  a  word  is  a  part  of  its  orthograph}', 
and  the  laws  which  have  been  illustrated  above  in  forms  and 
s^mtax  affect  also  the  quantity  of  vowels  in  Plautus  ;  certain 
quantities  are  survivals  from  the  earlier  prosody,  which  passed 
out  of  use,  wholly  or  mainly,  before  the  Augustan  time  ; 
other  peculiarities  are  due  to  the  progress  of  the  language, 
and  ma}'  be  traced  into  the  Romance  languages,  even  when 
they  have  not  affected  the  literarj'  Latin. 

37.  Synizesis  is  largely  used  with  certain  classes  of  words, 


XXVI  INTRODUCTION. 

7neus,  ticos,  suos,  dies,  deics,  the  dissyllabic  forms  of  is^  and 
regularly  when  two  vowels  are  brought  together  by  composi- 
tion, as  in  proi?i,  proinde  679,  1197,  dehinc,  deinde^  quoad 
622,  as  well  as  in  man}^  other  words.  Examples  in  this  plaj- 
are  mei  6,  mea  316,  meam  344,  496,  tui  6,  11,  378,  tuo  293, 
tuos  (ace.)  552,  suo^  234,  411,  suae  175,  ei  58,  ea  55,  92, 
eorum  140,  eo  184,  858,  huius  201,  733,  823,  quoins  210, 
illius  1091  (also  istius,  ipsius,  etc.),  dies  241,  1268,  rei  58, 
175,  1120,  aiebat  regularly  aibat^  sciam  1120,  60,  earn  (ire) 
1328,  1329.  Some  other  cases  less  regular  than  these  are 
found  in  anapests,  but  nouns  like  filius^  gratia  are  rarely  con- 
tracted, and  gratiis  is  in  Plautus  always  tris^-llabic,  though  in 
classical  Latin  it  became  gratis^ 

38.  Many  final  syllables  which  afterward  were  shortened 
or  made  common,  retain  in  Plautus  invariably  or  occasion- 
ally their  original  long  quantity.  Thus  es  (from  esse) ,  -or  in 
nouns,  verbs  {fateor  848,  uocor  1210)  and  comparatives  and 
-ar  in  verbs  are  always  long.  Occasional  instances  are 
found  of  f Hit  (1278*") ,  offieri^  flerem^  at  the  end  of  an  iamb, 
sen. ;  of  the  verbal  endings,  -et^  -It,  in  the  4th  conj.,  in  perf. 
(uixtt  SI  1,  dixit  596)  and  in  the  subjunct.,  of -er,  at  (erdt 
Hor.)  and  -is,  as  well  as  of  the  nom.  1st  decl.  in  -a  (cf  gen. 
in  -at). 

39,  In  respect  to  certain  consonants,  the  pronunciation  of 
the  time  of  Plautus  was  less  precise  than  the  pronunciation  of 
the  Augustan  age.  Final  s  was  so  weak  that  it  did  not 
make  position  with  a  consonant  in  the  next  word,  even  in  the 
sixth  foot  of  the  senarius  ;  so  sahios  sls^pei^dis  me,  estts  nunc, 
etc.-^  With  words  ending  in  s,  the  forms  es,  est,  unite  almost 
as  freely  as  with  words  ending  in  a  vowel,  as  same's,  meiist. 

1  Cf.  Orat.  161,  where  Cic.  speaks  of  the  poetae  noui  as  just  introducing 
the  strong  final  s. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXvil 

The  sound  of  m  and  n  was  weakened  in  the  common  words 
inde,  tuide^  nenipe  (o53,  1189),  so  that  the  first  syUable  is 
short,  and  ille^  iste  were  also  shortened  by  frequent  use  into 
ille^  iste  (of.  form  ste). 

40.  The  most  important  differences  between  the  prosod}'  of 
Plautus  and  that  of  Yergil  and  Horace  are  produced  by  the 
accent.  It  is  probable,  on  the  one  hand,  that  the  language 
still  felt  the  effect  of  the  earl}'  accent  laws,  which,  hy  allow- 
ing the  accent  to  fall  upon  other  syllables  than  the  penult 
or  antepenult,  favored  certain  contractions  like  conavisse^ 
amdsse.  This  may  account  for  some  apparent  cases  of  syn* 
cope,  iiohiptatum  69,  iiohmtate  537,  rninisteriis  772.^  But 
the  new  law  restricting  the  accent  to  the  penult  or  antepenult 
had  alread}'  in  the  time  of  Plautus  greath'  affected  the  lan- 
guage. The  tendenc}'  to  pronounce  the  final  syllable  less 
distinctly  was  increased  b}'  the  fact  that  this  syllable  was 
never  accented,  and  thus  final  consonants  were  dropped  in 
pronunciation,^  and  final  long  vowels  were  shortened.  Espe- 
ciall}'  in  iambic  words  it  was  difficult  to  give  the  final  syllable 
its  full  weight  after  the  accented  short  vowel.  So  the  final 
consonant  of  iambic  words  like  apud^  quidem  25,  30,  erat^ 
erit  154,  ^:>«/7^?/i,  senex,  iacit,  caputs  etc.,  did  not  make  posi- 
tion with  a  consonant  in  the  next  word.  In  the  same  wa}'  a 
final  long  vowel  in  an  iambic  word  was  often  shortened, 
especialh'  in  the  imperatives,  uide  48,  942,  mane  240,  iuh'^ 
^^^y,  roga  114,  ahi^  tene^  tace,  etc.  ;  and  also  in  other  words, 
nouo  modo  569,  dolos  580,  uiros  167,  mala  (abl.)  104,  mall 
142.     But  when  such  a  word  was  spoken  with  special  em- 

1  These  are  now  generally  explained  according  to  §§  41,  42,  udluptd- 
tum,  etc.  But  I  believe  that  the  explanation  by  syncope,  carried  too 
far  by  Ritschl,  has  been  recently  too  much  neglected. 

2  So  MATE  HE  CUP  A  —  mater  hie  cuhat  in  an  inscription. 


xxviii  INTRODUCTION. 

phasis  it  might  retain  its  long  qnantit}',  as  pane  103.  This 
general  tendency  had  great  influence  in  the  colloquial  Latin 
at  all  periods,  but  was  checked  b\'  Ennius  in  the  literary  lan- 
guage, so  that  it  appears  onl}^  occasional!}'  as  in  hene^  tnale^ 
and  in  the  common  quantity'  of  mihi^  tibX,  sihi^  etc. 

41.  The  cases  given  above  include  only  iambic  words 
shortened  b}'  the  word-accent ;  in  the  versification  of  comedy 
the  verse-ictus  has  the  same  effect,  not  onl}'  upon  iambic 
words,  but  also  upon  iambic  combinations  of  syllables, 
whether  the  accent  coincides  with  the  ictus  or  not.  This  is 
especially  frequent  with  monosyllables  or  words  which  be- 
come monosyllables  b}'  elision,  dd  hoc  135,  quid  hoc  quod 
479,  sed  tecum  905,  pol  iste  195,  quid  tstuc  608,  sed  tstic 
699,  quid  est  911,  tibi  ut  caueres  1227,  quod  in  ynanu,  sed 
ddde,  quid  exprobras,  sed  dd  p>ostremwn,  jC>o^esto^em,  de- 
disti,  uicissatim,  etc. 

42.  Further,  the  influence  of  the  ictus  is  felt,  not  onl}-  upon 
a  following,  but  also  upon  a  preceding  long  S3'llable,  when 
that  S3'llable  is  itself  preceded  by  a  short  vowel.  So  quis  hic 
loquitur  445,  sedhunc  quein  592,  et  hic  qudrn  594,  sed  eccum 
911,  ego  tstuc  945,  nisi  effecero  950,  ego  dps  te  916,  nimts- 
que  ego  1019,  uetustdte,  taberndculo ,  Alexdndrum,  ubi  dc- 
cdsio,  ibi  extemplo^  sed  uxor,  etc. 

These  lists  of  syllables  shortened  under  the  influence  of 
the  accent  or  the  ictus  mi2;ht  be  extended  to  hundreds  of 
ilUistrations,  but  it  should  be  noticed  that  they  are  strictly 
limited  to  iambic  combinations,  and  that  the  ictus  alwa3's 
falls  upon  the  syllable  immediately  before  or  after  the  long 
syllable.  That  is,  w —  becomes  ^w  or  w —  ^  becomes  \J\^^^, 
but  no  change  of  quantity-  takes  place  in  combinations  like 
dicit,  dicemus,  dtcemiis,  or  where  the  long  sellable  has  the 
ictus. 


INTRODUCTION.  xxix 


The  Pseudolus. 

43.  The  Pseudolus  is  cue  of  the  few  pla\'S  which  can  be 
exactly-  dated.  At  the  time  when  the  comedies  became  the 
subject  of  critical  slud}'  certain  details  in  regard  to  date  and 
representation  were  recorded  in  the  niss.,  in  imitation  of 
similar  ScSao-K-aXiat  in  the  Greek.  The  Ambrosian  Palim- 
psest (A)  has  preserved  a  few  frag-ments  of  these,  including 
the  following  to  the  Pseudolus  :  — 

M  •   IVNIO      M  •   FIL      PR    VRB 
AC  A 

From  the  didascaliae  to  the  plays  of  Terence,  which  are 
preserved  in  full,  and  to  the  Stichus^  it  is  apparent  that  this 
must  be  the  name  of  the  official  v,'ho  presided  over  the  games. 
From  Liv}'  XXXVI.,  36.  it  ap[)ears  that  after  the  bringing 
of  the  stone  of  the  Magna  Mater  Idaea  to  Rome  the  censors 
of  the  3-ear  204  made  contracts  for  the  building  of  a  temple, 
and  treclecini  cfnnis  post  quum  locata  erat  [i.  e.,  in  191  B.C.] 
dedicamt  earn  M.  Innius  Brutus^  Indique  oh  dedicaiionem 
eiits  facti,  quos  2)rhiios  scenicos  faisse  Antias  Vcderius  est 
auctor^  Megalesia  appellatos.     The  fact  that  there  were  no 

^  Tlie  didascalia  to  the  Sticlms  is  as  follows:  — 

[T.       MACCI        PLAVTI        STICHVS] 

GRAECA        ADELPHOE        MENANDRV 

ACTA        LVDIS         PLEBEIS 

CN  •  BAEBIO        C  •    TERENTIO        AED  •  PL  • 

[EGIT] 

T     PUBLILIVS        PELLIO 

LM0D03        FECIT] 

MARCIPOR        OPPII 

TIBIIS         SERRANIS        TOTAM 

[FACTA        EST?] 

C  •  SVLPICIO        C       AVRELIO        COS  • 


XXX  INTRODUCTION. 

censors  in  office  for  191,  and  that  the  consuls  were  with  the 
army  accounts  for  the  dedication  of  the  temple  b}'  the  praetor 
urbanas.  The  last  line  should  read  AC[TA  MEG]A[LE- 
8I1S].  The  Pseudolns  was  therefore  presented  in  the  year 
101  B.C.,  at  the  special  Megalesian  games,  lasting  several 
da^'s,^  upon  the  occason  of  the  dedication  of  the  temple  to 
the  Magna  Mater. 

44.  The  scene  of  the  play,  as  of  more  than  half  the  come- 
dies, is  Athens  (202,  270).  The  stage  presented  three  houses 
(952).  As  Ballio's  house  was  the  seventh  from  the  harbor- 
side,  the  left,  and  the  alley  between  that  house  and  Simo's 
was  the  sixth  (597,  960)  from  the  gate,  Ballio's  house  must 
have  been  on  the  right,  Simo's  in  the  middle,  and  CaUipho's 
on  the  left.^  Tlie  time  of  the  Greek  original,  which  is  left 
unchanged  in  the  Roman  pla}^  was  the  day  before  the 
great  Dionysiac  festival  (59  f.)  in  March-April,  from  noon 
to  the  middle  of  the  afternoon  (530,  664,   1157f). 

45.  The  Pseudolus  has  more  than  the  usual  number  of 
inconsistencies  of  plot.  In  9,  Pseudolus  knows  nothing  of  the 
love  troubles  of  Calidorus,  though  he  is  his  confidential  ad- 
viser (16)  and  the  whole  town  is  gossiping  about  the  matter 
(415  if.).  In  225  if.  the  threat  against  Phoenicium  is  in 
direct  contradiction  to  Ballio's  expectation  of  selling  her 
that  same  day  (or  the  next  day).  In  344  ff.,  Calidorus  is 
surprised  and  indignant  at  hearing  that  an  agreement  had 
been  made  to  sell  Phoenicium,  though  this  fact  has  been 
known  to  him  hos  multos  dies  (9,  51  ff.)  from  the  letter. 
In  385  f   Pseudolus  asks  for  a   helper,   astutum,   doctum^ 

1  See  last  line  of  play,  in  crastiuuni  nos  noco. 

2  Tliat  the  third  house  was  Calliplio's  is  probable  from  uicinus,  411; 
in  the  sing,  this  word,  used  25-30  tiiiies  in  PI.,  always  refers  to  a  per- 
son whose  house  was  on  the  stage. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXXI 

caution  et  calUdum,  tluit  is,  a  slave;  immediately  after  he 
asks  for  a  certus  amicus,  and  tliis  coiifiisioii  is  repeated 
111  the  scene  with  Chariniis,  711  ff.  In  507-21  Pseiidolus 
tells  Simo  that  he  will  swindle  him  out  of  twenty  minae^  ))iit 
no  fui'ther  notice  is  taken  of  this  threat,  nor  is  it  at  all  car- 
ried out  b}'  the  willing  payment  of  twenty  minae,  1313.  In 
551,  Callipho,  at  the  earnest  request  of  Pseudolus,  promises 
to  stay  in  town  and  see  the  matter  through,  but  he  does  not 
appear  again  in  the  play.  In  699  ff.,  Pseudolus  and  Charinus 
know  nothing  of  each  other  in  spite  of  the  intimac}'  of  each 
with  Calidorus.  Scenes  III.  1  and  2  (767-893)  are  super- 
fluous, though  not  absolutely  contradictory  of  anything  in  the 
rest  of  the  plot.  Some  of  these  contradictions  are  doubtless 
due  to  late  interpolations  and  some  of  the  passages  are  so 
marked  in  the  text,  but  enough  remain  to  show  that  Plautus 
cared  less  for  the  small  virtue  of  consistenc}'  than  for  the 
immediate  comic  effect  upon  his  uncritical  audience.-^  In 
spite  of  these  defects  the  Pseudolus  ranks  high  among  the 
pla3's  of  Plautus,  and  was  even  in  Cicero's  time  a  favorite 
with  the  public.^ 

Modern  imitations  of  the  Pseudolus  are  few.  Reinhard- 
stoettner,*^  p.  39,  gives  a  record  of  the  presentation  of  the 
play  in  Coburg  in  1599,  at  the  Rathaus  on  the  Gregoriusfest 
by  the  Rektor  and  scholars  of  the  gymnasium.     The  Danish 

1  See  Langen,  Plautinische  Studien,  p  00.  This  book  is  the  store- 
liouse  of  information  about  tlie  plots.  Certain  other  contradictions  in 
the  Pseud  ,  explainable,  I  believe,  neither  by  the  general  carelessness 
of  PL,  nor  by  the  liypothesis  of  double  recension,  would  require  too 
much  space  for  discussion  here. 

'^  Philipp.  11. ,  6,  15,  Pro.  Rose  Amer.  vii.,  20,  xvii.,  50. 

^  Spatere  Bearbeitungen  Piautinischer  Lustspiele,  Leipzig,  1886. 


xxxii  INTRODUCTION. 

di-iiiiiatist  Ludvig  Holberg  (1G84-1754)  made  it  the  basis  of 
one  of  his  best-known  plays,  Diderich  Menschen-Skriik  (i.e., 
-S(;hreck),  wliich  was  often  repeated  and  was  translated  into 
German.  Lessing  also  planned  a  play  based  upon  the  Fseu- 
dolus,  but  did  not  complete  it. 


T.  xMACCI   PLAVTI   PSEVDOLVS 


AEGVMENTVM   I. 

Praes^ntis  numerat  quindecim  iiiil^s  iiiiiias  : 
Simiil  consignat  symbolum,  ut  Phoeiiicium 
Ei  det  leno  qui  eum  relicuo  adferat. 
Veni^nteiii  caculam  intemortit  symbolo 
Dicdns  Syrum  se  Ballioiiis  Pseudolus, 
Op^mque  erili  ita  attulit:  nam  Simiae 
Lend  mulierem,  qu^m  is  supposuit,  tradidit. 
Venit  Harpax  ueras  :  rds  palam  cognoscitur, 
Sen^xque  argentum  quod  erat  pactus  I'^ildidit. 


AKGVMENTVM   II. 

Calidorus  meretriceni  adulescens  Plioenicium 

Ecflictim  deperibat  iiuinmoruni  iDdigus. 

Eandem  miles,  qui  uiginti  niiUierem 

Minis  mercatus  abiit,  soluit  quindecim, 

Scortiiin  reliquit  ad  lenonem,  ac  symboluni,  5 

Vt,  qui  attulisset  siguum  simile  cdtero 

Cum  prdtio,  secum  au^heret  emptam  millierem. 

Mox  missus  ut  prehdndat  scortum  a  milite 

Venit  calator  militaris.     Hiinc  dolis 

Adgr^ditur  adulescdutis  seruos  Pseudolus  10 

Tamquam  lenonis  atriensis,  symbolum 

Aufert  minasque  quinque  acceptas  miltuas 

Dat  siibditiuo  caculae  cum  symbolo. 

Lenonem  fallit  sycopbanta  cacula: 

Scorto  Calidorus  potitur,  uino  Pseudolus.  15 


PERSONAE. 

PSEVDOLVS   SERVOS 

CALIDORVS   ADVLESCENS 

BALLIO   LEXO 

SI  MO   SEX  EX 

CALLIPHO   SEX  EX 

HARPAX   CACVLA 

CHARIXVS   ADVLESCENS 

PVER 

COQVOS 

SIMIA   SYCOPHANTA. 


PKOLOGVS. 


Exporgi  meliust  Mmbos  atque  exsilrgier 
Plautina  lonoa  fabula  in  scaenam  ueiiit. 


I.,  1,  1-19. 


ACTVS   I. 

PSEVDOLVS.      CaLIDORVS. 

PsE.    Si  ex_t^_tacente  fieri  possem  cdrtior, 

Ere,  quci^  misehae  t6  tarn  luisere  macerent, 
Duonlm  labori  ego  hominum  parsiss^m  lubeiis :     5 
Mei  t^  rogandi  et  tui  respondendi  mihi. 
Xunc  quoniam  id  fieri  uon  potest,  nec^ssitas 
Me  siibigit  ut  te  rogitem.     Ptespondd  mihi : 
Quid  ^3t  quod  tu  exauimatus  iaui  bos  multos  dies 
Gestas  tabellas  J^cum,  eas  lacrurais  lauis,  10 

Neque  tui  participem  consili  quemquam  facis  ? 
Eloquere,  ut  quod  ego  n^scio,  id  tecum  sciam. 

Cal.  Miser^  miser  sum,  Pseudole. 

PsE.   Id  te  Iilppiter 

Probibdssit. 

Cal.  Nihil  hoc  louis  ad  iudicium  attinet : 

Sub  Vdueris  regno  uapulo,  noii  siib  louis.  15 

PsE.    Licdtue  id  scire  quid  sit  ?     Nam  tu  me  antidhac 

Su})r(^mum  habuisti  comitem  consiliis  tuis.  ^ 

Cal.  Idem  animus  nunc  est. 

PsE.    Face  me  certum,  quid  tibist : 

luuabo  aut  re  te  aut  opera  aut  consilio  bono. 
Cal.   Cape  has  tabellas  :  tiite  liinc  narrato  tibi,  20 

Quae  m6  miseria  et  ciira  contabd tacit. 


8  PLAVTI  [I.,  1,  20-38. 

PsE.    Mos  tibi  geretur.     Sdd  quid  hoc,  quaeso  ? 

Cal.   Quid  est  ? 
PsE.    Vt  opinor,  quaerunt  litterae  hae  sibi  liberos  : 
Alia  aliam  scaudit. 

Cal.    Liidis  me  ludo  tuo. 
PsE.    Has  quidem  pol  credo,  nisi  Sibulla  Idgerit,  25 

Iiit^rpretari  iiatum  posse  u^uiinem. 
Cal.   Cur  iucleuienter  dicis  lepidis  litteris, 

Lepidis  tabellis,  l^pida  consci'iptis  nianu  ? 
PsE.    An,  dpsecro  hercle,  liabdnt  quas  gallinad  iiianus  ? 
Nam  has  quidem  gallina  scripsit. 

Cal.    Odiosus  mihi's.  30 
Leoe  u^l  tabellas  r^dde. 

o 

PsE.    Immo  enim  p^llegam. 
Aduortito  animum. 

Cal.    Ndn  adest. 

PsE.    At  til  cita. 
Cal.    Immo  dgo  tacebo  :  tu  istinc  ex  ceia  cita. 

Nam  istic  meus  animus  nunc  est,  non  in  pdctore. 
PsE.   Tuam  amicam  uideo,  Calidore. 

Cal.    Vbi  east,  dp.secro  ?    35 
PsE.    Eccam  in  tabellis  porrectam :  in  £era  cubat. 
Cal.   At  i6  di  deaeque,  quantumst  .  .  . 

PsE.    Seruassint  quidem. 
Cal.    Quasi  solstitialis  hdrba  pauhsp^r  fui : 
Rep^nte  exortus  siim,  repentino  occidi. 
PsE.    Tace,  diim  tabeUas  pdllego. 

Cal,    Ergo  quin  legis  ?        40 


L,  1,39-63.]  PSEVDOLVS.  9 

PsE.    *  Phoenicium  Calidoro  amatori  suo 

Per  c^ram  et  lignum  litterasque  iiitdrpretes 
Saliitem  iiipertit  6t  salutem  ex  _te  ^xpetit, 
Lacrumans  titubaiitique  animo,  corcle  et  pdctore.' 
Cal.    Peril :  salutem  niisquam  inuenio,  Pseudole,  45 

Quam  illi  remittam. 

PsE.    Quam  salutem  ? 

Cal.    Avii^uteam. 

PsE.    Pro  Jignean^salute  uis  arg^iiteam 

Eemittere  illi  ?     Vide  sis  quam  tu  r^m  geras. 

Cal.    Recita  modo  :  ex  ^tab^s  iam  faxo  scies, 

Quam  sulnto  argento  mi  iisus  iuuento^siet.  50 

PsE.    '  Lend  me  peregre  militi  Mac^donio 
Minis  uiginti  udndidit,  uoluptas  mea. 
Et  prius  quam  hinc  abiit  quindecim  mil^s  miuas 
Dederat :  nunc  unae  quinque  remorantur  minae. 
Ea  caiisa  miles  hie  reliquit  sumbolum  55 

Exprdssam  in  cera  ex  anulo  suam  imaginem: 
Yt,  qui  Inic  adferret  dius  simile m  sumbolum, 
Cum  eo  simul  me  mitteret.     Ei  rei  dies 
Haec  pra^stitutast :  proxuma  Dionysia.' 

Cal.    Cras  ^a  quidem  sunt :  prope  adest  exitium  mihi,  go 
Nisi  quid  milii  in  test  auxili. 

PsE.    Sine  pdllegam. 

Cal.    Sino :  nam  mihi  uideor  cum  ea  fabularier. 

Lege .  dulce  amarumque  una  nunc  miscds  mihi. 

PsE.    'Nunc  nostri  amores,  mores,  consuetudines, 

[locus,  Indus,  sermo,  suauisauiatio,]  65 


10  PLAVTI  [I.,  1,  64-81. 

Coiipr^ssioiies  artae  amaiituiii  coiiparum, 

Tenen's  labellis  niolles  inorsiunculae,  e^^ 

Nostruruin  ......  67^ 

Papillarum  horridiilaram  oppressiiinculae : 
Hamiic  uoluptatum  mi  omnium  atque  itiddm  tibi 
Distractio,  discidium,  uastiti^s  uenit,  70 

Nisi  quad  mibi  in  test  aiit  tibist  in  md  salus. 
Haec  quad  ego  sciui  ut  scires  curaui  omnia : 
Nunc  dgo  te  experiar  quid  ames,  quid  simulds.    Vale.' 
Cal.    Est  misere  scriptum,  Pseii<iole. 

PsK.    O  misdiTume. 
Cal.    Quin  fids  ? 

PsE.    Pumiceos  oculos  babeo  :    non  queo  75 

Lacrumam  exorare  ut  dxpuant  unam  modo. 
Cal.    Quid  ita  ? 

PsE.    Genus  nostrum  sdmper  siccoculiim  fuit. 
Cal.   Nilne  adiuuare  me  aiides  ? 

PsE.    Quid  faciam  tibi  ? 
Cal.  Eheu. 

PsE.    Eheu  ?    id  quidem  hdrcle  ne  parsis  :   dabo. 
Cal.   Misdr    sum  :    argentum      niisquam     inuenio     nni- 
tuom  ^^ 

PsE.    Eheii. 

Cal.    Neque  intus  nummus  ullus  dst. 

PsE.   Eheu. 
Cal.   Ille  abducturus  mulierem  eras  dst. 

PsE.   Elieu. 
Cal.    Istocine  pacto  me  i'ldiuuas  ? 


I.,  1,81-102.]  PSEVDOLVS.  11 

PsE.    Do  id  quod  mihist : 
Xaiu  is  milii  tbensaurus  iugis  in  nostra  domost. 
Cal.   Actiinist  de  me  hodie.     Sdd  potes  nunc  miituam   e5 
Dracliiimam    dare    imam    mi'bi,  quam   eras    reddaip 
tibi? 
PsE.    Vix  b^rcle  opino,  etsi  me  opponam  pignori. 
Sed  quid  ea  drachuma  facere  uis  ? 

Cal.    Eestim  nolo 
Mibi  ^mere. 

PsE.    Quamobrem  ? 

Cal.    Qui  me  faciam  p^nsilem. 
Certiimst  milii  ante  tdnebras  tenebras  p^rsequi.    90 
PsE.    Quis  mi  igitur  dracbumam  reddet,  si  dederd  tibi  ? 
An  til  te  ea  causa  uis  sciens  suspendere, 
Yt  m^  defrudes  diacbuma,  si  dederim  tibi  ? 
Cal.  -Profdcto  nullo  pacto  possum  uiuere. 

Si  ilia  ci  me  abalienatur  atque  abdiicitur.  95 

PsE.    Quid  Ms,  cucule  ?     Vines. 

Cal.    Quid  ego  ni  fleam, 
Quoi  ndc  paratus  nummus  argenti  siet 
Xeque  libellai  spds  sit  usquam  gentium  ? 
PsE.   Vt  litterarum  ego  harum  sermonem  audio, 

Xisi  tu  illi  kjcrumjs  fleueris  arg^nteis,  100 

Quod  tu  istis  lacriimis  t^  probare  postulas, 

Non    pluris    refert    quam    si    imbrem   in   cribriim 

geras. 
Verum  dgo  te  amantem,  nd  pane,  non  ddseram. 
Spero  alicunde  bodie  m^  bona  opera  aut  mala  mea 


12  PLAVTl  [I.,  1,  103-127. 

Tibi  iiuienturuin  esse  aiixilium  ai-geiitarimn.         i05 
Atque  id  futurum  uiide  iinde  dicam  ndscio, 
Nisi  quia  futurumst:    ita  superciliuin  salit. 

Cal.   Vtinani  quae  dicis  clictis^facta  siippetant. 

PSE.    Scis  til  quidem  bercle,  mda  si  coninioui  sacra, 

Quo  pacto  et  quantas  soleain  turbellas  dare.         no 

Cal.   In  t^  nunc  omiies  spds  sunt  aetali  nieae. 

PsE.   Satin  ^st,  si  banc  bodie  inulierein  efficio  tibi 
Tua  lit  sit,  aut  si  tibi  do  uiginti  minas  ? 

Cal.    Satis,  si  futurumst. 

PsE.    Roga  me  uiginti  minas, 
Vt  me  ^ffecturum  tibi  quod  promisi  scias.  115 

Eoga,  dpsecro  bercb^ :    gt^stio  promittere. 

Cal.   Dabisne  ar^'enti  mi  bodie  uiuinti  minas? 

PsE.   Dabo :    molestus  niinciam  ne  sis  mibi. 

Atque  boc,  ne  dictum  tibi  neges,  dico  prius  : 
Si     n Eminem     alium     potero,    tuom     tangam    pa- 
trem.  120 

Cal.   Di  te  niilii  semper  seruent.     Verum  si  potes,      122 
Pietatis  causa  udl  etiani  inatrdm  quoque.  121 

PsE.   De  istac  re  in  oculum  utriimuis  conquidscito. 

Cal.   Vtrum  in  dculura  anne  aurem  ? 

PsE.    At  li(')C  peruolgatiimst  nirnis. 
Nunc,  n^  quis  dictum  sibi  neget,  dico  omnibus,   125 
Pubd  praesenti  in  cdntione,  omni  poplo. 
Omnibus  amicis  ndtisque  edicd  meis, 
In  luinc  diem  a  me  ut  caueant,  ne  credant  milii. 

Cal.   Si,  tace,  opsecro  hercle. 


I.,  1,  127  —  2,  8.]  PSEVDOLVS.  13 

otist  ? 

Cal.    Ostium         129.    i;jo 


PsE.    Quiel  negotist  ? 


Lenonis  crepuit. 

PsE.    Crura  mauell^ai  modo. 
Cal.   Atc|ue  ipse  egreclitur  I'ntus,  periuri  caput. 


Ballio.    Lorarii  v.     Meretrices  IV  ET  Idem. 

Bal.   Exite,   agite    exite,   igiiaui,    male    habiti    et    male 

conciliati, 
Quorum    numquam    quicquam    quoiquam    u^nit   iu 

nientem  ut  rdcte  i'aciaut, 
Quibus,  nisi  afl  lioc  exdmplum  experior,  uon  potest 

usura  lisurpari.  135 

N^que   homines    magis  asiuos  numquam   uidi :    ita 

plagis  costae  calleut. 
Quos   quom   ferias,  tibi   plus  noceas  :   do  euim   in- 

genio  hi  sunt  flagritribae, 
Qui  hade  liabent  cousilia  :  ubi  data  occasiost,  rape, 

cldpe,  tene, 

Harpaga,  bibe,  6s,  fiige  :  hoc 
Eorum   opust :    ut    mauelis   lupos    apud    ouis   lin- 

quere  140 

Quam  lios  domi  custotles. 


14  ■  PLAVTI  [L,  2,  9-23, 

[At  facieiii  quom  aspicias  eonuii,  baud  niali  uiden- 

tur :   opera  fariiuit.] 
Nunc  adeo  banc  edictioiiem  uisi  aiiimum  adiiortdtis 

omnes,  • 

Nisi    somnum    socordiamque    ex    p^ctore    oculisque 

dxmouetis, 
Ita   ego   nostra  latera   loris  faciam,  ut  ualide  iiaria 

sint,  145 

Vt  n6  peristromata  quidein  aeque  picta  sint  Caiiipanica 
Neque  Al^xandriiia  bdluata  toiisilia  tapp^tia. 
Atque  bdri  iam  edixeram  omnibus  dedenimque  suas 

prouiiicias  : 
Verum    ita    uos    estis    ii^clegentes,    p^rditi,    ingenio 

iuprobo, 
Officiuni    nostrum    ut    uos    nialo    cogatis    commo- 

u^rier.  150 

Hoc   sis    uide,  ut   alias    r^s   aguiit :    boc  agite,  boc 

animum  aduortite,  152 

Hue   adbibete    auris    quae   ^go   loquor,   plagigeruba 

genera  bdminnm.  153 

Nempe  ita  aniniati  estis,  nincitis  dnritia  tei'gi  boc 

atque  nie  :  151 

Numquam  ddepol  nostrum  durius  tergum  ^rit  quam 

terfjinum  lidc  meum.  154 

Quid  nunc  ?     Doletne  ?     Em  sic  datur,  si  quis  eruni 

seruos  sp^rnit.  155 

(Adsistite  omnes  contra  me  et  quae  loquor  aduortite 

animum.) 


1.,  2,  24-38.]  PSEVDOLVS.  15 

Tu   qui   urnam   habes,  aquam  ingere:  face  planum 

alienuin  sit  coco. 
A,      Te  ciim  securi  caudicali  pradticio  prouinciae. 
Lor.    At  ha^c  retunsast. 

Bal.    Sine  siet :  iticMra  iios  estis  ouiiies  : 
Nuni(]^iii  minus   ea  gratia  tanien  dniuium  opera  ego 

iitor  ?  160 

Tibi   hoc    praecipio,  nt    niteant  aedes  :    liabes  quod 

facias:    prupera,  abi  intro. 
Tu   dsto   lectisterniator :    tu   argentum   eluito,  idem 

exstniito. 
Hat^c,  quoin  ego   a  ford  reuortar,  facite  ut  offendam 

pavata, 
Vorsa   sparsa    tersa    strata   lauta   structaque   omnia 

ut  sint. 
Nam   mi    hddie   natalis  dies  est :   decet  ^um  omnis 

uos  conc^lebrare.  165 

[Pernam,    callum,    glandium,   sumen   facito  in  aqua 

iaceant.     Satin  audis  ?] 
Magniifice  nolo   me  uiros  summos  accipere  nt  milii 

rem  ess^  reantur. 
Intro  abite  atque   liaec  cito  cdlerate,  ne  mora  quae 

sit,  cocus  qudm  ueniat. 
Ego  eo  in  macellun),  ut  piscium  quidquid  sit  pretio 

pradstinem. 
I,  piiere,  prae  :  ne  qnisqnam   pertundat   cruminara 

cautiost.  170 

Vel  dpperire:  est  quod  domi  dic^re  paene  oblitus  fui. 


16  PLAVTI  [I.,  2,  39-52. 

Auclitiii  ?     Vobis,     mulieres,    banc    habeo    edictid- 

nein. 
Vos,  quae   in   munditiis,  niollitiis  ddliciisque  aeta- 

tiilain  agitis 
Viris  ciini  siunmis,  incliitae  amicae  :  nunc  ^go  scibo 

atque  bodie  dxperiar, 
Quae   capiti,  quae  uentri  operam  det,  quae  suad  rei, 

quae  somnd  studeat:  175 

Quam  libertam  fore  mibi  credam  et  quam  udnaleni 

bodie  exp^riar. 
Facite   bodie    ut   mibi  mundra  multa  buc  ab  ama- 

toribus  conu^niant 
Nam  nisi  mibi  penus  annilos   bodie    conu^nit,  eras 

populo  prdstituam  uos. 
Natalem  scitis  mibi  dsse  diem  bunc:    ubi  isti  sunt 

quibus  uos  oculi  estis, 
Quibus   uitae,   quibus   deliciae   estis,   quibus   sauia, 

mamilLae  mellitae  ?  180 

Maniplatim  mibi  mundrigeruli  facite  ante  aedis  iam 

bic  adsint. 
Cur  dgo   uestem,  aurum  atque  da  quibus  est  nobis 

usus  praebibed  ?     Quid  mi 
Domi   nisi    malum   nostra  operast  bodie,  inprdbae? 

Vini  niodo  ciipidae  estis : 
Eo  uds   uostros   pantices    adeo    madefactatis,  quom 

e"0  sim  life  siccus. 
Nunc  adeo  lioc  factust  dptumum,  ut  nomine  quem- 

que  appolldm  suo,  185 


1 ,  2,  53-67.] 


PSEVD()LV8.  17 


Ne  dictum   esse   actiituin  sil>i  qiiisqujim  uostvarum 

mihi  neget. 

Aduortite  aniiiuuu  ciiuctae. 
Priiicipio,  Hedylium,  t^uiii  ago,  quae   arnica's  fiu- 

mentariis, 
Quibus  ciinctis  montes  maxumi  fruui^nti  sunt  struct! 

domi : 
Fac    sis    sit    delatuin    liilc    niibi    fruiii^ntuni,    liunc 
annum  quod  satis  1^0 

j\Ii   et   familiae  omui   sit  meae,  atque  adeo  ut  fiu- 

mento_afluam, 
Vrciuitas  nom^n  mihi  commutet  meque  ut  pra^dicet 
Lenoue  ex  Ballione  regem  lasonem. 
Cal.   Audin,   furcifdr   quae   loquitur?      Satin   magnificus 

tibi  uidetur  ? 

PSE.    Pol  iste,  atque  etiam  malificus.  195" 

S6i\  tace  atque  banc  r^m  gere.  195" 

Bal.  A^scbrodova,    tu,  quae   amicos    tibi    babes   lenouuni 

a^mulos 

Lanios,   qui   item    ut   n()S    iurando    iure  malo  male 

quadrant  rem,  audi : 
Nisi  carnaria  tria  grauida  t^goribus  onere  uberi  bodie 
Mibi  erunt,  eras  te,  quasi  Dircam  olim,  ut  m^morant, 

duo  gnati  louis 
D^uinxere   ad   taiirum,  item    ego   te    distringam  ad 

carnarium.  ^^^ 

Id  tibi  profecto  taurus  fiet. 

C\L    Nimis  sermone  buius  b^a  incendor. 
M         2         '~ 


18  PLAVTI  [1,2,  68-81. 

Hiinciiie  hie  liomin^m  pati  202^ 

Colere  iuuentutem  Atticain  ?  202^ 

Vbi   sunt,    ubi    latt^iit,   qiiibus    aetas   integrast,  qui 
^ ,  aniant  a  leiioiie  ?  / 

Quin  conueniuut  ?    qui'ii  una  omnes  pdste  hac  popu- 

luni  bunc  liberant  ? 
PSK.    St'. 

Cal.   Vail,  nimiuni  stultus,  niniis  fui  indoctus :   illine 
aiideant  205 

Id  facere  qui  bus  ut  sdruiant 
Suos    amor    cogit  ?      [siniul    probibet    faciant 

aduersuni  eos  quod  nolint] 
PSE.  Tace. 

Cal.   Quid  est  ? 

PsE.   Male  moi'igeru's  mi,  quom  sermoni  huius 

dbsonas. 
Cal.  Taceo. 

PsE.  At  taceas  malo  multo  quam  tacere  dicas. 

Pal.  Tu  autera, 

Xiitibs,  fac  ut  animum   aduortas,  quoins   amator^s 

oliui  210 

Dynamin  domi  babent  maxumam  : 

Si  mibi  non  iam  buc  cillleis 

Oleum  deportatum  erit, 

Te  ipsam    culleo    dgo    eras   faciam  ut  d^portere  in 

pdrgulam. 

Ibi    tibi    adeo    Idctus    dabitur,  iibi  tu  ban  somnum 

capias,  sed  ul)i  215 

Vsqne  ad  languoiem  —  tenes, 

(»)uf5  se  liaec  tendant  qua^  loquor  ? 


I.,  2,  82-3,  1.]  PSEVDOLVS.  19 

(Ain,  excetra  tu,  quad    tibi   amicos  tot   habes  tarn 

probe  oleo  oiiustos  ? 
Num    tuorum    cdnseruorum    quoii:)iamst   liodid    tua 

opera 
Nitidiusculiim  caput  ?     Aut  num  ipse  dgo  pulmento 

utdr  magi.s  220 

Viictiusculo  ?    Seel  scio    e<40,   tu   oleum    liau   maoni 

pdndis :    uino 

Td  (leungis.     Sine  modo  : 
Edpi'eheiidam    hercle    ego   cuncta    una   opera,   nisi 

quidem  tu  Laec  omnia 

Facis  efi'ecta  quad  loquor.) 
Tu   aiitL'Ui    (juae    pro    capite    argentum    mihi    iam 

ianique  8diii])er  numeras,  225 

Quae   pacisci  uiddo  scis,  sed  quod  pacta's  non  scis 

soluere, 
Phoenicium,  tibi  ego  liadc  loquor,  deh'ciae   summa- 

tiim  uirum  : 
Msi    bodie    mi  ex  fundis    tuorum   amicorum  omne 

buc  pdnus  adfertur: 
Cras,  Pboeniciilm,  poeniceo  corio  inuises  pergulam. 


Calidorvs.    Psevdolvs.    Ballio. 

Cal.   Pseuddle,  non  audis  quae  bic  loquitur  ? 

PsE.  Audio,  ere,  equidem  atque  ani- 
mum  aduorto.  230 


20  PLAVTI  [I.,  3,  2-12. 

Cal.   Quid    mi's  auctor,  liuic  lit  iiiiLtaiD,  iie  aiiiicain  hie 

meaiu  prostituat  ? 
PsE.   Nihil    ciirassis :    liquido's    auimo.     Ego  pro    me    et 
]»i()  te  eiirabo, 
lam    dill    ego    hiiic   bene  et   hie   mihi   uolumus,  et 

amicitiast  antiqua. 
Mittam    hodie    hiiic    siio    die    natali    malam    rem 
mao'nam  et  matiiram. 
Cal.   Quid  opilst  ? 

PsE.   Potin  aliam  rem  lit  cures  ? 
Cal.  At 
PsE.   Eat. 
Cal.   Crucior. 

PsE.   Cor  diira.     235 
Cal.  Non  possuiiL 

PsE.   Fac  possis. 

Cal.   Quonarii  uincdre  paeto  possim  animum  ? 
PsE.   In    rdm    quod    sit    praeudrtaris    quam    re    aduorsa 

animo  ausciiltes. 
Cal.   Xiigae    istaec    sunt :    non   iiicundumst   nisi   amans 
fac  it  stulte. 

PsE.   P^ro'in? 
Cal.   O  Pseildole  mi,  sine  sim  nihili:    sine  sis. 

PsE.   Sino :    sine  modo  ego  abeam. 
Cal.   Mane,  mane :    iam  ut  uoles  med  ^sse,  ita  ero. 

PsE.   Nunc  tii  sapis  et  places  sane.    240 
Bal.   It  di^s,  ego  mihi  cesso.     I  tu  prae,  puere. 

Cal.   Heiis  tu,  abit :   quin  r^iiocas  ? 


I,  3,  13-2.3  1  rSEVDOLVS.  21 

PsE.   Quid  properas?     placide. 

Cal.   At  piius  (|uain  abeat. 

Bal.    Quid,  iiialuiii,  tarn  placide  is,  pilere  ? 
PsE.  Hodie  nate,  lieus,  liudie  uate :   tibi  ego  dico :  iieus, 
liodie  nate, 

Eedi  4t  respice  ad  nos.     Tarn  etsf  s  occupatus, 

Moraiiiur.      niaiie  :     6ni,    coiiloc|ui    qui    uoliiut 

te.  245 

Bal.   Quid    hoc    e.st  ?      Quis    ^st,    qui    nioram     mi 

occupiito 

Moldstam  optulit  ? 

PsE.   Qui  tibi  sospitalis 
Fuit. 

Bal.   Mortuost  qui  fuit :    qui  sit,  ussust. 
PsE.   Muiis  superbe. 

Bal.  Ximis  molestu's. 

'  Cal.   Pidprehende  hominem :   adsdquere. 

Bal.   I,  puere. 
PsE.   Occddamus  hac^obuiam. 

Bal.   luppitdr  te  250 

Perdat,  quisquis  ^s. 
PsE.   Te  nolo. 

Bal.   At  uos  ego  anibos. 
Vorte  hac,  puere,  td. 

PsE.   Xon  lic^t  coiiloqui  te  ? 
Bal.   At  mihi  non  lubdt. 

PsE.   Sin  tnanist  qnippiam  in  rem  ? 
Bal.   Lic^tne,  opsecrd,  bitere  an  non  lic^t  ? 


22  PLAVTI  [I.,  3,  23-35. 

PSE.   Vah, 
Mauta. 

Bal.   Omitte. 

Cal.   Bdllio,  audi  255 

Bal.   Siirdus  sum  proi'^cto  iuauilogistae. 
Cal.   Dedi,  diun  fait. 

Bal.  Noil  peto,  quod  dedisti. 
Cal.   Dabo,  quaiido  erit. 

Bal.   Ducito,  quando  babdbis. 
Cal.   Eheu,  quam  ego  nialis  p^rdidi  niodis, 
Quod  tibi  d^tuli  et  quod  dedi. 

Bal    Moi'tua       260 
V^rba  re  nunc  facis :    stultus  es,  rem  actam  agis. 
PSE.   Nosce  saltern  bunc  quis  est. 

Bal.   lam  diu  scio, 
Qui  fuit :   nunc  quis  is  sit,  ipsus  sciat. 
Ambula  tii. 

PsE.   Potiii  ut  semel  mode, 
Ballio,  liuc  cum  lucro  r^spicias  tuo  ? 
liAL.   Respiciam   istoc  prdtio :  nam  si  sacruficem   summo 
loui  265 

Atque   in   maiiibus   ^xta   teneam,  ut   poriciam,   in- 

terea  loci 
Si  lucri  quid  ddtur,  potius  rdm  diuinam  d^serara. 
Ndn  potest    pietate    obsisti    liuic,    ututi    res    sunt 
c^terae. 
Cal.   Deos  quidem,  quos  maxume  aequomst  m^tuere,  eos 
minumi  facit. 


I.,  3, 36-50.]  FSEVDOLVS.  23 

Bal.  Cdmpellabo.      Salue   multura,   b^rue    Atlienis    p^s- 

suiiie.  270 

PsE.    I)i  te  deaeque  amdnt  iiel  buius  arbitratu  w4\  meo  : 

\6l  si   diguu's  alij  pacto,  ueque  anient  nee  faciant 

bene. 

Bal.    Quid  agitur,  CaHdore  ? 

Cal.    Amatur  atqiie  egetnr  acriter. 
Bal.    Misereat,  si  lamiliam  alere  possini  misericordia. 
PsE,    Hdia,   scimus   nos   qiiidem   te   qualis  sis :    ne   pra^- 
dices.  275 

S^d  scin  quid  nos  iiolunius  ? 

Bal.   Pol  ego  piopemodum  :  iit  male  sit  mibi. 
PsE.    Et  id  et  boc  quod  t^  reuocanius.     Qna^so  animiim 
aduorte. 

Bal.    Audio  : 
Atque  in  pauca,  ut  occupatus  nunc  sum,  confer  quid 
uelis. 
PsE.    Huuc  pudet,  quod  tibi  promisit  quaque  id  promisit 
die, 
Quia    tibi    minas    uiginti    pro    amica    etiam    non 
dedit.  280 

Bal.    ISTimio    id    quod    puddt    facilius    f^rtur   quam    ilbul 
quod  piget. 
ISTon  dedisse  istiinc   pudet :    me,   quia   non    accepi, 
piget. 
PsE.    At  dabit,  parabit :  aliquos  bos  dies  manta  modo. 
Nam  id  bic  metuit,  u^  illam  uendas  6b  simultat^m 
suam. 


24  PLAVTI  [I.,  3,  51-67. 

Bal.    Fdit   occasio,    si    uellet,   iain    pridem   argeiituni   iit 
daret.  285 

Cal.    Quid,  si  uon  liabui  ? 

Bal.    Si  aiuabas,  iuiieiiires  nn'.tuoin  : 
Ad  dauistam  ddueuires,  adderes  leiiiisculLuii  : 
Siibniperes  patii. 

PsE.    Subruperet  hie  patri,  audacissume  ? 
Noil  perichuiist,  u6  quid  recte  iiioustres. 

Bal.    Noil  leiioiiiunist. 
Cal.    Egon  patri  subnipere  possiiii  quicquaiii,  tain  eaulo 
seni  ?  290 

Atque  adeo,  si  facere  possim,  pietas  pvohibet. 

Bal.   Audio  : 
Pietatem  ergo  istaiii  amplexator  iioctu  pro  Phoeuicio. 
S^d  quoin  pietatem  te  aiiiori  uideo  tuo  praeuortere, 
Omnes  homines  tibi   patres  sunt  ?     Niilbis  est  tibi, 

qudni  roges 
Milfcuom  ariientiun  ? 

Cal.    Quin  noinen  qudque  iain  interiit  miituom.   295 
PsE.    Heus    tu,    postquam    liercle    isti    a    mensa    siirginit 
satis  poti  uiri, 
Qui  suom  repetunt,  alicnuin  vt^dduiit  iiato  ndmini, 
Postilla  omnes  cautiores  sunt,  ne  credant  alteii. 
Cal.    Nimis    miser    sum  :    nummuni     nusquam    rdpeiiie 
argenti  queo  : 
Ita  miser  et  amoi^e  pereo  et  iiio}ii;i  argentaria.     suo  J 
Bal.   Eme  die   caeca  hdrcle   oliuom,   id    u^ndito   oculata 
die  : 


I.,  3,  68-83.]  PSEVDOLVS.  25 

lam   h^rcle   uel   diiceiitae    fieri   possunt  praesent^s 
niinae. 
Cal.    P^rii  •  aniiorum  l^x  me  perdit  quinauicenaria. 
M^Luont  credere  omiies. 

Bal.    Eademst  milii  lex  :  metuo  credere. 

PsE.    Credere  autem  ?     Elio,  an   pa^uitet  te,  quaiito    liic 

fuerit  Usui  ?  305 

P>AL.    Non  est  iisu  quisquam  amator,  nisi  qui  perpetuat 

data. 

Ddt,  det  usque  :  quando  nil  sit,  simul  amare  d^sinat. 

Cal.    iSTilne  te  miser^t  ? 

Bal.    Inanis  c^dis  :   dicta  non  sonant. 
Atque  ego  te  uiudm  saluomque  u^llem. 

PsE.    Eho,  an  iam  mortuost  ? 

Bal.   Ytut   est,  mihi   quiddm    profecto    cum  ^stis    dictis 

mortuost.  310 

Ilico_uixit  amator,  libi  lenoni  supplicat. 

Samper  tti  ad  me  cum  arg^entata  accddito  querimonia: 

Xam   istuc,  quod  nunc  lamentare,  non  esse  argen- 

tiim  tibi, 
Apud  nouercam  qu^rere. 

PsE.    Eho,  an  umquam  tu  huius  nupsisti  patri  ? 
Bal.  Di  meliora  faxint. 

PsE.    Fac  hoc  quod  t^  rogamus,  Ballio,      315 
Mea   fide,   si   isti   formidas   crddere.      Ego    in    hoc 

triduo 
Aut   terra   aut   mari   ailt   alicunde  eudluam   id   ar- 

gentiim  tibi. 


26  PLAVTI  [I.,  3,  84-97. 

Bal.  Tibi  ego  credam  ? 

PsE.    Quor  non  ? 

Bal.    Quia  pol,  qua  opera  credam  tibi, 
Viia  opera  allig^ui  caneui  fugitiuaui  aguiuis. lactibus. 
Cal.   Siciiie    mi     abs    te    b^iie     mereiiti    male    refertur 
gratia  ?  320 

Bal.    Quid  uunc  uis  ? 

Cal.    Yt  opperiare  lios  sdx  dies  aliquos  modo, 
Nd  illam  ueudas  neu  me  perdas  liominem  amantem. 

Bal.   Animd  bono's  l 
Vdl  sex  menses  opperibor. 

Cal.    Eilge,  homo  lepidissume. 
Bal.    Immo  iiin  etiam  te  faciam  ex  ladto  laetaut^m  ma^is  ? 
Cal.   Quid  iam  ? 

Bal.    Quia  enim  nou  ueiialem  iam  habeo  Phoe- 
iiicium.  325 

Cal.   Non  babes  ? 

Bal.   Non  bdrcle  uero. 

Cal.    Pseudole,  i,  accerse  bostias, 
Victumas,  lanios,  ut  ego  huic  hie  sacruficem  summd 

loui. 
Nam    liic    mibi    nunc    est    miilto    potior    luppiter 
quam  luppiter. 
Bal.   Nolo  uictumas  :  agninis  me  ^xtis  placari  nolo. 
Cal.   Prdpera :    quid    stas  ?      I,    accerse    agnos.      Audin, 
quid  ait  luppiter  ?  330 

PsE.    Iam   hie  ero  :   uerum   dxtra  portam   mi  ^tiam   cur- 
rendiimst  prius. 


1,3,98-112]  PSEVDOLVS.  27 

Cal.    Quill  eo  ? 

PsE.    Lanios  lude  accersain  duo  cum  tiiitiiinabulis : 
.Eadem  duo  "reofds  uiruarmn  iiide  uluiearinii  addiiero, 
Vt  hodie  ad  litationem  liuic  siij^petat  satias  loui. 
Bal.    I  ill  malam  crucem. 

PsE.    Istuc  ibit  Iup[>iter  lenoniiis.    335 
Ba.L.    Ex  tua  re  non  est,  iit  ego  emoiiar. 

PsE.    Quid  urn  ? 

r)AL.  Sic  :  quia. 
Si  ego  eniortuds  sim,  Atlieuis  td  sit  nemo  u^quior. 
Ex  tua  rest,  lit  ego  emoriiir. 

Cal.    Quidum  ? 

Pal.    Ego  dicaui  tibi : 
Quia  edepol,  dum   ego  uiuos  uiuam,  numquam  eris 
frutii  bonae. 

o 

Cal.    Die  mihi,  obsecro  hdrcle,  uerum  s^iio,  hoc  quod  td 

rogo :  340 

Nou  babes  ueualem  amicam  tii  meam  Plioeuicium  ? 

Bal.   Xou    edepol     habed    profecto :     nam    iain    pridem 

udndidi. 
Cal.   Qudmodo  ? 

Bal.   Sine  druamentis,  cum  intestiuis  dmnibus. 
Cal.  Meam  tu  amicam  uendidisti  ? 

Bal.   Yalde:   uigiiiti  minis. 
Cal.  Vigjiiiti  minis  ? 

Bal.  Ytrum  uis,  udl  quater  quinis  minis,     345 
Militi    Mnc^donio:    et  iam  quindecim   liabeo  ab  ed 
minas. 


28  PLAVTI  [I.,  3,  113-125. 

Cal.   Quid  ego  ex  te  audio  ? 

Bal.   Hoc  :   amicaiii  tuain  esse  factain  am^oteani. 
Cal.   Cur  id  ausu's  lacere  ? 

Bal.   Lubuit :    in6'd  t'uit. 

Cal.   Elio,  Pseiidole, 
I,  glad  iu 111  adfer. 

PsE.   Quid  opust  gladio  ? 

Cal.   Qui  liiiiic  occidam  una  atque  me. 
PsE.   Quin  tu  ted  occidis  potius  ?    nam  liunc  lames  iam 
occiderit.  350 

Cal.   Quid  ais,  quantum  t^rram  tetigit  li(5minum  periu- 
rissume  ? 
Iiirauistin  t^  illam  nulli  udnditurum  nisi  mihi  ? 
Bal.  Fateor. 

Cal.   Nempe  concdptis  uerbis. 

Bal.  Etiam  consultis  quoque, 
Cal.  P^riurauisti,  sceleste. 

Bal.  At  arijeutum  intro  cdndidi. 

Ego  scelestus  nunc  argentum  promere  liinc  possum 

domo :  855 

Tii  qui  pius  es,  istoc  genere  gnatus,  nuinmum  ndii 

habes. 

Cal.   Pseudole,    adsiste   altrim   secus   atque   oiiera   liunc 

nialedictis. 

PsE.  Licet. 
Niimquam  ad  praetorem    aeque   cursim  curram,  ut 
emittai'  maiiu. 
Cal.   Increi'o  mala  miilta. 


L,  3,  1-25-131.]  PSEVDOLVS.  29 

PsE.   Tarn  ego  te  differam  dictis  meis. 
Inpudice. 

Bal.  Itast. 

PsE.  Sceleste. 

Bal.  Dicis  uera. 

PsE,  V^rbero.  360 

Bal.  Quippini  ? 

PsE.   Bustirape. 

Bal.  Certo. 

PsE.   Furcifer. 

Bal.  Factum  dptume. 

PsE.  Sociofraude. 

Bal.  Sunt  mea  istaec. 

PsE.   Parricida. 

Bal.  P^rge  tu. 

Cal.  Sacrilege. 

Bal.  Fateor. 

Cal.   Periure. 

Bal.  Vetera  uaticinamini. 

Cal.  Ldgirupa. 

Bal.  Yalid^. 

PsE.   Pernicies  adulescentura. 

Bal.  Acdrrume. 
Cal.  Fur. 

Bal.  Babae. 

PsE.  Fuiiitiue. 

Bal.  Bombax. 

Cal.  Fraus  popli. 


30  PLAVTI  [I.,  3,  131-144. 

Bal.  Plauissume.        365 
PsE.  Fraud ulente. 

Cal.   Iiipiii-e  leno. 

PSE.    Ca^num. 

Bal.   Caiitords  probos. 
Cal.   V^rberauisti  patreni  atque  iiiatrem. 

Bal.  Atque'occidi  quoque 
Pdtiiis    quam    cibvim    praehiberem :     niim    peccaui 
qin'[)piaiii  ? 
PsE.   Ill    pertussuni     iiii^^rimus    dicta    dolium:     operam 

liidinius. 
Bal.  Nuniuuid  aliud  ^dam  uoltis  dicere  ? 

Cal.   Eequid  t^  pudet  ?     370 
Bal.  Ton    ainatorein    dsse    iimentuni    iuaiiem   quasi  cas- 
sani  mice  111. 
V^rmn     qiianKpiaiii     iiuilta    iiialaque    dicta    dixistis 

iiiihi, 
Nisi  mi  hi  bodie  attillerit  miles  qiiinque  quas  deb^t 

niinas, 
Sicut  liaec  est  pra^stituta  siiuima  ei  argento  dies: 
Si  id  lion    adfert,  posse    opinor   facere  me   otficiiim 
meum.  375 

Cal.   Quid  id  est? 
Bal.  Si  tu  arg^ntum  attiileris,  cum  illo  perdidero  fidem : 
Hoc    nieumst    officium.     Ego,    operae    si    sit,    plus 

tecilm  loquar: 
SM    sine    avgento    frustra's,    qui   me   tui   miserere 
];ostulas. 


I.,  S,  145-159. J  PSEVDOLVS.  31 

Ha^c   meast  sent^ntia,  ut  tu  hinc  porro  quid  agas 
consulas. 
Cal.   lamne  abis  ? 

Bal.  Negoti  nunc  sum  planus. 

PsE.   Paulo  post  magis.     380 
Illic    homo    meus    dst,   nisi    omnes   di   nie    atque 

homines  ddserunt. 
Exossabo  ego   iiliim   simulter  itidem   ut  murenam 

coquos. 
Nunc,  Calidore,  td  mihi  operam  dare  nolo. 

Cal.   Ecquid  inperas  ? 

PsE.   Hoc  ego  oppidum  admoenire,  ut  hodie  capiatiir,  nolo. 

Ad    earn    rem    usust    hominem    astutuin,    ddctum, 

cautum  et  callidum,  385 

Qui    imperata    ect'dcta    reddat,    ndn    qui    uigilans 

dormiat. 

Cal.   Cddo  mihi,  quid  ds  facturus  ? 

PsE.   T^mperi  ego  fax 6  scies. 
Nolo  bis  iterari  :    sat  sic  longae  fiunt  fabulae. 
Cal.   Optumum  atque  aequissumum  oras. 

PsE.   Prdpera :    adduc  hominem  cito. 

(Cal.   Pnilci    ex    multis    sunt    amici    homini    qui    ceiti 

sient.  300 

PsE.   Ego  scio  istuc :    ^rgo  utrumque  tibi  nunc  dilectiini 

para, 

Atque  exquire  ex  multis  illis  unum  qui  certus  siet.) 

Cal.   Jam  hie  faxo  aderit. 

PsE.   Pdtin  ut  abeas  ?   tibi  moram  dictis  creas. 


32  PLAVTI  [I.,  4,  1-21. 


PSEVDOLVS. 

Postquam  illic  hiiic  abiit,  tii  astas  solus,  Pseudole. 
Quid  nunc  acturu's,  postquam  erili  filio  395 

Largitu's  dictis  dapsilis  lub^utias  ? 
Quoi  udque  paratast  gutta  certi  cdnsili 
Neque  adeo  argenti  [neque  nunc  quid  faciam  scio]. 
Neque  dxordiri  primum  unde  occipias  liabes, 
Neque  ad  ddtexundam  tdlam  certos  t^rminos.      400 
Sed  quasi  poeta,  tabulas  quom  cepit  sibi, 
Quaerit  quod  nusquam  gdntiumst,  reperit  tamen : 
Facit  illud  ueri  simile  quod  mendaciumst : 
Nunc  dgo  poeta  fiam  :   uiginti  minae, 
Quae   nusquam   nunc   sunt   gentium,  inueniam  ta- 
men. 405 
(Atque  dgo  me  iam  pridem  huic  daturum  dixeram, 
Et  uolui  inicere  tragulam  in  nostrum  senem  : 
Verum  is  nescio  quo  pacto  praesensit  prius.) 
Sed  conprimunda  uox  mihi  atque  oratiost : 
Erum     eccum     uideo    hue    sdnem    Simonem    una 
simul                                                                         410 
Cum  suo  uicino  Calliphone  incddere. 
Ex  hoc  sepulcro  u^tere  uiginti  minas 
Effodiam  ego  hodie,  quas  dem  erili  filio. 
Nunc  hue  concedam,  unde  horum  sermondm  legam. 


\  V  i\  fy  rx  y 
O"-  THE 


Y    I 


U.NIVlRSITY 
I.,  5. 1-21.]  N^VD^X^m^  33 


SiMO.     Callipho.     Psevdolvs. 

Sim.    Si  lU  ilainuosis  aut  si  ile  aiiiatoribus  415 

Dictator  fiat  iiiiiic  Athenis  Atticis, 
Xemo  aateueiiiat  iilio  credo  lueo. 
Ita  iii'iuc  per  urbeiii  solus  seriuoni  omnibust : 
Euni  uelle  amicam  liberare  et  quadrere 
Arg^iituin    ad    earn    rem.      Hoc    alii    mibi    reniin- 
tiant :  420 

Atque  id  iam  pridem  sdnsi  et  subolebat  mibi, 
Sed  dissimulabam. 

PSE.    lain  illi  foetet  filius. 
Occisast  baec  res,  barret  boc  iiegotiiim. 
Quo  in  commeatum  uolueram  avgeiitariuin 
Proficisci,  ibi  nunc  oppido  opsaeptast  uia.  425 

Praes^nsit :  nibil  est  pra^dae  praedatoribus. 

Cal.   Homines  c^ui  gestant  quique  auscultaut  crimina, 
Si  meo  arbitratu  liceat,  omnes  pdndeant, 
Gestores  Unguis,  aiiditores  aiiril)us. 
Xani  istadc  quae  tibi  reniiutiantur,  filium  430 

Te  udlle  amantem  arg^nto  circumdiicere, 
Fors  Mat  an  istaec  dicta  sint  mendacia. 
Sed.  si  sint  ea  uera,  ut  nunc  mos  est,  maxume, 
Quid  niivum  fecit  ?     Quid  nouom,  adulesc^ns  bomo 
Si  am  at,  si  amicam  liberat  ? 

PsE.    Lepidiiin  senem.        435 

Sim.    Yetus  nolo  faciat. 


34  PLAVTI  [I.,  5,  21-43. 

Cal.    At  eiiiiii  nequiquam  neuis  : 
Vel  tii  ne  faceres  tale  in  adulescdiitia.__ 
Probum  patrem  esse  oportet,  qui  gnatiiiii  suom 
Essd  probioreni,  qiiam  ipsus  fuerit,  pdstulet. 
Nam  tu  quod  damni  et  quod  fecisti  tiagiti,  440 

Populo  niritiiu  potuit  dispertirier. 
Id  til  mi  rare,  si  patrissat  filius  ? 
PsE.   '/2  Zev,  quam  pauci  aeque  ^stis  hom.ines  commodi. 
Em, 
Illic  dst  pater,  patrem  ^sse  ut  aequomst  filio. 
Sim.    Quis    hie   loquitur  ?    Meus   est   hie  quidem   seruos 
Pseudolus.  445 

Hie  inihi  corrumpit  iilium,  sceleriim  caput: 
Hie  diix,  hie  illist  pa^dagogus  :    huuc  ego 
Cupio  dxeruciari. 

Cal.    lam  istaec  insipi^ntiast, 
Iras  in  promptu  gdrere.     Quanto  satius  est 
Adire  blandis  u^rbis  atque  exqua^rere,  450 

Sintne  ilia  uecne  sint,  quae  tibi  renuntiaut. 
Sim.   Tibi  auscultabo. 

PsE.    Itur  ad  te,  Pseiidole  : 
Orationem  til)i  para  aduorsum  senem. 
Bonus  auimus  in  mala  re  dimidiilmst  mali.         4r)2 
Erilm  saluto  prinnim,  ut  aequomst :    postea,  455 

Si  quid  superfit,  uicinos  inp(5rtio. 
Sim.    Salu^.     Quid  agitur  ? 

PsE.    Statur  hie  ad  hunc  modum. 
Sim.    Statiim  uide  hominis,  Callipho,  quam  basilicum. 


I.,  5,  44-66-1  PSEVUOLVS.  35 

Cal.    Bene  confidenterque  adstitisse  iiit^llego. 

PsE.    Decet  iunoceiitem  qui  sit  atque  iiiDoxiuin  460 

Seruom  superbum  esse  apiid  erum  potissinuuij. 
(,'al.   Sunt  qiia^  te  uolumus  p^rcontari,  quad  quasi 

Per  iidbulam  nosmet  scimus  atque  audiuimus. 
Sim.    Conficiet  iam  te  bic  udrbis,  ut  tu  cdnseas 

Xon  Pseudoluni,  sed  Socratem  tecum  loqui.         465 
PsE.    Itast.     laui  ])rideui  tii  me  spernis,  sdntio. 

Paruaui  d.sse  apud  te  mibi  fidem  ipse  intdllego. 

Cupis  me  dsse  ne(|uam  :    tamen  ero  frugi  boiiae. 
Sim.    Fac  sis  uociua-s,  Pseiidole,  aedis  aiirium, 

Mea  lit  mi  grave  dicta  possint  quo  uolo.  470 

PsE.    Age,  luqueie  quiduis,  tamdtsi  tibi  suscdnseo. 
Sim.    Mibiu  domino  seruos  tii  suscenses  ? 

PsE.    Tani  tibi 

Minim  id  nidetur  ? 

Sim.    Hdrcle  qui,  ut  tu  praddicas, 

Caudndumst  mi  aps  te  irato,  atque  alio  tii  modo 

Me  u(^rberare,  atque  dgo  te  soleo,  cogitas.  475 

Quid  censes  ? 

Cal.    Edepol  mdrito  esse  iratum  arbitror, 

Quom  apud  te  paruast  ei  fides. 

Sim.    Iam  sic  sine 

Iratus  sit :    ego,  r\6  quid  noceat,  cauero. 

Sed  quid  ais  ?     Quid  hoc,  quod  t6  rogo  ? 

PsE.    Quiduis  roga. 

Quod  scibo,  Delphistibi  responsum  diicito.  480 

Sim.    Aduorte  ergo  animum  et  fac  sis  promissi  memor. 


36  PLAVTI  [I.,  5,  67-86. 

Quid  ais  ?     Ecquam  scis  liliuin  tibicinam 
Meum  amare  ? 

PsE.    Nal  yap. 

Sim.    Liberare  quam  uelit  ? 
PSE.     ^al   TOVTO   vol  fydp. 

Sim.    Ecquas  uiginti  ii)inas 
[Per  syco|)haiitiiiiii  atque  per  doctds  dulos]  485 

Paritas  nt  auferas  a  me  ? 

PsE.    Abs  te  ego  aiiferain  ? 
Sim.    Ita :  quas  meo  gnato  dds,  qui  amicain  liberet  ? 
Fat^re  ?     Die. 

PSE.    KaX   TOVTO   voA,  Kal   tovto   vac. 
Sim.    Fatetur.     Dixin,  CallipUo,  dudiiui  tibi  ? 
Cal.    Memini. 

Sim.    Quor  haec  tii  ubi  resciuisti  ^ilicQ  490 

Celata  me  sunt  ?     Quor  non  resciui  ? 

PsE.    Eloquar. 
Quia  nolebam  ex  me  mdrem  progigni  malum, 
Erum  lit  suos  seruos  criminaret  apud  erum. 
Sim.    lubdren  luinc  praecipitem  iu  pistriniim  tralii  ? 
Cal,    Numquid,  Simo,  peccatumst  ? 

Sim.    Immo  maxume.     405 
PsE.    Desiste :  recte  ego  meaui  rem  sapio,  Calliplio  : 
Peccata  mea  sunt.     Animum  aduorte  nunciam, 
Quapropter  gnati  amoris  te  expertem  babuerim : 
Pistrinum  in  mundo  scibam,  si  id  faxim,  mibi. 
Sim.    Non  a  me  scibas  pistrinum  in  mundo  tibi,  500 

Quom  ea  miissitabas  ? 


I,  0,  86-103.]  PSEVDOLVS.  37 

PsE.    Scibam. 

Sim.    Quin  dictiimst  mihi  ? 
PsE.    Quia  illiicl  malum  aderat,  istuc  aberat  lungius. 

Illiid  eiat  praesens,  huic  eraufc  di^culae. 
Sim.    Quid   nunc  agetis  i     Nam  hinc  quidem  a   me  ndn 
potest 
Argdntum  auferri,  qui  praesertim  sdnserim.  505 

ISTe  quisquam  credat  iiiiiniiiuui,  iam  edicam  omnibus. 
PsE.    Xuujquam  ^depol  quoiquain  siipplicabo,  dum  quidem 
Tu  uiuos  uiues  :  tii  mi  hercle  arg-entiun  dabis  : 
Abs  te  ^quidem  sum  am. 

Sbi.    Tu  a  me  sumes  ? 

PsE.    Str^nue. 
Sim.    Exlidito  mi  hercle  dculum,  si  dedero. 

PsE.    Dabis.         510 
lam  dico  ut  a  me  caueas. 

Sim.    Certe  edepol  scio : 
Si  apstiileris,  mirum  et  magnum  facinus  fdceris. 
PsE.    Faciam. 

Sim.    Si  non  apstuleris  ? 

PsE.   Virgis  ca^dito. 
Sed  quid,  si  apstulero  ? 

Sim.  Do  louem  test^m  tibi, 
Te  aetatem  iupune  habiturum. 

PsE.   Facito  ut  m^mineris.    515 
Praedico,  ut  caueas,  dico,  inquam,  ut  caueas.     Caue. 
Sim.   Egon  ut  cauere  n^queam,  quoi  praedicitur  ? 
PsE.   Em,  istis  mihi  tu  hodie  manibus  argentum  dabis. 


38  PLAVTI  [I.,  5,  104-124. 

Cal.   Edepol  niortalem  graphicum,  si  seruafc  fidem. 
PsE.   Seruituin  tibi  me  abducito,  ui  f^cero.  520 

Sim.   Bene  atque  amice  dicis  :    nam  mine  ndn  meust. 
PsE.    Vin  dtiam  dicani,  quod  uos  niagis  mir^mini  ? 
Cal.   Stiidco  lidrcle  audire  :  nam  ted  ausculto  lubens.    523a 
■    [Agediim  :  nam  yatis  lib^nter  te  auscnlto  loqni.]    5231' 
PsE.   Prius    quain    istam    piignam    pugnabo,   ego    etiam 
prius 
Dabo  aliam  pugnam  claram  et  commemorabilem.  525 
Sim.  Quam  pugnam  ? 

PsE.   Em,  ab  hoc  lenone  uicino  tuo 
Per  sjcophaiitiam  atque  per  doctos  dolos 
Tibicinam  illam,  tiifj.s  quam  gnatus  d^perit, 
Ea  circumducam  l^pide  lenonem  :    ^t  quidem 
Effdctuin   hoc    hodie    r^ddam    utrumque    ad   udspe- 
rum.  630 

Sim.   Si  quidem  istaec  opera,  ut  praddicas,  perfdceris, 
Virtiite  tu  regi  Agathocli  antecdsseris. 
Sed  si  non  faxis,  numquid  causaest,  ilico 
Quin  te  in  pistrinum  condam? 

PsE.   Non  unum  in  diem, 
Verum  h^rcle   in   omnis   quantumst.     Sed   si    eff(^- 
cero,  535 

Dabin  mi  avgentum  quod  dem  lenoni  ilico 
Tua_iiolm^tate  ? 

Cal.   Ills  bonum  orat  Pseudolus : 
Dabo  inque. 
Sim.   At  enim  scin  quid  mihi  in  mentem  uenit  ? 


I.,  5,  125-147.J  PSEVDOLVS.  39 

Quid,  si  hisce  inter  se  coiisenseruiit,  Callipho, 
Aut  d^  conpecto  i'aciuiit  consutis  dolis,  540 

Qui  me  argento  iiiteruortant  ? 

•  PsE.  Quis  rue  audacior 
Sit,  si  I'stuc  faciiius  audeum  ?     Iniuio  sic,  Siuio : 
Si    siiiuus     coiipecti    seu     consilium    umquam    in- 
iimus  543=1 

Aut  d^^a  re  umquam  int^r  nos  conierauimus,     54^1*^ 
Quasi  quom  in  libro  scribiintur  calamo  litterae, 
Stilis  me  totum  usque  ulmeis  conscribito.  545 

Slm 

Indice  ludos  nunciam  quando  lubet 

PsE.   Da  in  hiinc  diem  operam,  Callipho,  quaeso  mihi, 
Ne  quo  te  ad  aliud  occupes  negotium. 

Cal.   Quin  rus  ut  irem,  iam  heri  mecum  statueram. 

PsE.   At  mine  disturba  quas  statuisti  machinas.  550 

Cal.   Xunc  non  abire  c^rtumst  istac  gratia: 
Lubidost  ludos  tuds  spectare,  Pseudole. 
Et  si  hiinc  uidebo  non  dare  aro-entum  tibi 
Quod  dixit,  potius  quam  id  non  fiat,  4igo  daboc 

Sim.  Non  d^mutabo. 

PsE.   Namque  edepol,  si  non  dabis,     555 
Clamore  maono  et  multum  flaoitabere. 
Agite  amolimini  bine  uos  intro  nunciam, 
Ac  meis  uicissim  date  locum  fallaciis. 

Cal.   Fiat :   geratur  mds  tibi. 

PsE.   Sed  t^  nolo 
Domi  usque  adesse. 


40  PLAVTl  [L,  5,  147-160. 

Cal.   Quill  tibi  liauc  operaui  dico.     550 
Sim.  At  euo  ad  forum  ibu.     lam  hie  ero. 

PsE.   Actutiim  redi. 
Suspiciost  mihi  iiuuc  iios  suspicarier, 
Me  idcirco  liaec  tauta  tacinora  iiis  proiuittere, 
Quo  uos  oblectem,  banc  fabulam  dum  trausigam, 
K^eque  sim  facturus,  quod  facturum  dixeram.       505 
Noil  d^mufcabo,  [atque  eLiam  certuui  quod  sciam  :J 
Quo  id  sim  facturus  pacto  uil  etiam  scio, 
Nisi  quia  futurumst.     Nam  qui  iu  scaenam  proueuit, 
Nouo    modo   nouom    aliquid   iiiueiitum   adferre   ad- 

decet. 
Si  id  facere  nequeat,  det  locum  illi  qui  queat.  670 
Coiicddere  aliquantisper  hiuc  mi  intro  lubet, 
Dum  coucenturio  iu  cdrde  sycophaiitias. 

uou  ero  uobis  morae.  573^ 

Tibicen  uos  int^rea  hie  delectauerit.  ^73^ 


II ,  1,  1-1  l.j  PSEVDOLVS.  41 


ACTVS    11. 

PSEVDOLVS. 

Pro  luppiter,  ut  milii,  quicquid  ago,  lepide  omnia 

prospereque  dueuiuut. 
Neque  quod  dubitem  neque  quod  timeam,  meo  in 
pdctore  conditumst  consilium.  575 

Nam  ^a  stultitiast,  facinus  magnum  timido  cordi 
credere. 

Nam  dmnes  res  periude  sunt, 
Vt  agas,  ut  eas  magni  facias.     Nam  dgo  in  meo 
prius  pdctore 

Ita  paraui  copias, 
Duplicis,   triplicis   dolos   pdrfidias,    ut,    ubiquomque 
Jiqstibus  congrediar —  580 

Maiorum  meiim  fretus  uirtute  dicam, 
Mea  iudustria  6t  malitia  frauduldnta  — 
Facile  lit  uincam,  facile  lit  spoliem  meos  p^rduellis 
meis  p^rfidiis. 

Niinc  inimicum    ego   hiinc   communem   ineuni 

atqiie  uostrorum  omnium 

Ballionem    exballistabo    Idpide :    date    op)eram 

modo.  585a 

Hoc  ego  oppidum  admoenire  ut  hddie  capiatiir 

uolo.  685  b 


42  PLAVTI  [IL,  1,17-2, 3. 

(Hue   nieas   legiones    adducam :    facilem    ego   banc 

rem  nieis  ciuibus  facia  in.)  586 

Si  hoc  expugno,  post  ad  oppiduin  hoc  uetus  coii- 

tiouo  inecum  587^ 

ExdrcituiD  protinus  obducam.  587'' 

Inde   me   6t   simul   participds   omnis    meos    pradda 

onerabo  atque  opplebo, 
Metum   dt   fugain    perdudllibus    meis    me   esse    ut 
sciant  natum. 

Ed   sum   genere   gnatus  :     magna   md    facinora 
ddcet   efficere,  590 

Quae  post  mibi  clara  et  diu  clueaiit. 
Sed    hunc  qudm   uideo  ?    quis   hie   dst    qui    oculis 
meis  obuiam  iguobilis  obicitur  ? 

Lubdt  scire,  quid  uenerit  cum  machadra, 
Et  hie  quam  rem  agat,  bine  dabo  iosidias. 


Harpax.     Psevdolvs. 

Har.  Hi  loci  sunt  atque  hae  rdgiones,  quae  mi  ab  ero 
sunt  demonstratae,  595 

Vt  ego  oculis  rationdm  capio :  nam  mi  ita  dixit 
erus  mens  miles : 

Septiimas  esse  aedis  a  ])orta,  ubi  ille  habitat  leno, 
quoi  iussit 


IL,  2, 4-1'J.J  PSEVDOLVS.  43 

Suinb(')lain  me  ferre  et  hoc  ari'eDtuiii.     Niniis  udlim 
certuiii  qui  id  iin'lii  faciat, 

Ybi  Ballio  leuo  hie  habitat. 
PsE.    [St,    tace,    tace    ineus    hie    est    homo,  ui    omnes    di 
atque  homines  deseruut.]  goo 

Noiio  cdusilio   mihi  mine  opus  est:    noua  i4s  haee 

subito  mi  obiectast. 
Hoc  praduortar    principio :   iUa  omnia   missa  habeo 

quae  ante  agere  ocee|ii. 
lara  pdl  ego  hunc  strati  otic  um  nuntium  aduenidntem 
probe  perciitiam. 
Har.  Ostium  pultabo  atque  intus  ^uocabo  aliqudm  foras. 
PsE.   Quisquis    es,    conp(^ndium    ego    te    facere    pultandi 
nolo.  605 

Xam  ^go  precator  dt  pati'onus  foribus  process!  foras. 
Har.  Tune's  Ballio  ? 

PsE.   Immo  uero  ego  ^ius  sum   Subballio. 
Har.  Quid  istuc  uerbist  ? 

PsE.   Condus  promus  siim,  procurator  peni. 
Har.  Quasi  te  dicas  atriensem. 

PsE.   Immo  atriensi  ego  impero. 
Har.  Quid  tu,  seruosn^'s  an  liber  ? 

PsE.   Xiinc  quideni  etiam  sdruio.     610 
Har.    Ita    iiidere  :     et     ncai    uidere    dignus,    qui     libdr 

sies. 
PsE.   Xon  soles  respicere  te,  quom  dicis  iniuste  alteri  ? 
Har.  Hunc  hominem  malum  ^sse  oportet. 

PsE.   Di  me  seruant  atque  amant : 


44  PLAVTI  [II.,  2,  20-34. 

Nam  hade  rnilii  incus  dst :  procudam  ego  liiuc  hodie 
iiiultos  dolos. 
IIar.  Quid  illic  solus  sdcuui  loquitur  ? 

PSE.   Quid  ais  tu,  adulescdus  ? 

Hau.  Quid  est  ?     615 

PsE.   Esne  tu  an  non  6s  ab  illo  niiliti  Macddonio  ?  9^ 

Sdruos  eius,  qui  liinc  a  nobis  est  niercatus  niiilierem, 

Qui  argenti  meo  ero  lenoni  quiudecim  dederat  minas, 

Quinque  debet  ? 

Har.  Sum  :    sed  ubi  tu  m6  nouisti  qc^utium 
Aiit  uidisti  aut  coulocutu's  ?    Nam  dquidem  Atlienas 
antidhac  620 

Numquam    adueui    ndque  te  uidi   ante    hunc   diem 
umquam  oculis  meis. 
PsE.   Quia    uidere    inde    dsse :     nam    olim,    quom    abiit, 
argento  hade  dies 
Pradstitutast,     quoad     referret    nobis,    neque     dum 
rettulit. 
Hau.  Imrao  adest. 

PSE.   Tun  attulisti? 
Har.  Egomet. 

PsE.   Quid  dubitas  dare  ?     G25 
Hau.  Tibi  ego  dem  ? 

PsE.   Mihi  lidrcle  uero,  qui  res  rationesque  eri 
Ballionis  euro,  argentum  aecdpto  et  quoi  debdt  dato. 
Har.  Si   quidem    herele    etiam    supremi   prduiptas   then- 
sauros  Touis, 
Tibi  libellam  argdnti  numquam  crddam. 


J  I.,  -2,  .•U-49.]  PSEYDOLVS.  45 

PSE.   Dum  tu  st^rnuas, 

Eds  erit  soliita. 

Har.  Vinctam  potiiis  sic  seruauero.       630 
PsE.  Yad  tibi.    tu  inudntu's  uero,  nieaiii  qui  furcilles  fideni. 

Quasi  mi  non  sescdota  tanta  soli  soleant  crMier. 
Har.  Potest,  ut  alii  ita  arbitrentur  6t  ego  ut  ne   credaiu 

tibi. 
PsE.    Quasi  tu  dicas  md  te  uelle  a^^g^nto  circumducere. 
Har.  Immo   uero   quasi   tu    dicas     quasique   ego    autem 
siispicer.  635 

Sdd  quid  est  tibi  uonieii  ? 

PsE.    Seruos  dst  huic  lenoni  Surus : 
Eum  esse  me  dicam.     Surus  sum. 

Har.   Silrus  ? 

PsE.    Id  est  nomdn  mihi. 
Har.  Ydrba   multa   facimus.     Erus  si  tuos   domist,  quin 
prouocas, 
Vt   id    agam,    quod    missus   hue   sum,  quicquid   est 
nomdn  tibi  ? 
PsE.    Si    intus    esset,     duocarem.      Ydrum    si    dare    uis 
milii,  640, 

Magis  solutum  erit,  quaui  si  ipsi  ddderis. 

Har.    At  euiui  sciu  quid  est  ? 
Ptdddere   hoc,   non    pdrdere,   erus   me   misit.     Xam 

certo  scio 
Hoc   febrim   tibi   dsse,  quia   non  licet  hue   inicere 

linf^ulas. 
Ego,  nisi  ipsi  Ballioni,  niimmum  credam  iiduiini. 


46  PLAVTI  [II.,  2,  50-62. 

PsE.   At    illic    nunc    negotiosust :    r^s    agitur   apud   iii- 

dicem.  645 

Har.   Di  bene  uortant.     At  ego  quando  eum  esse  cen- 

sebd  domi, 

Eddiero.     Tu    epistulam    hanc    a    nie    accipe    atque 

ill!  (lato. 
Nam    istic   siiniboliist   inter   eruni    nieum   ^t   tuom 
de  niiiliere. 
PsE.    Scio    eqiiidem :     qui   arg^ntum    adferret   atque   ex- 
pressani  im  agin  em 
Hue    suam     ad    nos,    cum   eo    aiebat    udlle    mitti 
millierem.  650 

Nam  hie  quoque  exemplum  reliquit  ^ius. 

Har.    Omnem  r«^m  tenes, 
PsE.    Quid  ego  ni  tendam  ? 

Har.   Dato  istunc  siimboluni  ero^o  illi. 

PsE.    Licet. 
S^d  quid  est  tibi  ndmen  ? 
Har.    Harpax. 

PsE.   Apage  te,  Harpax :   hau  places. 
Hue  quidem   hercle  baud  ibis  intro,  n^  quid  '  bar- 
pax  '  f^ceris. 
Har.  Hostis  uiuos  rapere  soleo  ex  acie  :   ex  hoc  nomdn 
miliist.  655 

PsE.    Pol   te    multo    magis    opinor   nasa  ahena   ex   a^di- 

bus. 
Har.'  Non  itast.     Sed  scin  quid  te  oro,  Sure  ? 

PsE.    Sciam,  si  dixeris. 


II.,  2,  G3-3,  3  ]  PSEVDOLVS.  47 

Hak.  Ego  deuortor  dxtra  pertain  hue  in  tabeniaiii  tditiaiu 
Apud  anum  illam  doliaiem,  chidaiii,  crassam,  Clnys- 
idem. 
PsE.    Quid  niiuc  uis  ? 

Hak.    Inde  iit  me  accersas,  drus  tuos  ul)i  ii^Derit.     ggo 
PSE.    Tuo  arbitratu  :    maxiinie. 

Hah.    ISTain  iit  lassus  iieni  dd  iiia, 
j\Id  nolo  curare. 

PsE.    Sane  sapis,  et  consilium  placet. 
Sdd  nide  sis,  ne  in  qnadstione  sis,  quando  accersam, 
mihi. 
Har,    Quin  nbi  prandero,  dabo  operam  somno. 

PsE.    Sane  cdnseo. 
Har.    Xiimqnid  nis  ? 

PsE.    Dormitum  nt  abeas. 
Hak.   Abeo. 

PsK.    Atque  audin,  Harpage  ?     605 
lube  sis  te  operiri :  beatus  dris,  si  consndaueris. 


PSEVDOLVS. 

Di  immortales,  conseruauit   me  illic  homo  aduentii 

sno. 
Suo  uiatico  redduxit  me  usque  ex  errore  in  uiam. 
Namque   ipsa   Opportunitas    non   potnit  mi  oppor- 

tunius 


48  PLAVTI  [II.,  3,  4-18. 

Aduenire   quam   hade    allatast    mi    opportune    epi- 

stula.  670 

Nam  hade  allata  cornu  copiadst,  ubi  inest  quiequid 

uolo  : 
Hie  doli,  hie  fallaeiae  omnes,  hie  sunt  syeophantiae, 
Hie  aroentumst,  hie  amiea  amanti  erili  filio. 
Atque   ego   nune   me  ut   gloriosum  faciam  et   copi 

pdctore. 
Quo   modo   quieque  agerem,  lit  lenoni   siirruperem 

mulidreulam,  675 

lam  instituta,  ornata  cuneta  in  animo,  ut  uolueram, 

ordine 
Cdrta,   deformata   habebam.     Sdd    profeeto   hoc   sic 

erit : 
Centum  doctum  hominum  consilia  sola  haec  deuincit 

dea, 
Fortuna.     Atque  hoc  udrumst :   j)roinde  ut  quisque 

fortuna  utitur, 
Ita    praeeellet    atque    exinde    sapere    eum    omnes 

dieimus.  680 

Bdne   ubi   quoi   quod   scinVus    consilium    accidisse, 

homindm   eatum 
Eum  esse   deelaramus  :    stultum  autem  ilium  quoi 

uortit  maleo 
Stiilti  hauscimus  friistra  ut  simus,  quom  quid  cupi- 

entdr  dari 
Pdtimus    nobis :    quasi    quid    in    rem    sit   possimus 

noscere. 


II.,  3,  19-4,  :.] 


rsEVDOLVS.  49 


C^rta  mittimus,  diim  iucerta  p^timiis.     Atque  lioc 

euenit,  685 

In  labore  atque  in  dolore  ut  mors  obrepat  interim. 
S^d  iam   satis    est    pbilosopliatiim :    iiiinis    diu    et 

longiim  loquor. 
Di  iumortales,  auricbalco  contra  non  cariim  fuit 
Meiim  mendacium  bic  modo  quod  subito  commen- 

tus  fui, 
Quia   lenonis   me   dsse   dixi.      Niinc    ego   bac   epi- 

stula  690 

Tris  deludam,  erum  dt  lenonem   et  qui  banc  dedit 

mi  epistulara. 
Eiige,  par  pari  aliud  autem  quod  cupiebam  contigit : 
V^nit  eccum  Calidorus :    ducit  ndscio  quern  secum 

simul. 


Calidorvs.    Charinvs.    Psevdolvs. 

Cal.    Dulcia  atque  amara  apud  te  sum  dlocutus  omnia. 

Scis  amorem,  scis  laborem,  scis  egestat^m  meam.    695 
Cha.   Commemini  onmia  :   id  tu  modo,  me  quid   uis  fa- 
cere,  fac  sciam. 
Cal.    Pseudolus   mi  ita    imperauit,  ut  aliquem  bominem 
str^nuom 
B^neuolentem  addiicerem  ad  se. 

Cha.    Seruas  imperium  probe ; 

4 


50  PLAVTI  [II.,  4,  8-22. 

Nam   et  amicum  et  b(^iieiioleoteiu  diicis.     Seel  istic 

Pseuclolus 
Nduos  mil  list. 
Cal.    Nimiiimst  mortalis  graphicus  :  eu/aerr/v  milnst.  700 
Is  mihi  haec  sese  dffecturum  dixit  quae  dixi  tibi. 
PsE.   Magiiufice  homiuem  cumpellabo. 

Cal.    Quoia  uox  resouat  ? 
PsE.    lo, 
16,  te,  te,  turaiiiie,  te  rogo,  qui  iiiperitas  Pseudolo  : 
Quaero,  cpioi    ter   triDa   triplicia  tribus   modis    tria 

gaudia 
Artibus     tribus     t^r    demeritas     ddm    laetitias    d^ 
tribus  705* 

Fraiide    paitas,    p^r    malitiam,  pdr   dolum   et  falla- 
ciam :  705^ 

In  libello  hoc  opsignato  hue  attuli  pauxillulo. 
Cal.   iriic  liomost. 

Cha.  Vt  paratragoedat  carnufex. 

PsE.    Confer  gradum 
Contra  pariter.    Porge  audacter  ad  salutem  bracchium. 
Cal.   Die  utrum  Spemne  an  Salutem  td  salutem,  Pseudole? 
PsE.    Immo  utrumque. 

Cal.   Vtrilmque,  salue.     Sdd  quid  actumst  ? 

PsE.   Quid  tibi  ?      710 
Cal.  Attuli  hunc. 

PsE.   Quid,  attulisti  ? 

Cal.  Adduxi  uolui  dicere. 
PsE.   Quis  istic  est? 


II.,  4,  22-35.]  PSEVDOLVS.  51 

Cal.   Chariims. 

PsE.   Euge,  iam  x^P^^  tovtm  ttolm. 
Cha.  Quill  tu  si  quid  opiist  mi  audactur  imi»eias  ? 

PsE.   Taui  gratiast. 
Bdiie    sit   tibi,    Cliiuiiie:    nolo    tibi    molestos     dsse 

1103. 

Cha.  \6i  inolestos  mihi  ?     Molestumst  id  quidem. 

PSE.   Tuni  igitiir  mane.  715 

Cal.   Quid  istuc  est  ? 

PsE.   Epistulam  haiic  modo  intercepi  et  siimbolum. 
Cal.   Siimbolum  ?    quem   siimbolum  ? 

PsE.   Qui  a  milite  allatiist  modo. 
Eius  seruo.s,  qui  liiinc  ferebat  cum  quiuqiie  argenti 

minis, 
Tuam   qui   amicam   hinc   accersebat,  ^i   os   subleui 
modo. 
Cal.   Quomodo  ? 

PsE.   Horum  causa  liaec  agitur  spdctatorum  fabula :  720 
Hi  sciiint  qui  liic  adfuerunt :    nobis  post  narrauero. 
Cal.   Quid  nunc  agimus  ? 

PsE.   Liberam  hodie  tuam  amicam  amplexabere. 
Cal.    Eoone  ? 

PsE.   Tu  istic  ipsus,  inqiiam,  si  quidem  hoc  uiu^t  caput. 
Si  modo  mihi  hominem  inuenietis  propere. 

Cal.   Qua  facid  ? 

PsE.   Malum, 

Callidum,    doctum,    qui    quando    principium    prae- 

hdnderit,  725 


52  PLAVTl  [II.,  4,  36-49. 

PoiTo  sua  uirtute  teneat,  quid  se  facere  oporfceat : 
Atque  qui  liic  Jion  uisitatus  sadpe  sit. 

Cha.  Si  sdruos  est, 
Numquid  rei'ert  ? 

PsE.    luiiuo  iiiulto  niauolo  quam  liberum. 
Cha.  Posse     opinur     in6    dare    hominem    tibi    malum    et 
doctilm,  modo 
Qui    a    patre     aduenit    Carysto    n^cdum    exit    ex 
addibus  730 

Quoquam,    neque    Atlienas    aduenit    ilmquam   ante 
hesterniim  diem. 
PsE.   B^ne  iuuas.  Sed  quinque  inuentis  opus  est  argent! 
minis 
Miituis,  quas  hodie  reddam:  nam  luiius  mihi  debdt 
pater. 
Cha.  Ego  dabo :   ne  quaere  aliunde. 

PsE.   O  hominem  opportuniim  mihi. 
Etiam  opust  chlamyde  4t  machaera  et  pdtaso. 

Cha.  Possum  a  m6  dare.     735 
PsE.   Di  immortales,  non  Charinus  mihi  hie  quidem,  sed 
Copiast. 
S^d    istic   seruos  dx  Carysto  qui    hic  adest,  ecquid 
sapit  ? 
Cha.  Hircum  ab  alis. 

PsE.    Manuleatam    tunicam    liabere    hominem 
addecet. 
Ecquid  is  liomo  habdt  aceti  in  pdctore  ? 

Cha.  Atque  acidissumum. 


II.,  4,  50-65.]  PSEVDOLVS.  53 

PsE.   Quid,  si  opus  sit  iit  diilce  promat  indidem,  ecquid 

hab^t  ? 

Cha.  Eogas  ?  740 

Miirrinam,  passum,  defrutum,  ni^llam,  niel  quoiuis- 

modi. 

Quiu  in  corde  iostriiere  quondam  coepit  therniipo- 

lium. 

PsE.   Engepae :   lepidd,  Charine,  meo  me  ludo  laniberas. 

S^d  quid  nonien  dsse  dicam  ego  isti  seruo  ? 

Cha.  Simiae. 
PsE.   Scitne  in  re  aduorsa  uorsari  ? 

C'ha.  Turbo  non  aequ^  citust.     745 
PsE.   Ecquid  argutiist  ? 

Cha.  Malorum  facinorum  saepissume. 

PsE.   Quid,  quom  manufesto  tenetur  ? 

Cha.  Anguillast :   elabitur. 

PsE.   Ecquid  is  homo  scitust? 

Cha.  Plebi  scitum  non  est  scitius. 

PsE.   Probus  homost,  ut  praddicare  te  audio. 

Cha.  Immo  si  scias : 

Vbi  te  aspexerit,  navrabit  illtro,  quid  ses^  uelis.  750 

Sed  quid  eo  facturus  es  ? 

PsE.   Dicam.     Vbi  liominem  exornauero, 

Siibditiuom  fieri  clio  ilium  militis  seruom  nolo: 

Siimbolum  hunc  ferat  lenoni  cum  quinque  argenti 

minis, 

Miilierem   ab   lenone    abducat.      Em    tibi    omnem 

fabulam. 

Cdterum  quo  quicque  pacto  faciat,  ipsi  dixero.    75.5 


54  PLAVTI  [11.,  4,  66-76. 

Cal.   Quid  nunc  igitur  stamus  ? 

PsE.   Honiinem  cum  ornanientis  omnibus 
Exornatum    adducite    ad    me    iam   ad   tarpezitam 

Adscliinum. 
Sdd  properate. 

Cal.   Piius  illi  erimus  quam  tu. 

PsE.   Abite  erg(j  dcius. 
Quicquid  incerti  mi  in  auimo  prius  aut  ambiguom 

fuit, 
Nunc    liepaet,    nunc    d^faecatumst    cor    mihi,    nunc 

p^ruianist :  760 

Onmis  ordind  sub  signis  ducani  lei^ionds  meas 
Aui    sinistra,   auspicio   liquido    atque   ^-x  mea   sen- 

tdntia. 
Confidentiast  iuimicos  meos  me  posse  pdrdere. 
Nunc  ibo  ad  forum  atque  onerabo    meis  praeceptis 

Simiam, 
Quid    agat :    ne    quid   titubet,    docte    ut    hauc  ferat 

fallaciam.  765 

lam  ^go  hoc  ipsuni  oppidum  ^xpugnatum  faxo  erit 

lenouium. 


III.,  1,  1-23.]  rSEVDOLVS.  55 

ACTVS   III. 

PVEK. 

Quoi  s^ruitutem  di  danimt  leuoiiiam 

Tuero  atcjue  eideiii  si  addunt  turpitiidiiiem, 

Ne  illi,  quantum  ego  nunc  corde  conspicid  meo^ 

Malain  rem  magnam  miiltasque  aerumnas  danunt.  770 

Velut  hade  mi  euenit  sdruitus,  ubi  ego  omnibus 

Paruis  magnisque  ministeriis  praefulcior. 

Neque  ego  amatorem  mi  iiuienire  ulliim  queo, 

Qui  amdt  me.  ut  curer  tandem  nitidiiiscule. 

Nunc  huic  lenonist  liodie  natalis  dies.  775 

Int^rminatus  ^st  a  minumo  ad  maxumum, 

Si  quis  non  liodie  munus  misiss^t  sibi, 

Euni  eras  £ruciatu^  milxu^no-  perbitere. 

Nunc  ndscio  hercle,  rdbus  quid  faciam_  meis : 

Nam  nisi  lenoni  miinus  hodie  niisero,  780 

Cras  mihi  potandus  fructus  est  full(5nius. 

Neque  dgo  illud  possum  quod  illi  qui  possimt  solent. 

Eheu,  quom  illi  rei  ego  ^tiani  nunc  sum  paruolus. 

Atque  ddej)ol,  ut  nunc  male  malum  metuo  miser, 

Si  quispiam  det  qui  manus  grauior  siet,  785 

Quamquam  illud  aiunt  niagno  gemitu  fieri, 

Conprimere  dentis  uideor  posse  aliquo  modo. 

Sed  conprimundast  mihi  uox  atque  oratio : 

Erus  ^ccum  recipit  s^  domum  et  ducit  coquom. 


56  PLAVTI  [lU.,  2,  1-19. 


Ballio.     Coqvos.    Pver. 

Bal.  Forum  coquiiium  qui  uocant,  stultd  uocant :        790 
Nam  non  coquinumst,  iidrum  furiniimst  forum. 
Nam  ego  pdiorem  hominem,  si  iuratus  qua^rerem, 
Cociim  non  potui  quam  liiinc  quem  duco  diicere, 
Multilocum,  gloriosum,  insulsum,  iiiiitilem. 
Quill    6b    eam    rem    Ore  us    recipere    ad  se   hunc 
noluit,  795 

Vt  dsset  liic,  qui  mortuis  ceuam  coquat. 
Nam  liic  solus  illis  coquere  quod  placeat  potest. 
COQ.  Si  me  arbitrabare  ^sto  jgacto,  ut  pra^dicas, 
Cur  conducebas  ? 

Bal.  Inopia :   alius  non  erat. 
Sed  cur  sedebas  in  foro,  si  eras  coquos,  800 

Tu  solus  praeter  alios  ? 

CoQ.  Ego  dicam  tibi. 
Hominum  dgo  auaritia  factus  sum  improbior  coquos, 
Non  meopte  ingenio.  y 

Bal,  Qua  istuc  ratione  ? 

CoQ.  Eloquar. 
Quia    enim,    quom    extemplo    uduiunt    coiiductum 

coquom, 
Nemo  ilium  quaerit  qui  optumus,  carissumust:   805 
Ilium  conducunt  potius  qui  uilissumust. 
Hoc  dgo  fui  liodie  solus  obsessor  fori, 
nil  drachumis  sunt  miseri:    me  nemo  potest 


III.,  2,  20-45.]  PSEVDOLVS.  57 

Minoris  quisquara  niimmo  iit  surgam  siibigere, 
jSTon  ^go  item  cenam  condio,  ut  alii  coqui,  810 

Qui  milii  conclita  prata  in  patinis  proferunt, 
Boues  qui  conuiuas  faciunt  herbasque  oggerunt, 
Eas  hdrbas  herbis  ^aliis  porro  condiuut : 
Apponunt  rumicem,  brassicam,  betam,  blitum  :     815 
Indunt  coriandrum,  feniculum,  alium,  atrum  bolus  :  su 
Eo  laserpici  libram  pondo  diluont: 
Teritiir  senapis  sc^lera,  quae  illis  qui  terunt 
Prius  quam  triuerunt,  oculi  ut  exstill^iit  facit. 
Ei  honuries  cenas  ubi  coquont,  quom  condiunt, 
Non_condimentis  condiunt,  sed  strigibus,  820 

Viuis  conuiuis  intestina  quae  ^xedint. 
Hoc  hie  quidem  homines  tam  breuem  uitam  colunt, 
Quom    hasce    hdrbas    huiusmodi   in    suom    aluom 

congerunt, 
Formidulosas  ^ictu,  non  essii  modo. 
Quas  hdrbas  pecudes  non  edunt,  homines  edunt.     825 
Bal.  Quid  tii  ?   diuinis  condimentis  iitere, 
Qui  prorogare  uitam  possis  hominibus, 
Qui  ea  ciilpes  coudim^nta  ? 

CoQ.  Audacter  dicito  : 
Nam  udl  ducenos  annos  poterunt  uiuere, 
Meas  qui  dssitabunt  dscas,  c|uas  condiuero.  830 

Nam  ego  cicilendrum  quando  in  patinas  indidi 
Aut  c^polendrum  aut  maccidem  aut  saucaptidem, 
Ea^pse  sese  fdruefaciunt  ilico. 
Haec  ad  Neptuni  pecudes  condim^nta  sunt: 


58  PLAVTI  [III.,  2, 46-67, 

Terr^stris  pecudes  ^icimandro  cdndio,  835 

Hapalopside  aut  cataractria. 

Bal.  At  te  Iiippiter 
Dique  omnes  jDerdaiit  cum  condimentis  tuis 
Cumqud  tuis  istis  dumibus  iiieudaciis. 
CoQ.  Sine  si's  loqiii  me. 

Bal.  Ldijuere  atque  i  in  malam  crucem. 
CoQ.  Ybi  dmnes  patinae  Idruont,  omnis  aperio  :  840 

Is  odds  di missis  pddibus  in  caelum  uolat. 
Bal.  Odds  di  missis  pddibus  ? 

CoQ.  Peccaui  insciens. 
Bal.  Quidiini  ? 

CoQ.  Diinissis  nianibus  uului  dicere. 
Eum  oddrem  cenat  Iiippiter  cottidie. 
Bal.  Si  nusquam  coctum  is,  quidnam  cenat  Iiippiter?    845 
CoQ.  It  I'ncenatus  ciibitum. 

Bal.  I  in  mal^m  crucem. 
Istacine  causa  tibi  liodie  nummuni  dabo  ? 
CoQ.  Fate(')r  equidem  esse  m^  coquom  carissumum : 
A'eriiin  i)ro  j)retio  facio  lit  opera  appareat 
Mea,  quo  conductus  udnio. 

Bal.  Ad  furandum  quidem.     850 
CoQ.  An  tu  inuenire  pdstulas  quemquam  coquom 

Nisi  miluinis  aut  aquilinis  iingulis  ? 
Bal.  An  tu  coquinatum  te  ire  quoquam  pdstulas, 
Quin  ibi  constrictis  iingulis  cenam  coquas? 
Nunc  adeo  tu,  qui  mdus  es,  iam  edicd  tibi,         855 
Vt  nostra  properes  amoliri  liinc  omnia. 


Ill,  2,  68-89.]  PSEVDOLVS.  59 

Turn  ut  luiius  oculos  I'u  jjculis  habeas  tuis. 
Quoquo  hie  spectabit,  eo  tu  spectato  simiil. 
Si  quo  hie  gradietiir,  pariter  progredimiiio. 
Manum  si  protoUet,  pariter  proferto  maniim.       800 
Suoui  si  quid  siiiuet,  i<.l  tu  sinito  siimere: 
Si  Dostmm  suniet,  tii  teueto  altiinsecus. 
Si  iste  ibit,  ito :   stabit,  astato  simul. 
Si  conquiniscet  istic,  conquiniscito. 
Item  his  diseipulis  priiios  eustodds  dabo.  865 

COQ.    Habe  mddo  bonum  aiiiuium. 

Bal.    Quadso,  qui  possum,  doce, 
Bonum     animum   habere,   qui   te    ad   me    adducam 
domum  ? 
CoQ.    Quia_soi-b[tk)ne  facia m  ego  hodie  t^  mea, 
Item  lit  Medea  P^liam  coucoxit  senem, 
Quern  Di^dicaraento  et  suis  ueuenis  dicitur  870 

Fecisse  rursus  ^x.^sene  adulesc^ntulum  : 
Item  ^2;o  te  faciam. 

Bal.    Eho,  an  etiam  es  uen^fieus  ? 
CoQ.    Immo  ddepol  uero  sum  hdiuinum  seruator. 

Bal.    Ehem,     373.874 
Quanti  istuc  iinum  m^  coquiuare  p^rdoces  ?         87o 
CoQ.    Quid? 

Bal.   Yt  te  seruem,  n^  quid  surripias  mihi. 
CoQ.    Si  crddis,  nummo :  si  uon,  ne  mind  quidem. 
Sed  utriim  tu  amicis  hiddie  an  inimicis   tuis 
Datilru's  cenam  ? 

Bal.    Pol  eoo  amicis  scilicet. 


60  PLAVTI  [III.,  2,  90-111. 

CoQ.    Quill  tuds  inimicos  potius  quam  amicds  uocas  ?  880 
Nam  ego  ita  conuiuis  cdnam  conditam  clabo 
Hodie,  atque  ita  suaui  suauitate  condiarn : 
Vt  quisque  quicque  cunditum  gustauerit, 
Ipsils  sibi  faciam  ut  digitos  praerodat  suos, 
Bal.    Quaeso     hdrcle,    prius    quam    quoiquam    conuiua<^ 
dabis,  885 

Gustato  tute  prius  et  discipulis  dato, 
Vt  pradrodatis  uostras  furtificas   manus. 
CoQ.    Fortasse    haec    tu    nunc    mihi     non    credis    quad 

loquor. 
Bal.    Moldstus  ne  sis  :  nimium  tinnis :  non  taces  ? 

Em   iUic    ego    habito :    iam    iutro    abi    et    cenam 
coque,  890 

Propera. 

PvER.    Quin  tu  is  accubitum  et  conuiuas  cedo  : 
Conriimpitur  iam  cdna. 

Bal.    Em,  subolem  sis  uide  : 
Iam  hie  qudque  scelestus  6st  coqui  sublingulo. 
Profdcto  quid  nunc  primum  caueam,  ndscio  : 
Ita  in  addibus  sunt  iures,  praedo  in  prdxumost.    805 
Nam  mihi  uicinus  apud  forum  pauld  prius 
Patdr  Calidori  edixit  opere  maxumo, 
Vt  mihi  cauerem  a  Pseildolo  serud  suo, 
Ne    fidem    ei    haberem :    nam   dum   circum   ire   in  /O 

hiinc  diem, 
Vt  md,  si  posset,  muliere  interudrteret.  900 

Eum  prdmisisse  firmiter  dixit  sibi, 


III.,  2,  112  — IV.,  1,  10.]         rSEVDOLVS.  61 

Sese  abducturum  a  m6  dolis  Phoeuicium. 
Nunc  I'bo  intro  atque  edicam  familiaribus, 
Prof^cto  ne  quis  quicquam  credat  Pseiidolo. 


PSEVDOLVS.       SiMIA. 

PsE.    Si  umquam  quemquam  di  immortales  uoludre  esse 

auxilio  adiutum,  905 

Turn   me   ^t   Calidorum    sdruatum    uolunt   ^sse   et 

lenouein  dxtiuctum, 
Quom   te    adiutorem  g^uueruut   mihi   tain    doctum 

liominem  atque  astutum. 
Sed  ubi  illic  est  ?     Sumne  ego  homo  insipiens,  qui 
haec  mdcum  egomet  loquor  solus  ? 

Dedit  udrba  milii  hercle,  ut  opinor.  909^ 

Malus  ciim  male  stulte  caui.  909'' 

Turn  pol  ego  interii,  homo  si  I'lle  abiit,  neque  hoc 

opus  quod  uolui  hodie  dfficiam.  910 

Sed    ecciim    uideo   uerbdream   statuam :    ut   it,    ut 

magnifice  infdrt  sese. 
Ehem,    te     h^rcle     ego     circumspdctabam  :     nimis 
mdtuebam  male,  ne  abisses. 
Sim.   Fuit  meum  officium,  ut  facer^m,  fateor. 
PsE.    Vbi  rdstiteras  ? 

Sim.    Vbi  mihi  lubitumst. 
PsE.    Istuc  eso  satis  scio. 


62  PLAVTI  [IV.,  1,  10-23. 

Sim.    Cur  drgo,  quod  scis,  m^  rogas  ? 
PsE.    At  hoc  uolo,  uioiR're  te. 

Sim.    Moiiendu's,  ne  me  moneas.     915 
PsE.    Nimis  tandeui  ego  aps  te  cont^mnor. 
Sim.    Quippe  ^go  te  ni  contdmDaiii, 
Stvatioticus  lionio  qui  cliiear  ? 
PsE.    Tarn  lioc  ikUo,  quod  occeptiimst,  agi. 

Sim.    Numquid  agere  aliud  m^  uides  ? 
PsE.    Au:il)ula  ergo  cito. 

Sim.    Immo  otiose  uolo.  920 

PsE.    Ha^c  ea  occasiost :    duni  ille  dormit,  uolo 
Tu  prior  adire  ut  dccupes. 
Sim.    Quid  prdperas  ?    placide :    11^  time.     Ita   ille   faxit 
Iilppiter, 
Vt    ille    palam   ibidem   adsiet,    quisquis   illest    qui 

ad  est  a  onijite  : 
Num({uam  ^depol  potior  ille  erit  Harpax  quam  ego. 
Habe  animiim  bonura.  ^25 

Piilcre  ego  banc  dxplicatam  tibi  rdm  dabo. 
Sic  ego  ilium  xlolis  atque  mendacns 
In  timordm  dabo  militarem  aduenam, 
Ipsus  sese  ut  neget  esse  eum  qui  siet, 
Mdque  ut  esse  autumet,  qui  ipsus  est. 

PsE.   C^ni  potest  ?     930 
Sim.    (3ccidis  me,  quom  istuc  rogitas. 

PsE.    0  liomindm  lepidum. 
Sim.    T^  quoquo  etiain  dolls  atque  mendacijs,. 
Qui  magist^r  milii's,  antidibo,  ut  scias. 


IV.,  1,  24-34.]  PSEVDOLVS.  63 

PsE.   luppiter  t4,  mihi  sdruet. 

Sdi.    Immo  mihi. 
S^d  uide,  ornatus  hie  m^  satiu  condecet  ?     935 
PsE.   Optume  habet. 

Sim.   Esto. 
PsE.   Tantiim  tibi  boni  di  immortales  duiiit,  quantum  tu 
tibi  exoptes. 
Nam    si   dxoptem,    quantum    dignu's,  tantiim   dent, 

minus _nihil6  sit. 
Neque    ego    hoc    homine    quemquam    uidi    magis 
malum. 

Sim.    Tun  id  mihi  ? 

PsE.    Taceo.  939^ 

Sed   ego   tibi   quae    bona   dabo   et  faciam,  si  banc 

sobrie  rem  accurassis.  939^ 

Sim.    Potin   ut  taceas  ?     Memorem  inmemorem  facit  qui 

monet  quod  memor  m^minit.  940 

Teneo   omnia :    in   pectore    condita   sunt :   meditati 

sunt  mihi  doli  docte. 

PsE.    Probus  dst  hie  homo. 

Sim.   Neque  hie  ^st  neque  ego. 

PsE.   At  uide,  n^  titubes. 

Sim.    Potin  iit  taceas? 
PsE.  Ita  m^  di  ament 

Sim.    Ita    non    facient.      Mera    iam    mendacia 
fundes. 
PsE.  Vt  ego  6b  tuam,  Simia,  pdrfidiam  te  amo  et  mdtuo 
et  ma^ni  facio. 


64  PLAVTI  [IV.,  1,  35-45. 

Sim.    Ego  istuc   aliis   dare   condidici :   mi  optmdere   non 
potis  palpuiu.  945 

PsE.   Vt  ego  accipiam  te  hodid  lepide,  ubi  effdceris  hoc 
opus, 

Sim.    Hahahe. 
PsE.  Lepido  iiictu,  iiino,  liiiguentis  et  intdr  pocula  pul- 
panientis. 
Ibidem   una   aderit   muli^r  lepida,  tibi  sauia  super 
sauia  quae  det. 
Sim.   Lepide  accipis  me. 

PsE.   Immo    si    dfficies,    turn    faxo   magis    id 
dicas. 
Sim.   Nisi   eff^cero,  tum   cruciabiliter   cum   carnufice  me 
accipito.  "^  950 

S^d  propera  mihi  monstrare,  ubist  lenonis  ostium. 
PsE.  Tdrtium  hoc  est. 

Sim.    St^,  tace :   aedes  hiscunt. 

PsE.  Credo  animo  malest 
Addibus. 

Sim.    Quid  iam  ? 

PsE.  Quia  edepol  ipsum  lenonem  duomunt. 
Sim.  Illicinest? 

PsE.  Illic  ipsus  est. 

Sim.    Mala  m^rcist. 

PsE.   Illuc  SIS  uide : 

Yt  transuorsus,   udu   prouorsus   c^dit,  quasi   cancer 

solet.  955 


IV.,  2,  1-14.]  PSEVDOLVS.  65 


Ballio.     Psevdolvs.     Simia. 

Bal.  Minus   malum   huiic   hominem   d.sse    opinor,    qua  in 
esse  ceusebam,  coquom  : 
'     Nam  niliil  etiam  dum  barpagauit  piaster  cyatlium 
et  cantharum. 
PSE.   Heiis  tu,  uunc  occasiost  et  t^mpus. 

Sim.  Tecum  sdntio. 
PsE.   Ingredere  in  uiam  dolose:   ego  hie  in  insidiis  ero. 
Sim.    Habui   numerum    s^dulo :   hoc   est  sdxtum  a  porta 
proxumum  960 

Angiportum :    in  id  angiportum  m^  deuorti  iusserat. 
Quotumas   aedis    dixerit,  id   ego    admodum    incertd 
scio. 
Bal.  Quis  hie  homo  chlamydatus  est?   aut  lindest  ?   aut 
quem  qua^ritat  ? 
Pdregrina  facias  uidetur  hominis  atque  ignobilis. 
Sim.    Sdd  eccum  qui  ex  inc^rto  faciet  mihi  quod  quaero 
cdrtius.  965 

Bal.  Ad  me  adit  recta.     Vnde  ego  hominem  hunc  dsse 

dicam  gentium  ? 
SnL    Heiis  tu,  qui   cum   hirquina   barba   astas,  responde 

quod  rogo. 
Bal.   Eho,  an  non  prius  saliitas  ? 

Sim.    Xullast  mihi  salus  dataria.     968.  969 
Bal.   Xam  pol  hinc  tantumdem  accipies. 

PsE.   lam  inde  a  principio  probe.     970 


66  PLAVTI  [IV.,  2,  15-28. 

Sim.    Ecquem  in  augiporto   hoc   hominem  tu   nouisti,  t^ 

rogo.  ^ 

JjAL.   Eoomet  me. 

Sim.    Pauci  istuc  faciunt  homines,  quod  tu  praddicas : 
Nam  in  foro  uix  ddcumus  quisquest,  qui  ipsus  sese 
nduerit. 
PSE.   Sahios  sum :    iam  philosophatur. 

Sim.    Hominem  ego  hie  quaerd  malum, 
Ldgirupam,  impurum,  peiiurum  atque  impium. 

Bal.   Me  quadritat :     975 
Nam   ilia   mea   sunt    cdgnomenta  :    ndmen   si   me- 

mordt  modo. 
Quid  est  ei  homini  ndmen  ? 

Sim.    Leno  Ballio. 

Bal.  Sciuin  ego  ? 
Ipse  ego  sum,  aduldscens,  quem  tu  quadris. 

Sim.   Tune's  Ballio? 
Bal.  Ego  enimuero  is  sum. 

Sim.    Vt  uestitu's,  ds  perfossor  parietum.     970.  980 
Bal.   Crddo,  in  tenebris   cdnspicatus  si  sis  me,  apstineas 

manum. 
Sim.    Erus  meus  tibi  md  salutem  multam  uoluit  dicere. 
Hanc  epistalam  accipe  a  me :   banc  me  tibi  iussit 
dare. 
Bal.  Quis  is  homost,  qui  iussit  ? 

PsE.    Peril :    mine  homo  in  medid  lutost. 
Ndmen  nescit :    hadret  haec  res. 

Bal.  Queni  lianc  misisse  ad  me  aiitumas  ?     985 


IV.,  2,  29-46.J  PSEVDOLVS.  67 

Sim.    Nosce  imagindm  :   tute  eius  nonien  memorato  mihi, 
Yt  sciam  te  Balliouem  esse  ipsum. 

Bal.  Cedo  mi  epistulam. 
Sim.   Accipe  et  cognosce  signum. 

Bal.  0,  Polymachaeroplagides 
Funis    putus   est   ipsus :   noui :   beus,   Polymacbae- 

roplagidi 
Xdmen  est. 

Sim.    Scio  iam  me  recte  tibi  dedisse  epistulam,     990 
Postquam  Polymacbadroplagidae  ^locutus  nomen  es. 
Bal.    Quid  agit  is  ? 

Sim.    Quod  bomo  ^depol  fortis  atque  bellator  probus. 
S^d   propera    lianc    pell^gere    quaeso    epistulam  — 

ita  neudtiumst  — 
Atque    accipeie     arg^iitum    actutum    miilieremque 

emittere. 
ISTam   bddie    Sicyoni    necessest    me    dsse   aiit    eras 
mortem  ^xsequi :  995 

Ita  erus  meus  est  imperiosus. 

Bal.    Xoui :   notis  pra^dicas. 
Sim.    Propera  pellegere  ^rgo  epistulam. 

Bal.    Id  ago,  si  tacdas  modo. 
'Milds  leuoni  Ballioni  epistulam 
Conscriptam  mittit  Pdlymacbaeroplagides, 
Imagine  obsignatam  quae  inter  nds  duo  looo 

Conu^nit  olim.'     Siimbolust  in  epistula. 
Video  dt  cognosco  signum.     Sed  in  epistula 
Nullam  salutem  mittere  scriptam  solet  ? 


68  PLAVTI  [IV.,  2,  47  —3,  4. 

Sim.    Ita  inilitaiis  disciplinast,  Ballio  : 

Manu  saliitem  mittunt  bene  uoldntibus,  ioo5 

Eaddm  malam  rem  mittunt  male  uoldntibiis. 
Quid  epistula  ista  narret. 

Bal.   Ausculta  modo. 
'  Harpax  calator  mdus  est  ad  te  qui  uenit ' 
Tung's  is  Harpax  ? 
Sim.    Ego  sum  :   atque  ipse  harpax  quidem.         loio 
Bal.    '  Qui  epistulam  istam  fdrt,  ab  eo  argentum  accipi 
Et  cum  eo  simitu  miilierem  mitti  nolo. 
Saliitem  scriptam  dignumst  dignis  mittere : 
Te  si  arbitrarem  dignum,  misissdm  tibi.' 
Sim.    Quid  nunc. 

Bal.   Argentum  d6s,  abducas  miilierem.         1015 
Sim.   Vt^r  remoratur  ? 

Bal.    Quin  sequere  ergo  intro. 

Sim.   Sequor. 


PSEVDOLVS., 

Peiorem  ego  hominem  magisque  uorsut(^  malum 
Numquam   ddepol   quemquam   nidi,   quam    hie    est 

Simla  : 
Nimisque    ^go    illunc    hominem   metuo   et  formido 

male, 
Ne  mains  item  erga  md  sit,  ut  erga  ilium  fuit :      1020 


IV.,  3,  5-4,  4.]  PSEVDOLVS.  69 

Ne  in  re  secmula  nunc  mi  obuortat  cornua, 
Si  occasioneni  capsit.     Qui  si  sit  malus, 

Atque  ^depol  equidem  nolo :  nam  illi  bdne  nolo. 
Nunc  injjifitu  sum  maxum.o  triplici  modo :        i025 
Primum  omnium  iam  hunc  cdmparem  metuo  meum, 
Xe  ddserat  med  atque  ad  hostis  transeat. 
Metuo  aiitem,  ne  erus  r^deat  etianidum  a  foro  : 
Xe  capta  praeda  capti  praedon^s  fuant. 
Quom   haec    m^tuo,   metuo,    nd    ille    hue    Harpax 
aduenat,  loso 

Prius  quam  liinc  ])ic  Harpax  abierit  cum  miiliere. 
Perii  hdrcle  :   nimium  tarde  eorediuntur  foras. 

o 

Cor  conligatis  uasis  expectat  meum, 

Si  ndn  educat  miilierem  ^secum  simul, 

Vt  ^xulatum  ex  pdctore  aufugiat  meo.  1035 

Victor  sum :   uici  caiitos  custodds  meos. 


SiMIA.      PSEVDOLVS.      PhOENICIVM. 

Sim.    Ne  plora :   nescis,  ut  res  sit,  Phoenicium, 

Verum  hand  mnlto^post  faxo  scibis  accubans. 
Non  6go  te  ad  ilium  duco  dentatiim  uirum        io40 
Mac^doniensem,  qui  te  nunc  flent^m  facit : 


70  PLAVTI  [IV.,  4,  5-13. 

Quoiam  dsse  te  iiis  maxume,  ad  eum  diixero. 

Calidorum  baud  multo  post  faxo  amplexabere. 
PsE.    Quid  tu  intus,  quaeso,  ddsedisti  tarn  diu  ? 

Milii  cor  retuDsumst  oppugnando  pdctoi'e.  io45 

Sim.    Occasionem  rdpperisti,  u^rberO; 

Vbi  p^rcoiiteris  iiie       . 

.     insidiis  hostilibus. 

Quin  bine  metimur  gradibus  militariis  ? 
PsE.    Atque    ^depol    quainquam    iidquam    bomo's,    rectd 
mones.  1050 

Ite  bac,  triumpbe,  ad  cautbarum  recta  uia. 


IV.,  5,  1-6,  4.]  FSEVDULVS.  71 


ACTVS    IV. 

Ballio. 

Hahad,  nunc  demum  mi  animus  in  ^to  locost, 
Postquani  iste  hinc  abiit  atque  abduxit  mulierem. 
lube  nunc  uenire  Pseudolum,  sceleriim  caput, 
Et  abducere  a  me  mulierem  fallaciis.  1055 

^onc^ptis  hercle  u^rbis,  satis  certo  scio, 
Ego  p^riurare  md  mauellem  milieus, 
Quam  mi  ilium  uerba  p^r  deridiculiim  dare. 
Nunc  d^ridebo  hercle  liominem,  si  conu^nero. 
Verum  in  pistrino  cr^do,  ut  conuenit,  fore.  1060 

Nunc  ^go  Simonem  mi  obuiam  ueniat  uelim : 
Vt  mea  laetitia  ladtus  promiscam  siet. 


SiMO.    Ballio. 

Sim.   Visso,  quid  rerum  mdus  Ylixes  ^gerit, 

lamne  habeat  signum  ex  arce  Ballionia. 
Bal.    0  fortunate,  c^do  fortunatam  manum.  i065 

Sim.    Quid  est  ? 

Bal.   lam 

Sim.    Quid  iam  ? 


72  PLAVTI  [IV.  6,  4-22. 

Bal.    Niliil  est  quod  metuas. 
Sim.   Quid  est  ? 
Venitne  homo  ad  te  ? 

Bal.    Ndn. 

Sim.    Quid  est  igitur  boni  ? 
Bal.    Minad  uiginti  sanae  et  saluae  sunt  tibi, 

Hodid  quas  aps  ted  dst  stipulatus  Pseudolus. 
Sim.    Velim  quidem  hercle. 

Bal.    Eoga  me  uiginti  minas,         io70 
Si  ille  iliac  hodie  sit  potitus  miiliere, 
Sine  earn  tuo  gnato  hodie,  ut  promisit,  dabit : 
[Eoga,  opsecro  hercle :  g^stio  promittere.] 
Omnibus  modis  tibi  ^sse  rem  ut  saluam  scias. 
Atque  ^tiam  habeto  mulierem  dono  tibi.  1075 

Sim.    Nulliimst  periclum,  quod  sciam,  stipularier, 
Vt  concepisti  u^rba.     Viginti  minas 
Dabin  ? 

Bal.   Dabuntur. 

Sim.   Hoc  quidem  actumst  haii  male. 
(Sed  conuenistin  hominem  ? 

Bal.    Immo  ambo  simul. 
Sim.    Quid     ait  ?     quid     narrat  ?      quadso,     quid     dixit 
tibi  ?  1089 

Bal.   Nugas  theatri :   udrba  quae  in  como^diis 
Solent  lenoni  dici,  quae  pueri  sciunt : 
Malum  ^t  scelestum  et  pdiurum  aibat  ^sse  me. 
Sim.    Pol  haii  mentitust. 

Bal.    Ergo  baud  iratus  fui. 


IV.,  6, 23-40.J  psp:vdolvs.  73 

Nam  quaiiti  refert  ei  uec  recte  dicere,  1085 

Qui  uiliili  faciat  quique  iiititias  lion  eat  ? 
Si.M.)    Quid   ^st   quod    iion   inetuam   ab   eo  ?      Id  audire 

^xpeto. 
Bal.    Quia  numquam  abducet  inulierem  iain  nee  potest. 
Sim.    Quidiini  ? 

Bal.    Meministin  tibi  me  dudum  dicere 
Eam  u^niuisse  jtniliti  Mac^donio  ?  1090 

Sim.   Me  mini. 

Bal.    Em  illius  seruos  hiic  ad  me  argentum  attulit 
Et  obsignatum  siimbolum. 

Sim.   Quid  postea  ? 
Bal.    [Qui  int^r  me  atque  ilium  militem  conu^nerat.] 

Is  s^cum  abdiixit  mulierem  hau  multo  prius. 
Sim.    Bonan  fide  istuc  dicis  ? 

Bal.    Vnde  ea  sit  mihi  ?  1095 

Sim.    Aide  modo,  ne  illic  sit  contechinatus  quippiam. 
Bal.    Epistula  atque  imago  me  certnm  facit. 

[Qui  illam  quidem  iam  in    Sicyonem  ex   urbe   ab- 
duxit  modo.] 
Sim.    Bene  h^rcle  factum.     Quid  ego  cesso  Pseiidolum 
Facere  lit  det  nomen  ad  Molas  coloniam  ?  noo 

Sed  quis  hie  homost  chlamydatus  ? 

Bal.   Non  edepol  scio : 
Nisi  ut  obseruemus  quo  eat  aut  quam  rdm  gerat. 


74  PLAVTI  [IV.,  7,  1-21. 

Harpax.     Ballio.     Simo. 

Har.    Malus   ^t    nequamst    homo    qui    nihili    facit    im- 
peiium  siii  seruos  eri : 
Mliilist  autem  suom  qui  officium   facere    inmemor 
est,  iiisist  admonitus. 

Nam  qui  liberos  se  ilico  ^sse  arbitrantur,   1105 
Ex  conspectu  eri  si  sui  se  abdiddrunt, 
Liixantur,    lustrantur,    comedunt    quod    habent,   ei 
nomdn  diu 

S^ruitutis  feruut. 

N^c  boni  iiigeni  quicquam  in  is  inest, 
Nisi  ut  improbis  se  artibus  tdneant.  mo 

Cum  his  mihi  nee  locus  nee  sdrmo  umquam 
Conuenit  neque  is  nobilis  fui. 
Ego,  ut   mihi   imperatumst,  etsi   ab^st,   hie   adesse 

erum  arbitror. 
Nunc  ego  ilhim    metuo  ne,  quom  adsidt,   metuam: 
ei  rei  operam  dabo.  1114. 1115 

Nam  in  taberna  lisque  adhuc  siuerat  Surus, 
Quoi  dedi  sumbolum.     Mansi  ut  iusserat : 
L^no  ubi  essdt  domi  me  aibat  acc^rsere. 
Vdruni  ubi  is  non  uenit  n^c  uocat, 
Venio   hue   ultro    ut   sciam   quid   rei   sit,    ne    illic 
homo  me  ludificetur.  1120 

Neque   quicquamst   melius,    quam   ut    hoc    pultem 
atque  aliquem  hue  ^uocem  hinc  intus. 
L^no  argentum  lidc  nolo 
A  me  accipiat  atque  amittat  miilierem  meciim  simul. 


IV.,  7,  22-38.]  PSEVDOLVS.  '^^ 

Bal.   Heiis  tu. 

Sim.    Quid  uis  ? 

Bal.    Hie  homo  mens  est. 
Sim.   Quidum? 

Bal.    Quia  praeda  ha^c  meast : 
Scortum   quaerit,  habet   argentum  :   iam  admordere 
hunc  inihi  lubet.  ^^'^^ 

Sim.    lamne  ilium  com^ssurus  ds  ? 

Bal.    Dum  rec^ns  est 
Homo,  dum  cal^t,  deuorari  dec^t.     Nam 
Boni  me  uiri  pauperaiit,  improbi  augeut. 
Popl(3  strenui,  mihi  damnosi  usui  sunt. 
Sim.    Malum  quod  tibi  di  dabunt :  sic  scel^stu's.    11.30 
Bal.  Venus  mi   hade    bona   datat,  quom  hosce  hue 

adigit 

Lucritugas,  damni  cupidos,  qui  se  1132^ 

Suamque  adtatem  bene  curant,  1132^ 

Edunt,    bibunt,   seortantur :   illi    sunt  alio   ingenio 

atque  tu, 
Qui  ndque   tibi   bene    dsse   patere    et   illis    quibus 

est  iuuides. 
Har.  Md   mine    eommoror,   quom    hie    asto,   quom    has 

1135'' 
foris  non  ferio,  ut  sciam, 

Sitne  Ballio  domi.  ^^^^' 

Heiis,  ubi  estis  uos  ? 

Bal.   Hie  quidem  ad  me  rdeta  habet  reetam  uiam. 

[Har.  Heiis  ubi  estis  ? 

Bal.   Hens,  aduleseens,  quid  istie  debetur  tibi  ?] 


76  PLAVTI  [IV.,  7, 39-53. 

B^iie  ego  a1j  hoc  praedatiis  ibo :   noui :   bona  scae- 
iiast  mihi. 
Har.    Ecquis  hoc  aperit  ? 

Bal.  Heiis,  chlamydate,  quid  istic  debetvir  tibi  ? 
Hah.  Addium  dominiim  lenonein  Ballionem  quadrito.  ii40 
Bal.    Quisquis     es,    aduldscens,    operam    fac    compendi 

quac^rere. 
Har.    Quid  iam  ? 

Bal.    Quia  tute  ipsus  ipsum  pradsens  praesentem  uides. 
Har.  Tiiii  is  es  ? 

Sim.    Chlamydate,  caue  sis  tibi  a  curuo  iiifortunio^ 
Atque  in  hunc  intrude  digitum :  hie  Idnost. 

Bal.    At  hie  est  uir  bonus. 
S^d  tu,  bone  uir,  flagitare  sadpe  clamore  in  foro,    ii45 
Qiiom  libella  nusquamst,  nisi  quid  Idno  hie  subuenit 
tibi. 
Har.  Quin  tu  mecum  fabulare  ? 

Bal.    Fabulor :   quid  uis  tibi  ? 
Har.  Argentum  accipias. 

Bal.    lamdudum,  si  des,  porrexi  manum. 

Har.  Accipe  :  hie  sunt  quinque  argenti  l^ctae  nuinerata^ 

niinae. 

Hoc   tibi    erus    me    iussit    ferre   Polymachaeropla- 

gides,  1150 

Quod  deberet,  atque  ut  mecum  mitteres  Phoenicium. 

Bal.   Iilrus  tuos  ? 

Har.   Ita  dico. 

Bal.   Miles? 


IV.,  7,  53-67.]  PSEVDOLVS.  77 

Hae.    Ita  loquor. 

Bal.    Mac^donius  ? 
Har.   Admodum,  inquam. 

Bal.    Te  ad  me  misit  Polymachaeroplagides  ? 
Har.   Y^ra  meinoras. 

Bal.   Hoc  argentum  ut  iiiihi  dares  ? 

Har.   Si  tii  quidem  es 
L^no  Ballio. 
Bal.   Atque  ut  a  me  miilierem  tu  abduceres  ?     ii55 
Har.   Ita. 

Bal.    Phoenicium  dam  esse  dixit  ? 

Hae.   Edcte  meministi. 

Bal.   Mane: 
lam  redeo  ad  te. 

Har.    At  maturate  propera  :    nam  propero.     Yides 
lam  diem  multuni  dsse  ? 

Bal.    Yideo  :   bunc  aduocare  etiam  nolo. 
Mane  modo  istic :  iam  reuortar  ad  te.     Quid  nunc 

fit,  Simo  ? 
Quid   agimus  ?      Manufdsto    teneo    bunc    bominem 
qui  argentum  attulit.  1160 

Slm.    Quidum  ? 

Bal.    An  nescis,  quad  sit  liaec  res  ? 

Sim.    Iilxta  cum  ignarissumis. 
Bal.    Pseudolus  tuos  allegauit  lu'inc,  quasi  a  Macddonio 
Milite  esset. 

Sim.    Habon  arirentum  ab  bomine  ? 

Bal.    Bogitas,  quod  uides  ? 


78  PLAVTI  [IV.,  7,  68-82. 

Sim.    Heiis,    memento    ergo    dimidium    istinc     mihi    de 
praeda  dare. 
Commune  istuc  ^sse  oportet. 

Bal.    Quid,  malum  ?   id  totiim  tuomst.     ii65 
Hae.  Quam  mox  mi  operam  das  ? 

Bal.    Tibi  do  equidem.     Quid  nunc  mi's  auctor,  Simo  ? 
Sim.    Exploratorem  Ininc  faciamus  liidos  suppositicium, 

Adeo  donicum  ipsus  sese  liidos  fieri  sdnserit. 
Bal.    Sequere.     Quid  ais  ?    ndmpe  tu  illius  s^ruos  es  ? 

Hah.   Planissume. 
Bal.    Quanti  te  emit  ? 

Har.    Suarum  in  pugna  nirium  iiictoria  :      ino 
Nam   ego  cram  domi  imperator  siimmus   in  patria 
mea. 
Bal.   An    etiam     ille     umquam     dxpugnauit    carcerem, 

patriam  tuain  ? 
Har.  Cdntumeliam  si  dices,  aiidies. 

Bal.    Quotumo  die 
Ex  Sicyone  p^ruenisti  liuc  ? 

Har.    Altero  ad  meridiem. 
Bal.    Strdnuissume  hdrcle  iuisti. 

Sim.    Quamuis  pernix  hie  est  homo.     1175 
Bal.   Ybi  suram  aspicias,  scias  posse  eum  g^rere  crassas 
compedes. 
Quid   ais  ?    tune    etiam    cubitare    solitu's   in   cunis, 
puer  ? 
Sim.   Scilicet. 

Bal.   Etiamne  facere  solitus  es,  scin  quid  loqnar  ? 


IV.,  7,  83-95.]  rSEVDOLVS.  79 

Sim.   Scilicet  solitum  dsse. 

Hak.    Saiiiii  dstis  ? 

IjAL.    Quid  hoc  quod  t^  rogo  ? 

Noctu  iu  uigiliam  quando  ibat  miles,  quom  tii  ibas 

^   siiijul,  1180 

Couueiiiebatiie  in  uaginam  tuain  machaera  militis  ? 

Har.  I  iu  malam  crucem. 

Bal.    Ilicebit  tamen  tibi  hodie  t^mperi. 
Har.  Quill   tu    mulierdm   Dii  emittis  ?   aut  redde   argeu- 
tiim. 

Bal.    Mane. 
Har.    Quid  nianeam  ? 
Bal.    Cblamydem  banc  commemora,  quanti  conductast  ? 

Har.    Quid  est  ? 
Sim.    Quid  meret  macbn^ra? 

Har.    Elleboruni  bisce  lioniinibus  opus  ^st. 

Bal.    Ebo,         ii85 
Har.  Mitte. 

Bal.    Quid  mercddis  petasus  liodie  domino  d^meret  ? 
Har.  Quid,   domino  ?      Quid    soniniatis  ?      M^a    quidem 
baec  liabeo  omnia,  1187. 1188 

Meo  peculio  ^mpta. 

Bal.    Xempe  quod  f^mina  summa  sustinent  ? 

Har.  Vncti    bi     sunt    sends :     fricari    sdse     ex    antiqu(') 

uolunt.  1190 

Bal.    Pi^sponde,  opsecro  bdrcle,  uero  sdrio  boo  quod  td  rogo  : 

Quid  meres  ?     Quantillo  argento  t6  conduxit  Pseii- 

dolus  ? 


80  PLAVTI  [IV.,  7,  96-110. 

Har.  Quis  istic  Pseudolust  ? 

Bal.    Praeceptor  tiios,  qui  te  banc  offuciam 

Docuit,  ut  fallaciis  hinc  mulierem  a  me  abdiiceres. 

Har.  Qudm     tu    Pseudoluin,    quas    tii    mihi    pra^dicas 

fallacias  ?  1195 

Qiiera  6go  hominem  nullius  colons  noui. 

Bal.    Non  tu  istinc  abis  ? 
Ni'bil   est   bodie   bic    siicopbantis   quadstus.     Proin 

tu  Pseiidolo 
Niiiities  abdiixisse  alium  praddam,  qui  occurrit  prior, 
Harpax. 
Har.    Is  quidem  ddepol  Harpax  dgo  sum. 

Bal.    Immo  edepol  dsse  uis. 
Pilrus  putus  bic  sycopbantast. 

Har.    Ego  tibi  argentiim  dedi,      1200 
Et  dudum  adueni^ns  extemplo  siimbohim  seruo  tuo, 
M^i  eri  imagine  obsignatam  epistulam,  bic  ante  ostium. 
Bal.    M^o  tu  epistulam  dedisti  s^ruo  ?     Quoi  seruo  ? 

Har.    Sure. 

Bal.   (fNon  confidit   sycopbanta   bic    nequam   est  nugis 

meditatur  male. 

fidepol   liominem   u^rberonem   Pseudolum,  ut  doct^ 

dolum  1205 

Commentust:    tantundem    argenti,   quantum    miles 

d^buit, 
Dddit  buic  atque  bominem  dxornauit,  mulierem  qui 
abdiiceret. 


IV.,  7,  111-12G.J  rSEVDOLVS.  81 

Xam   illam  epistulain  ipsiis  uerus  Harpax  hue  ad 
me  attulit. 
Har.  Harpax    ego    uocor :    ego    seruos    sum    Macedouis 
militis.  1210 

figo  nee  sycophautiose  quicquam  ago  nee  malefice, 
Xdque   istum    Pseudolum,   mortalis    qui    sit,    noui 
ndque  seio.) 
Sim.    Tii,  nisi  mirumst,  Idno,  plane  pdrdidisti  miilierem. 
Bal.    Edepol    ne    istuc    magis    magisque    mdtuo,    quom 
uerba  audio. 
Milii    quoque     edepol    iamdudum    ille    Silrus    cor 
perfrigdfacit,  1215 

Sumbolum  qui  ab  hoc  accepit.     Mira  sunt,  ni  Pseii- 

dolust. 
Eho  tu,  qua   facid  fuit,  dudum   quoi   dedisti   sum- 
bolum ? 
Har.  Eut'us  quidam,  u^ntriosus,  crassis  suris,  subniger, 
Magno  capite,  aciitis  oculis,  ore  rubicundo,  admodum 
Magnis  pedibus. 

Bal.    Pdrdidisti,  postquam  dixisti  pedes.         1220 
Pseiidolus  fuit  ipsus.     Actumst  d^  me.     lam  morior, 
Simo. 
Har.  H^rcle   te    hau    siuam    moriri,   nisi    mi    argentum 
r^dditur, 
Yiginti  minae. 

Sim.    Atque  etiam  mihi  aliae  uiginti  minae. 
Bal.   Auferen  tu   id  pradmium  a  me,  quod  promisi  pdr 
iocum  ? 

6 


82  PLAVTI  [IV.,  7,  127-139. 

Sim.    De   improbis   iiiris   auferri    pra^inium   et    praedam 
decet.  1225 

Bal.    Saltern  Pseudoliim  milii  dedas. 

Sim.    Pseiidolum  ego  dedam  tibi  ? 
Quid    deliquit  ?      Dixin,    ab    eo    tibi    ut    caueres, 
cdntiens  ? 
Bal.   Pdrdidit  me. 

Sim.   At  m^  ui^inti  mddicis  multauit  minis. 
Bal.    Quid  nunc  faciam  ? 

Har.    Si  mi  argentum  ddderis,  te  suspdndito. 
Bal.    Di  te  perdant.     S^quere  liac  sis  me  ergo  ad  forum, 
ut  soluam. 

Har.    Sequor.  1230 

Sim.   Quid  ego? 

Bal.    Peregriuos  absoluam  .•  eras  agam  cum  ciuibus. 
Pseiidolus  mihi  cdnturiata  babuit  capitis  comitia, 
Qui   ilium   ad   me   bodie    adlegauit,    miilierem    qui 

abdiiceret. 
Sdquere  tu.     Nunc  ne  dxpectetis,  dum  hac  domum 

redeam  uia. 
Ita   res   gestast :    angiporta   haec   cdrtumst   consec- 
tarier.  1235 

Har.  Si  graderere   tantum   quantum   loquere,  iam   esses 

ad  forum. 
Bal.  Cdrtumst  mi  hunc  emortualem  facere  ex  natali  die. 


IV.,  8,  1-8.]  rSEVDOLVS,  83 


SiMO. 

Bene  ego  ilium  tetigi,  bene  autem  s^riios  inimiciim 

suom. 
Niiuc    milii  certumst   alio  pacto  Pseudolo   insidias 

dare, 
Quam  in  aliis  como^diis  fit,  ubi  cum  stimulis  aiit 

fiagris  1240 

Insidiantur :  at  ego  iam  intus  promam  uiginti  minas, 
Quas  promisi,  si  ^ffecisset :  obuiam  ei  ultro  ddferam. 
Niniis  illic  niortalis  doctust,  nimis  uorsutus,  nimis 

mains. 
Siiperauit  dolnm  Troiannm  atque  Ylixem  Pseudolus. 
Nunc    ibo     intro  :     arg^ntum    promam  :    Pseiidolo 

insidias  dabo.  1245 


84  PLAVTI  [V.,  1,  1-19, 


ACTVS    V. 

PSEVDOLVS. 

Quid  hoc  ?     Sicine  hoc  fit  ?     Ped^s,  statin  an  non  ? 
An  id  uoltis,  ut  me  hinc  iac^ntem  aliquis  tollat  ? 
Nam  h^rcle  si  c^cidero,  nostrum  flagitium  erit. 
Pdrgitin  pdrgere  ?     Ah,  sdruiundum  mihi 
Hodi^st.     Magnum  hoc  uitiiim  uinost :  1250 

Ped^s  captat  prim  urn,  luctator  dolosust. 

Prof^cto  edepol  ^go  nunc  probe  abeo  madiilsa : 

Ita  uictu  excurato,  ita  magnis  munditiis  et  dis  dignis 

Itaque  in  loco  festiuo  1254* 

Sumiis  festiue  acc^pti.  1254^ 

Quid  opust  me  agere  ambages  ?  Hoc  est  homini  quam 

ob  rem  uitam  amet :  ^255. 1256 

Hie  omnes  uoluptat^s,  in  hoc  omnds  uenustat^s  sunt: 

Deis  proxumum  esse  hoc  arbitror  : 
(Nam  libi  amans  complexiist  amantem,  ubi  labra  ad 

lab^Ua  adiungit, 
Vbi  alter  alteriim  bilingui  manufesto  inter  s^  prae- 

hendunt,  1260 

Vbi   mamma  mammicula    opprimitur   ant   si   lubet 

corpora  conduplicant) 
Mann  Candida  cantharum  dulciferum  propinare  oc- 

nlissnmam  amicam  1262.  1263 


v.,  1,  19-34.]  PSEVDOLVS.  85 

Neque  esse  alium  alii  odio  ibi  n^c  quemquam  ser- 
mdnibus  morologis  uti : 
Ungu^uta  atque  odores,  lemniscos,  corollas      i265 
Dari  dapsilis  :   non  enim  parce  promi 

Victu  cetero,  ii^  quis  me  roget. 
Hoc  ego  modo  atque  erus  minor  1268^ 

Hunc  didm  sumpsimus  protliyme,  1268'' 

Postquam   opus   meum   omne    ut    uolui   p^rpetraui 
hostibus  fugatis, 
1116s  accubantis,  potantis,  amaiitis  1270 

Cum  scortis  reliqui  et  meum  scortum  ibidem, 
Cordi  atque  animo  suo  opsequentis.     Sdd  postquam 

exurr^xi, 
Grant   med   ut  saltem :  ad  hunc  me  modum  intuli 

illi  satis  facete, 
L^pide  ex  discipulma  :  quippe  ego  qui  probe  loni- 

cam  perdidici. 
Postid     palliolatim    amictus    sic    incessi     ludibun- 
dus.  1275 

Plaudunt  et  '  pariim '  clamitant,  ut  reuortar. 
Occdpi  denuo  hoc  modo.     (Nolui :  1277a 

Idem  amicae  dabam  me  meae  1277'' 

Vt  me  amaret.)     Vbi  circumuortor,  cado  :       1278'* 
Id  fuit  naenia  liido.  1278'^ 

Itaque  dum  enitor,  prox,  iam  paene  inquinaui  pal- 
lium. 1279 
Nimiae  turn  uoluptati  edepol  fui :                    1280*^ 


86  PLAVTI  [V.,  1,  34-2,  6. 

Ob  casum  datur  cantharus  :   bibi.  1280'^ 

Commuto  ilico  pallium,  illucl   posiui : 
Inde  hue  exii,  crapulam  dum  amou^rem. 
Nunc  ab  ero  ad  erum  m^um  maiorem  u^nio  foedus 

commemoratum. 
Aperite,  aperite.     Heus,   Simoni  m6  adesse   aliquis 
iiiintiate. 


SiMO.      PSEVDOLVS. 

Sim.    Vox  uiri  p^ssumi  me  ^xciet  foras.  1285 

Sdd  quid  hoc  ?  quomodo  ?  quid  uideo  ego  ? 

PsE.    Cum  corona  ^brium  Psevidolum  tuom. 

Sim.   Libere  hercle  hoc  quidem.     S^d  uide  statum. 
Num  mea  gratia  p^rtimescit  magis  ? 
Cogito,  sa^uiter  blanditerne  adloquar.  1290 

Sed  me  hoc  uotat  uim  facere  uunc, 
Q,u6;l  fero  :  si  qua  in  lioc  sp^s  sitast  mihi. 

PsE.    Vir  mains  niro  dptumo  obuiam  it. 

Sim.    Di  te  anient,  Pseudole. 

PsE.    Haliae. 

Sim.    T  in  malam  crucem. 

PsE.    Cur  du;o  adflictor? 

Sim.    Quid  tu,  malum,  in  os  igitiir   mi    ebrius   in- 
nictas  ?  J295 


v.,  2,  7-19]  PSEVDOLVS.  87 

PsE.    Mdlliter  sustiDe  m^  :   cane  n^  cadam. 

iSTon  Hides  ine,  ut  madide  inadeaiii  ? 
Sim.    Quae  istaec  audaciast,  t^  sic  iut^rdius 
Cum  corolla  dbriimi  iiicddere  ? 

PsE.    Lubet. 
Sim.    Quid,  lubet  ?     P^rgiu  ructare  in  os  mihi  ?  1300 

PsE.    Suauis  ructiis  mihist :  sic  sine,  Sirno. 
Sim.    Crddo  equidem  potis  dsse  te,  scelus, 
Massici  raontis  ub^rrumos  quattuor 
Frilctus  ebibere  in  hora  una. 

PsE.    Hiberna,  addito. 
Sim.    Hau  male  mones :   sed  die  tamen,  1305 

Vnde  onustam  celocem  agere  te  pra^dicem  ? 
PsE.    Ciim  tuo  filio  pdrpotaui  modo. 

Sdd,  Simo,  ut  probe  tactus  Balliost. 
Quad  tibi  dixi,  ut  effi^cta  reddidi. 
Sim.   Pdssuinu's  homo. 

PsE.    Mulier  hoc  facit :  1310 

Ciim  tuo  filio  libera  accubat. 
Sim.    Omnia  ut  quicque  egisti,  ordine  scio. 
PsE.    Quid  drgo  dubitas  dare  mi  argentum  ? 

Sim.    Ills  petis,  fateor :  tene. 
PsE.  At  negabas  daturum  dsse  te  mihi. 

Onera  hiinc  umerum  ac  me  consequere  hac. 
Sim.   Eo'one  istum  onerem  ? 

PsE.    Onerabis,  scio.  1315 

Sim.    Quid    ego   huic   homini    faciam  ?      Satin    ultro    et 
argdntum  aufert  et  me  inridet  ? 


88  PLAVTI  [V.,  2,  19-29. 

PsE.  Vae  uictis. 

Sim.   Vorte  ergo  umerum. 
PsE.  Em. 

Sim.   Hoc  ego  numquam  ratus  sum 
Pore  me,  ut  tibi  fierem  siipplex. 
Heii  heu. 

PsE.  Desine. 

Sim.   At  ego  doleo. 

PsE.  M  doleres  tu,  dgo  dolerem.    1320 
Sim.    Quid  ?  hoc  auferen,  Pseudole  mi,  abs  tuo  ero  ? 

PsE.   Lubentissumo  corde  atque  animo. 
Sim.   Non  audes,  quaeso,  aliqiiam  partem    mihi  gratiam 

facere  hinc  argenti  ? 
PsE.   Non   m^   dices   auidum   dsse   hominem :   nam  hinc 
numquam  eris  nummo  diuitior  : 
Neque   t^  mei  tergi  misereret,   hoc    si    non    hodie 
effi^cissem. 
Sim.   Erit  ubi  te  ulciscar,  si  uiuo. 

PsE.    Quid  minitare  ?     Habeo  tdrgum.   1325 
Sim.   Age  sane  igitur. 

PsE.    Ptedi. 

Sim.    Quid  redeam  ? 

PsE.    Redi  modo :  non  eris  dec^ptus. 
Sim.   Reded 

PsE.   Simul  mecum  i  p6tatum. 
Sim.   Esfone  earn  ? 

PsE.   Fac  quod  te  iubeo. 
Si  is,  aut  dimidium  aut  pMs  etiam  faxo  hinc  feres. 


v.,  2, 29-33.]  rSEVDOLVS.  89 

Sim.   Eo  :   due  m^,  quo  uis. 
PsE.   Niimquid  iratus  es  aut  mild  aut  filio  1330 

Propter  has  res,  Simo  ? 

Sim.   Nil  profecto. 

PsE.    I  hac  siraul. 
Sim.    T^  sequor.     Quin  uocas  spdctator^s  simul  ? 

PsE.   H^rcle  me  isti  haii  solent  '  1333a 

Vocare  neque  ergo  ego  istos.  133.3b 

Veriim  sultis  adplaudere  atque  adprobare  hunc 
Gregem  ^t  fabulam,  in  crastimim  uos  uocabo.        1335 


METRES. 


1-132. 

iamb,  senar. 

201. 

iamb,  octon.  hypercat. 

133-137. 

troch.  octou. 

202  a-b. 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

138,  140. 

troch.  septeu. 

203. 

troch.  octon. 

139. 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

204-205, 

troch.  septen. 

141. 

troch.  trijDody. 

206. 

iamb,  dim. 

142-144. 

troch.  octon. 

207. 

incomplete  vs. 

145. 

troch.  septeu. 

208. 

troch.  septen. 

146-154. 

iamb,  octou. 

209-210. 

troch.  octou. 

155-156. 

iamb,  septeu. 

211-21.3, 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

157-158. 

iamb,  octon. 

214. 

troch.  septen. 

159-160. 

iamb,  septen. 

215. 

troch,  octon. 

161-164. 

troch.  octon. 

216--217, 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

16.5-168. 

anapest.  octon. 

218-219. 

trocli.  octon. 

169-171. 

iamb,  octon. 

220,  223, 

226,  229.    troch.  septen. 

172. 

iamb,  septen. 

221, 

225,  228.     troch.  octon. 

173. 

troch.  octon. 

222,  224. 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

174-175. 

anapest.  octon. 

227. 

iamb,  octon. 

176-177. 

anapest  septen. 

230,  232. 

anapest.  octon. 

178-180. 

anapest.  octon. 

231,  2.3.3- 

242.     anapest.  .septen. 

181. 

anapest.  septen. 

243. 

troch.  octon. 

182-184. 

anapest.  octon. 

244-248. 

Bacchiac  tetram. 

185-186. 

iamb,  octon, 

249, 

troch.  octon. 

187. 

iamb.  dim.  cat. 

250-254. 

Bacchiac  tetram. 

188-192. 

iamb,  octon. 

255. 

trocli.  dim. 

193. 

iamb,  senar. 

256-258. 

Bacchiac  tetram. 

194. 

troch.  octon. 

259. 

two  trocli.  tripod,  cat. 

195  a-b. 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

260-261. 

cretic  tetram. 

196. 

troch.  septen. 

262-264. 

cret.      dim.   -f-  troch. 

197-198. 

troch.  octon. 

trip.  cat. 

199-200. 

trocli.  septen. 

265-393, 

troch,  septen. 

2 

METRES. 

394-573. 

iamb,  senar. 

941-942. 

anapest.  octon. 

574-575. 

anapest.  octon. 

943-945,  949-950.  auapest.  septen. 

576,578. 

troch.  septeu. 

946-948. 

anapest.  octon. 

577,  579. 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

951-997. 

troch.  septen. 

580,  583. 

auapest.  octou. 

998-1102. 

iamb,  seuar. 

581-582. 

Bacch.  tetram. 

1103-1104. 

auapest.  octon. 

584-585  b 

.  troch.  septeu. 

1105-1106. 

Baccli.  tetram. 

586. 

auapest.  octou. 

1107. 

troch.  septen. 

587  a 

troch.  octou. 

1108. 

cret.  dim. 

587  b 

.  anapest.  dim. 

1109,1112. 

two  troch.  tripod,  cat. 

588. 

anapest.  octou. 

1110. 

auapest,  dim.  cat. 

589. 

anapest.  septeu. 

1111. 

auapest.  dim. 

590. 

troch.  octou. 

1113-1115. 

troch.  septeu. 

591. 

anapest.  dim. 

1116-1117. 

cret.     dim.    -f   troch 

592. 

anapest.  octou. 

trip,  cat. 

593. 

Bacch  iac  tetram. 

1118. 

cret.  tetram. 

594. 

auapest.  dim.  cat. 

1119. 

cret.  trim. 

595-598. 

auapest.  octou. 

1120. 

auapest.  octon. 

599. 

auapest.  dim.  cat. 

1121. 

anapest,  septen. 

601. 

auapest.  octou. 

1122. 

cret.  dim. 

602-603. 

auapest.  octon.  hyper- 

1123-1125. 

troch.  septen. 

cat. 

1126-1130. 

Bacch.  tetram. 

604-766. 

troch.  septen. 

1131-1132  a 

,     anapest.  dim. 

767-904. 

iaml).  seuar. 

1132  b 

.     anapest.  dim.  cat. 

905-907. 

anapest.  octon. 

1133-1134. 

iamb,  octon. 

908. 

anapest.  septeu. 

1135  a 

.     troch.  septeu. 

909  a-b. 

anapest.  dim.  cat. 

1135b 

troch.  dim.  cat. 

910-913. 

auapest.  octon. 

1136-1245. 

troch.  septen. 

914. 

troch.  septen. 

1246-1247. 

Bacch,  tetram. 

915. 

iamb,  septen. 

1248-1249. 

cret.  tetram. 

916-918. 

anapest.  dim.  cat. 

12.50. 

anapest.  dim. 

919. 

iamb,  octou. 

1251-1252. 

Baccli.  tetram. 

920-921. 

cret.  tetram. 

1253. 

anapest.  septen. 

922. 

iamb.  dim. 

1254  a-b. 

iamb.  dim.  cat. 

923-925. 

iamb,  octou. 

1255  +  1256.     troch.  septeu. 

926-930. 

cret.  tetram. 

1257. 

iamb,  septen. 

931. 

anapest.  trim. 

1258. 

iamb.  dim. 

932-935. 

cret.  tetram. 

12.59-1260. 

trocli.  octon. 

936. 

clausula,  anapestic. 

1261-1264. 

auajiPst.  octon. 

937-940. 

auapest.  septen. 

126.5-1266. 

Baccli.  tetram. 

METRES. 

1267-1268  a 

two  troch.  trip.  cat. 

1297. 

1268  b 

auapest.  dim.  cat. 

1299,  1301. 

1209. 

troch.  octoii. 

1300. 

1270-1271. 

Eaech.  tetram. 

1272. 

iamb,  septen. 

1302. 

1273-1275. 

troch.  octon. 

1303-1304. 

1276. 

Baceh.  tetram. 

1305. 

1277a-1278 

a.     iamb.  dim. 

1300-1307. 

1278  b 

iamb.  dim.  cat. 

1308,  1310. 

1279. 

troch.  septen. 

1309,    1311 

1280  a-b. 

troch.  dim. 

1281-1282. 

Bacch.  tetram. 

1312. 

1283-1284. 

troch.  octon. 

1313. 

1285,  1287. 

cret.     dim.    +    troch. 

1315. 

trip,  cat. 

1316. 

1286,1288.  cret.  dim.-l ^^^_ 

1317-1319. 

(or  1288  =  1285). 

1320. 

1289-1290. 

cret.  tetram. 

1321 

1291. 

iamb.  dim. 

1322-1324, 

1292. 

cret.    dim.    +    troch, 

1325-1327, 

trip.  cat. 

1330-1332. 

1293. 

twi)  troch.  trip.  cat. 

1333  a. 

1294,  1296, 

1298.     cret.  tetram. 

1333  b. 

1295. 

auape.st.  septen. 

1334-1335. 

93 

anapest.  dim.  cat. 
cret.  dim.  -| www  — 

cret.  dim.  -f-  troch.  trij). 
cat. 

two  troch.  trip.  cat. 

cret.  tetram. 

iamb.  dim. 

cret.  tetram. 

two  troch.  trip.  cat. 
,     1314.      cret.   dim.   + 

troch.  trij).  cat. 
cret.  dim.  -\ www  — 

iamb,  octon. 

anapest.  septen. 

anapest.  octon. 

auapest.  dim.  cat. 

troch.  octon. 

auapest.  septen. 

1328.  anapest.  octon, 

1329.  anapest.  septen. 
cret.  tetram. 

cret.  dim. 
iamb.  dim.  cat. 
Bacch.  tetram.  . 


NOTES. 


For  explanation  of  the  didascalia,  see  Introd.  §  43. 

The  niss.  contain  acrostic  arguments  to  all  the  plays  except  the 
Baccliiiles,  which  lost  the  argument  and  the  first  part  of  the  play  by  the 
mutilation  of  an  early  ms.  The  acrostic  arguments  may  have  been 
written  in  the  century  after  the  death  of  Terence  (150-50  b.  c),  but  more 
probably  date  from  the  second  century  of  the  Empire.  They  are  pre- 
served in  a  very  corrupt  condition,  and  their  metrical  laws  are  somewhat 
uncertain,  especially  in  regard  to  hiatus.  Of  this  there  are  about  35  cases 
in  166  vss.,  20  being  in  the  main  caesura.  The  question  whether  these  are 
accidental  or  intentional,  and,  if  they  are  intentional,  whether  they  are 
due  to  metrical  ignorance  or  to  imitation  of  a  supposed  hiatus  in  the  plays, 
cannot  be  regarded  as  settled.  For  a  careful  study  of  the  arguments,  see 
Opitz,  de  argumentorum  metricorum  Latinorum  arte  et  origine,  in  the 
Leipziger  Studien,  VI.  pp.  193-316. 


1.  The  last  three  words  are  from  v.  53  of  the  play,  and  the  state- 
ments of  1-3  from  55  ff.  Cf.  Mil.  Glor.  Arg.  II.,  which  is  alnio.'^t 
wholly  from  a  single  scene,  99  ff. 

2.  consignat  symbolum  is  not  quite  correct.  PI.  uses  con- 
slgnnre  ephtuUtm,  labelUis  (Cure.  365,  369,  Bacch.  935,  etc.),  "to 
put  a  seal  upon  a  letter  as  evidence  of  genuineness,"  but  not  cons, 
si/nibolitin. 

3.  The  hiatus  qui  eum  is  frequent  in  PI.  (Introd.  §  35),  and  is 
imitated  in  Arg.  Men.  1,  r/uoi  erant  and  ]Mil.  Glor.  2.  Perhaps 
also  in  vs.  7.  rfUrpio,  in  three  syllables,  would  be  evidence  of  late 
authorship;  PI.  uses  only  relicuos. 


96  NOTES. 

4.  caculam  is  used  by  PL  only  Trin,  721,  cdculam.  See  below 
Arg.  II. ,  l->,  li.     For  interuorl'd  symbolo,  cf.  541,  900. 

6.  erili,  sc.Jilio.  The  same  omission  in  Arg.  Epid.  4;  Tl.  always 
uses  Jilius. 

7.  The  awkwardness  of  order,  the  wrong  tense  of  supposuit  and 
the  lack  of  distinct  reference  for  is  (i.e.,  Pseudolus)  are  due  to  the 
difficulties  of  acrostic  writing,  as  is  also  the  general  confusion  of 
tenses. 

ARGUMENT    II. 

Non-acrostic  arguments  of  15  vss.  each  exist  to  the  Aul.,  Merc, 
Mil.  Glor.,  and  Pseud.,  beside  one  of  10  vss.  to  the  Amph.  and  frag- 
ments of  two  others,  Pers.,  Stich.  They  were  written  in  the  second 
century  by  some  grammarian  of  the  same  school  as  Sulpicius  Apol- 
linaris,  who  wrote  similar  arguments  to  the  iEneid  and  to  Terence. 
They  are  for  the  most  part  in  better  condition  than  the  acrostics. 

2.  ecflictim  deperibat,  Amph.  517,  and  with  amare,  Cas.  prol. 
49.  indigus  is  first  used  by  Lucr.  and  the  dactylic  poets  for 
Plautine  imligens,  which  could  not  be  used  in  hexameter.  In  prose 
not  until  Pliny  and  Tac. 

5.  ad  =  apud  is  common  in  PI.,  e.  g.  Capt.  699,  in  libertatest  ad 
patrem  in  patria. 

8.  mox,  with  the  sense  of  deinde  or  pnstea  in  narrative,  does  not 
occur  before  the  Augustan  age,  and  is  not  frequent  till  Pliny  and 
Tac. 

9.  calator  from  1009. 

13.  subditiuo  from  752.  The  ms.  has  suhditicio,  but  it  is 
doubtful  whether  this  word  was  ever  in  use  in  Lat.  cacula  here 
and  in  next  vs.  Various  attempts  have  been  made  to  rearrange  the 
vss.  so  as  to  make  the  quantity  cdciila^  as  in  Trin.  721  and  Arg.  I.,  4i 
But  I  believe  the  writer  of  this  Arg.  misunderstood  Arg.  I.,  4,  and 
scanned  Venientem  cacnl(am),  inlrru.,  without  hiatus.  If  this  ex- 
planation is  correct,  it  offers  additional  evidence  of  the  priority  of 
the  acrostics. 


NOTES.  97 


PEliSONAE. 

Pseudolus  has  no  corresponding  form  in  Greek,  and  was  prob- 
ably coined  by  PI.  from  yj/evdo)  with  some  thouglit  of  (/olus.  Cf. 
1205,  1244,  where  there  is  a  half-pun. 

Calidorus.  The  Greek  KuXoSwpos  does  not  occur,  but  is  su})- 
ported  by  'ApLarodaipos.  Uiarodiopos,  etc.  The  change  from  o  to  i  is 
regular,  thougii  nut  invariable  ;  SepixonaiXLov,  theryn/po/iinii,  74'2  ; 
Aiouvaodcjpos,  Dionijsidortis  ,   but  cf.  yEscIa^odonf,  19(5. 

Ballio.  A  corresponding  form  is  found  in  a  fragnient  of  Axioni- 
cus  (]Meineke,  III.,  530),  6  livdobrjXos  ovroai  \  6  BaWioiv  npoaepxer 
eniKaXovpevos,  which  implies  tlir.t  it  was  a  nickname,  but  the  point 
is  unknown. 

Sinio,  ^ipccv,  is  a  common  name  for  an  old  man  in  a  comedy,  e.  g., 
Most.,  Ter.  Andr.,  cf.  Hor.  A.  P.  328. 

Callipho  is  an  ordinary  Greek  name  not  used  elsewhere  in  the 
Latin  comedy. 

Harpax,  ''Apna^  from  dpTra^co,  is  not  appropriate  to  the  rather 
serious  messenger.  In  653  if.,  1010,  it  gives  occasion  for  a  joke, 
but  is  not  likely  to  have  been  chosen  for  that  purpose. 

Charinus,  Xaplvos,  is  a  common  name  for  a  young  man;  Merc, 
Andr. 

Simla,  Si//tn?,  ^ippias.  an  ordinary  Greek  name  without  special 
meaning.     For  the  dropping  of  y,  cf.  poeta,  danista. 


PROLOGUE. 

These  lines  are  from  a  prologue  written  for  a  later  presentation 
of  the  Pseud  after  the  death  of  PI.,  as  is  evident  from  the  reference 
to  rising  from  seats  (cf.  Introd.,  §  8),  and  from  the  use  of  Piau- 
tina  (cf.  Cas.  prol.  12,  Plau/lnaa  fnhuhia).  They  apparently  form 
the  conclusion  of  some  joking  advice  to  any  of  the  spectators  who 
might  be  unwilling  to  sit  through  a  long  play.  Compare  Poen. 
prc^l.  1-45.  where  advice  of  the  same  general  tone  is  given  to  differ- 

7 


98  NOTES. 

ent  classes   of    spectators   conceniiiig   their   behavior   during    the 
performance. 

1.  Cf .  Epid.  733,  last  vs  ,  Pldudite  el  luilete :  lumbos  porgile  atque 
exsurgite.  Lorenz,  on  tlie  analogy  of  Mil.  Glor.  SI,  qui  autem  aus- 
cuUare  nolet,  exsurfjat  foras,  takes  exsurgier  impersorially,  supplying 
foras;  better,  with  Loevve,  Anal.  PI.  p.  149,  as  a  pass,  with  iw/d/os 
as  subject.  For  the  rare  but  well  attested  trans,  use  of  surgere,  see 
Harp.  Lex. 

First  Scene.  ~  Pseudolus  and  Calidorus  come  out  of  Simo's  house  ou  the 
right  side  of  the  stage. 

3.  te  tacente,  and  in  4  te  tarn,  miseriae  misere  macerent.  Such 
alliterations,  survivals  from  an  earlier  kind  of  versification  (Introd. 
§§  21,  26),  weie  often  carried  to  a  ridiculous  extreme,  as  in  Ennius, 
Ann.  113  Vahl.,  o  Ti'f.  lute  Tali  tlhl  tanla  tiratine  tulisti. 

4.  miseriae.  The  u.se  of  abstract  words  in  the  plu.,  found  at  all 
periods  (D)aeger  I.,  10-25),  is  especially  frequent  in  PI.  In  many 
cases  this  is  due  to  association  with  a  plur.,  jNlost.  348,  sum7nis 
opihu!^  el  iniluslriis  ,  in  others  the  plu.  expresses  repetition,  as 
amoves,  64;  but  most  frequently  the  word  has  not  yet  taken  on  ab- 
stract meaning,  or  has  done  so  only  in  part,  and  therefore  may  be 
used  in  the  plu.  as  freely  as  may  any  concrete  word.  Metrical  ne- 
cessity has  nothing  to  do  with  this  use.  Mberia  generally  means  in 
PI.  "  an  unlucky  circumstance,"  "  a  misfortune,"  cf.  21,  where  it 
means  the  separation  from  Phoenicium. 

5.  parsissem.  PI.  uses  both  parsi  (Trin.  316,  Bacch.  903)  and 
pepercl  (Aul.  381).     Cf.  79. 

6.  mei,  tui,  gen.  of  the  pers.  pron.  in  partitive  appos.  with  dno- 
rum,  instead  of  meo,  lun  agreeing  with  lahori.  The  passage  is 
quoted  and  correctly  explained  by  Gellius,  XX.,  6,  9.  The  distinction 
between  the  gen.  of  the  peis.  pron.  and  the  possessive  pron.  was 
not  scrupulously  observed  in  PI.  (see  on  ^86,  584),  nor  even  in  later 
Latin.  Cic.  has  both  laudntorem  m^«?/ (possess.)  and  accuaalorem 
me'i  (object,  gen.):  cf.  also  mea  rimus  opera.  (Madvig's  Gram., 
§  207,  a  and  h.)  For  le  rogandi  PI  generally  uses  lui  rogandl  but  cf. 
Men.  687,  te  defrudaudi  causa.      (Goetz  tis,  after  some  mss.  of  Gell.) 


NOTES.  99 

7,  necessitas  .  .  .  subigit  is  intentionally  formal  and  ironical. 
PI.  uses  necesse  est  ut  or  necessitate. 

9.  exanimatus  is  a  comic  exaggeration.  Cf.  Asin,  265,  sed 
quid  lUuc,  quod  exanimatus  currit  hie  Leonida  f 

hos  multos  dies,  hie  with  a  word  of  time  in  ace.  {hunc  arnnim, 
diem,  hoc  iriduom)  refers  to  time  extending  either  forward  or  back- 
ward from  the  persent  time;  when  such  an  ace.  is  used  with  lam  it 
always  refers  to  the  past,  Aul,   prol.  -i,  Merc,  59,  Men.  104,  mm  hos 

7ind(os  dies. 

quid  est  quod  .  .  .  gestas?  In  these  questions  quod  is  an  accus. 
of  compass  and  extent,  and  is  not  distinguishable  from  the  conjunc- 
tion, into  which  it  is  passing  over  in  the  Latin  of  PL  A\'ith  indie, 
the  regular  mood,  Aul.  718,  Cas.  111.,  5,  8,  Cure.  135,  166,  lipid. 
5G0,  570,  Most.  69;  with  hoc,  hoc  negoli,  istuc,  illuc,  id,  about  a 
dozen  times.     Without  est,  see  on  479;  with  subjunctive,  1087. 

10.  tabellas  regularly  in  PL  for  letter-tablets,  about  =  epistula. 
lauis.     For  other  od  conj.  forms,  see  Lex.  and  Introd.,  §  18. 

11.  consiU.  Nouns  in  ius,  ium,  have  in  PI.  always  gen.  in  i,  not 
a.  The  first  case  of  ii  in  inscriptions  is  post- Augustan,  the  first 
cases  in  poetry  are  in  Propertius,  except  for  a  few  proper  names 
which  would  not  fit  hexameter  verse  (e.  g.  Tarquini) ,  in  prose  the 
copyists  have  confused  the  forms,  but  ii  did  not  come  into  use 
before  Cic. 

12.  tecum  sciam.  The  colloquial  Latin  made  large  use  of  cum, 
conceiving  of  a  person  as  merely  connected  with  an  action,  where 
the  later  Latin  defines  the  relation  more  precisely  by  the  ace,  the 
dat.,  or  by  some  other  prepos.  So  orare  cum  aliquo  (Cure.  432  and 
also  later),  mentlonem  facere  (Pers,  109),  cauere  (Most.  1142,  Ps. 
909),  mutuom  facere  (Cure.  47),  pignus  dare  (Bacch.  1056),  etc. 
Some  of  these  uses,  e.  g.,  tecum  sentio,  have  maintained  themselves 
into  the  classical  period. 

13.  id.  The  neut.  sing,  of  pron.  is  widely  used  in  early  Latin  in 
ace.  of  compass  and  extent  (inner  object),  often  in  connection  with 
a  personal  object.  Cf.  Trin.  87,  qui  tu  id  prohibere  me  potes,  ne 
suspicer?     Amph.  1051,  Liv.  XXXIX.,  45,  7. 

14.  prohibessit  for  later  prohibuerit  .   prohibessis,  Aul.  611,  and 


100  NOTES. 

in  old  laws  and  prayers  (Xeue,  11-  542).  Similar  forms  in  1st  and 
3d  conj.  are  given  below.  All  of  these,  as  well  as  the  future  per- 
fects in  so,  sso  (j'econciliasso,  Capt.  576,  seruasso,  Most.  228)  and  the 
fut  infin.  in  -assere  {impetrassere,  Aul.  687,  Mil.  1128),  which  do 
not  occur  in  the  Pseud.,  are  formed  fioni  the  signiatic  aorist  stem 
(Gk.  first  aorist)  rh  prohihuerint  is  formed  from  the  perf.  in  id. 

15.  uapulo,  "  I  am  suffering."  Literally,  "  I  am  beaten,  get  a 
beating,"  Amph.  oo4,  o70,  379,  388,  and  often  where  the  context 
shows  that  the  literal  sense  is  intended,  as  Quintil.  I.,  3,  16, /(/x//- 
bus  uapulare.  In  figurative  uses  there  is  always  a  comic  reference 
to  the  literal  meaning;  True.  357,  uah,  uapulo  hercle  ego  nunc, 
"  now  I  'm  going  to  be  '  struck,'  "  Stich.  751,  pecuUum  uapulat. 
Esp.  in  impv.  uapulu,  "you  be  beaten  "  =r  "  you  be  hanged/' 
Asin.  478,  True.  945,  and  with  reference  to  impv.  uapulare  te 
iubeo,  Cure.  508,  cf.  Hor.  Sat.  I.,  10,  9\,  plorare  te  iiibeo. 

16.  antidhac,  from  the  early  foim  antul  (cf.  antidea,  antideo) 
and  ha-ce  (ace.  plu.  with  original  long  vowel),  is  found  also  in  620 
and  8  times  beside  in  PI. ;  see  list  in  Lex.    Terence  has  only  antehac. 

18.  face,  dice,  duce  are  largely  used  m  comedy,  though  the 
classical  forms  fac,  die,  due  are  more  common.  In  most  cases  (not 
here)  they  are  employed  on  metrical  giounds,  and  for  the  same 
reason  are  not  infrequent  in  later  poetry.  Few  cases  occur  in  prose. 
For  other  forms  of  this  phrase,  see  598,  696,  965;  also  fac  me 
consciam,  Cist.  II.,  3,  46,  scientem,  Asm.  48,  and  the  common  face?'e 
aliquem  certiorem. 

19.  Cf .  Ter.  Heaut.  86,  aut  consolando  aut  consUio  aut  re  \uuero  : 
in  both  passages  re  seems  to  mean  help  by  a  loan  or  gift  of  money 
Cf.  the  confidence  with  which  Pseud,   promises  20  minae,  114  ff. 
The  anticlimax  in  this  line  is  consistent  with  the  ironical  attitude 
of  Pseud,  throughout  the  scene. 

20.  narrate,  cf.  Pers.  499,  r/uid  isfae  (Jahellae)  narrantf  ||  percou- 
tare  ex  ipsis ,  ipsae  tihi  narrabwd,  and  Pseud.  1008. 

21.  contabefacit,  a7ra|  Xey.  Lorenz,  Einl.  S  36  f.,  gives  a  list 
of  verbs  compounded  with  con  which  appear  in  PI.  with  meaning 
so  weakened  that  con  has  lost  all  its  force,  quae  is  rel.,  not 
interrog.  as  Lor.  takes  it. 


NOTES.  101 

22.  mos  tibi  geretur,  "  you  shuil  be  obeyed,"  "  I  will  do  as  you 
wish."  In  this  phrase  mos  is  always  in  sing,  and  has  its  earliest 
sense,  "  wish,  will,  whim."  Capt.  404,  be?ie  ero  gessisse  morem, 
Men.  78S,  uivo  ut  inorem  geras ;  also  in  Ter. ,  Cic,  Nep.,  Ovid. 

25.  Sibulla.  The  stor}^  of  the  books  offered  to  Tarqiiin  and  the 
connection  which  Vergil  makes  between  the  Cumaeau  .Sibyl  and 
iEneas  show  that  the  Sibyls  had  been  long  known  in  Ronie.  It  is 
therefore  nn necessary  to  refer  this  vs.  to  the  Gk.  original. 

26.  natus  nemo,  '"no  human  being,"  a  Plautine  phrase.  Most. 
402,  451,  Rud.  970,  and  below  297.     Cf.  nemo  qulsquam. 

27.  inclementer  dicere  is  used  with  dat.  Rud.  114,  7ol,  True. 
604,  as  the  dat.  is  used  with  male  {bene)  dicere.  In  class.  Latin 
this  changed  to  in  with  ace,  which  had  already  begun  in  PL, 
Amph.  742,  hie  in  me  incL  dicit,  so  that  it  was  necessaiy  to  explain 
mihi  by  in  vie.     Cf.  372,  where  the  gloss  in  me  is  found  in  the  mss. 

27.  lepidis,  lepida,  is  a  striking  illustration  of  loss  of  meaning 
by  frequent  and  indiscriminate  use  in  conversational  style  (Introd. 
§  23).  It  is  used  as  a  vague  term  of  praise  with  homo,  caput  ("jolly 
fellow  "),  jjttter,  nugator,  dies,  forma,  fama,  /acinus,  mores,  victus,  etc. 
Lor.  well  compares  Germ,  reizend  :  cf.  Engl,  "jolly,"  and  with 
somewhat  different  meaning,  "  splendid,  lovely." 

28.  an  is  largely  used  in  PL  and  Ter.  to  introduce  a  question 
involving  an  inference  from  what  has  been  said  either  by  the 
speaker  or,  as  here,  by  another  person.  When  such  questions  fol- 
low another  question  by  the  same  speaker,  they  approach  the  dis- 
junctive question,  into  which  they  afterward  developed.  Examples 
in  the  Pseud,  are  92,  305,  309,  314,  851,  853,  872,  969,  1161,  1172. 
The  independent  an  question  survives  in  classical  Latin.  [For 
different  explanation,  see  grammars.] 

29.  quas,  indefinite.  Cf.  Asin.  717,  an  quid  est  homini  salute 
melius?  Cist.  lY.,  1,  17,  an  quis  deus  ohiecit  hanc  ante  ostium  nos- 
trum .  .  .  ?  Merc.  145,  an  boni  quid  iisquamst,  .  .  .  ?  Cf.  also  Cas. 
III.,  5,  38,  Mil.  Glor.  840,  and  Brix  on  Trin.  439. 

30.  gallina.  The  same  idea  in  Engl.  "  hens'  tracks."  Lor. 
comp.  Germ.  Krahenfiisse,  Dutch  haene  pooten,  French  pieds  de 
mouche.      The  comparison  is  so  much  more  suitable  to    irregular 


102  NOTES. 

uncial  writing  that  one  may  suspect  the  modern  phrases  of  being 
traditional  from  the  Latin. 

31.  For  hiatus  in  change  of  speakers,  see  lutrod.  §  35. 

enim  is  in  PI.  regularly  an  asseverative  particle,  meaning  "indeed, 
certainly,  truly;"  it  is  so  used  alone  or  more  often,  as  heie,  to 
strengthen  another  word.  So  with  at,  verum,  sed  (but  not  in  PI.), 
no/?,  certe,  with  pronouns  and  in  answers.  Some  of  these  combi- 
nations are  continued  in  later  usage,  after  eniin  alone  had  taken  ou 
a  causal  function,  and  are  commonly  but  wrongly  explained  as  due 
to  an  ellipsis  (''  and  this  is  so,  for  ").  The  few  cases  in  PI.  where 
enini  may  perhaps  mean  "for"  mark  tlie  transition  to  later  usage, 
which  in  Terence  is  already  distinct.  [Prom  Langen,  Beitriige,  p. 
261  ff.,  where  many  examples  are  given.  The  article  in  Harp.  Lex. 
also  gives  illustrations  of  this  use.] 

32.  animum,  "  mind,"  i.  e.,  "  attention."  But  Cal.  takes  it  in 
the  sense  of  "courage,  spirits,"  and  answers,  "I  haven't  any." 
In  the  next  vss.  there  is  a  reference  to  the  meaning  "  heart,  feel- 
ing," but  I  see  no  reason  for  thinking  that  it  contains  an  allusion 
to  mi  anime  as  a  term  of  endearment. 

33.  On  the  hiatus   tii  isti?ic,  see  Introd.  §  35. 

35,  Pseud,  refers  to  the  name  Phcenicium  at  the  beginning  of 
the  letter,  but  cries  out  so  suddenly  that  Cal.  supposes  him  to  be 
speaking  literally. 

36.  eccam.  The  uses  of  ecce  and  its  compounds  in  PI.  are 
peculiar,  and  are  not  sharply  defined  in  Harp.  Lex. 

ecce  alone  is  used  (a)  with  autem,  ecce  autem  peril,  (b)  with  person, 
pron.,  ecce  me,  ecce  nas,  (c)  with  reference  to  a  person  or  thing  not 
on  the  stage,  for  vividness  in  narration,  ecce  mulier  aduenit,  or  of 
an  abstract  idea,  ecce  Grijn  scelera. 

The  compound  forms,  eccum,  eccam,  eccos,  eccas,  and  less  fre- 
quently ecca,  eccillum.,  eccillam,  eccillud,  eccistam  are  used  of  persons 
or  things  present  on  the  stage,  or  vividly  thought  of  as  if  present. 
The  constructions  are  (a)  eccum,  etc.,  alone,  Most.  1127,  atque 
eccum  optume,  (h)  with  ace.  or  rel.  cl.,  this  passage  and  Ps.  965, 
eccum,  qui  .  .  .  faciet,  (c)  without  influence  on  the  rest  of  the  sen- 
tence, eccum.  referring  either  to  the  subject,  IVIost.  Q\\,  pater  eccum 


NOTES.  103 

aduenit,  Ps.  693,  789,  or  to  the  object,  911,  410.  (d)  In  some 
cases,  by  a  mixture  of  b  and  c,  the  ace.  with  eccum  would  logically 
be  the  subj.  of  the  verb,  Amph.  1005,  sed  eccum  Amjjlutruonem 
aduenit,  Mil.  Glor.  1290,  sed  eccum  Palaestrionem  stai  cum  mdile. 
With  eccum,  est  without  predicate  is  never  used. 

37.  Supply  perduintj  cf.  Aul.  785,  ut  ilUon  di  inmortales  omnes 
deaeque  quantumst  perdui/il,  a  very  common  form  of  curse.  On 
quautumst  see  o.jI,  on  seruassint,  11.  The  same  form  occurs 
Asin.  651,  Trin.  384,  Cas.  II.,  5,  16,  and  other  forms  of  1st  con  jug. 
are  ainussis,  cnnassint,  cenassU,  indlcasslt,  intrassls,  etc.,  indie, 
amasso,  seruassu,  enicasso,  etc.     [Neue,  II.,  540  f.] 

38.  paulisper  is  pred.  with  fui.  These  vss.,  with  their  some- 
what unusual  phrases,  solst.  herba.  paul.  fui,  repentino,  are  intended 
to  be  solemn  and  affecting. 

40.  ergo,  "then,"  is  frequently  used  with  the  impv.  and  with 
urgent  and  impv.  questions,  and  has  slight  causal  or  argumentative 
force.  See  Lex.  s.  v.  II  B,  2  and  3,  for  examples.  Whether  this 
is  the  original  sense  from  which  the  use  in  ai'gument  w^as  derived 
(cf.  enim),  or  a  colloquial  weakening  from  "  therefore,"  is  not 
clear;  the  former  is  more  probable.  — Elsew'here  the  order  is  quin 
ergo. 

41  ff.  Letters  are  read  aloud  also  Ps.  998  ff.,  Bacch.  997  ff., 
Pers.  501  ff.,  all  in  iamb,  senar.  as  here.  In  Bacch.  735  ff.  a  let- 
ter is  dictated  in  troch.  septen. 

43.  salutem  —  salutem,  "  greeting  "  and  'Mielp."  "My  ser- 
vice to  you,  and  I  ask  a  service  in  return."  The  same  double 
sense  is  played  upon  in  the  foil.  vss.  inpertire  witli  ace.  of  thing 
and  dat.  of  the  person  occurs  only  here  in  PL,  but  became  the 
prevailing  construction;  ace.  of  person  and  abl.  of  thing,  cf.  456, 
is  the  usual  constr.  in  PI.,  and  recurs  in  Sueton.  ex  te  expetit 
is  also  unusual;  elsewhere  in  PI.  (PvUfl.  258,  1393,  Mo.st.  155, 
Epid.  255)  this  verb  has  a,  ab,  and  the  mss.  Pall,  here  have 
ajis  te. 

44.  animo.  corde  et  pectore  are  not  to  be  carefully  distin- 
guished from  one  another  ;  they  are  merely  a  triple  expression  of  a 
single  idea,  like  "  heart  and  soul." 


104  NOTES, 

48.  vide  .  .  .  geras,  "think,  will  you,  what  you're  about." 
sis  =:  si  vL^  is  used  rather  more  than  100  times  in  PI.  as  a  courteous 
phrase  to  soften  an  impv.  Ter.  uses  socles,  si  audes,  more  fre- 
quently. 

49.  faxo  scies.  On  form  faxo,  see  14.  In  this  play  387, 
393,  766,  949,  1039,  1043,  1329;  faxhn,  etc.,  315,  533,  923,  and 
in  other  plays  with  corresponding  frequency.  Other  verbs  of  3d 
con  jug.,  capso,  capsif,  nccepso,  empsim,  etc. 

The  construction  with  faxo  is  always  paratactic,  I.  c,  the  follow- 
ing verb  is  not  subordinated  but  remains  independent  and  retains 
its  proper  mood  and  tense,  indie,  fut.  and  fut.  perf.,  subjunct. 
pres.  and  perf .  For  a  general  statement  of  the  nature  of  parataxis, 
an  understanding  of  which  is  necessary  to  the  student  of  PI.  and 
Ter,,  read  Kiihner,  Ausf.  Gram.,  II.,  757  ff.,  or  Draeger,  Histor. 
Synt.,  II.,  213  ff.  (§§  368-375). 

50.  usus.  The  grammars  (A.  &  G.,  243  e,  H.,  414  IV.)  put  opus 
est  and  usus  eft  together  as  if  they  were  used  alike  with  the  abl., 
but  usus  est  with  abl.  is  very  rare  in  later  Latin,  perhaps  only  five 
times.  In  Plant,  it  is  more  widely  used  with  the  abl.,  which  it 
takes  because  it  is  a  verbal  substantive  from  utor,  as,  e.  g.,  taclh 
takes  the  ace.  This  abl.  is  a  noun  with  perf.  part,  only  here,  Asin, 
310,  audac'ui  usust  nobis  Inuenta,  and  Bacch.  749.  Elsewhere. only 
the  ptc,  generally  facto,  Amph.  505,  citius  quod  non  factost  usus  Jit 
quam  quod  factost  opus. 

52.  uoluptas,  see  Introd.  §  42. 

53.  minis  uiginti.  The  same  sum  (about  -1^400)  as  price  of  a 
slave,  Epid.  703,  Adelph.  742;  in  Most.  300  the  price  is  30  minae; 
in  Epid.  52,  40  minae;  in  Pers.  665,  60  minae.  These  are  Greek 
prices,  and  are  doubtless  taken  without  change  from  the  Greek 
original. 

54.  unae  =  solae.  Trin.  166  unos  sex  dies,  Bacch.  832,  ires  unos 
passus;  also  in  Cic.  Epist.  —  remorantur,  transit,  here  as  always 
in  PI.,  "delay  the  matter,"  "hinder  the  completion  of  the  bar- 
gain." The  intrans.  meaning  given  in  Lex.  should  be  confined  to 
later  authors. 

55    sumbolum.     Somewhat  inexactly  used  in  the  play  either  of 


NOTES.  105 

the  seal  stamped  in  wax  upon  the  letter  (so  here,  716  epiMulam  et 
isuntbolum,  lOUl  sumhohist  in  [/.  e.  on,  cpislula,  cf.  98<J  f.),  or  of  the 
letter  and  seal  together,  as  constituting  the  token  (1200  Hi.  dedi^  .  . 
sumholum  seruo  tuo,  mei  eri  inuujine  obsifjnalam  eiAstulam,  (Jl7  f., 
1097  and  often.)  When  Ballio  receives  the  letter,  he  recognizee  the 
seal  without  comparing  it  Avith  his  copy,  988. 

59-60.  These  vss.  bring  up  a  difficulty  in  the  chronology  of  the 
play.  From  the  rest  of  the  plot  {e.  g.,  622,  arf/enlo  haec  dies  prae- 
slliHtast,  quoad  referret)  it  appears  that  the  day  of  the  play  was  the 
date  fixed  for  the  payment  of  the  money,  and  this  is  the  date  which 
would  be  expected.  But  from  these  vss.  and  from  82  it  would  ap- 
pear that  the  money  w^as  not  due  until  the  next  day,  and  that  this 
would  be  the  day  or  one  of  the  days  of  the  Dionysiac  festival. 
This  allusion  must  be  from  the  Greek  original,  and  the  text  would 
make  a  play  presented  on  the  Dionysia  speak  of  the  Dionysia  as 
*' to-morrow."  Compare  the  correct  allusions  in  Heaut.  162,733, 
which  fix  the  imaginary  date  on  the  Dionysia.  Cf.  also  Poen.  191, 
256.  Neither  the  conjecture  of  R\ts<M,  proxuma  ad  Dionysia,  nor 
the  suggestion  of  Usener  that  Dloni/skt  may  be  ace.  after  proxuma 
removes  the  difficulty,  and  it  must  be  left  among  the  unexplained 
contradictions  of  the  plot.     Cf.  Introd.   §  45. 

62.  For  the  hiatus  ciim  ea,  see  Introd.  §  35.  —  The  infin.  forms 
in  -I fir,  which  were  still  in  use  in  the  time  of  PI.  by  the  side  of  the 
forms  in  -?,  were  largely  employed  by  the  dramatic  poets,  but 
almost  wholly  at  the  end  of  a  vs.,  where  the  long  syllables  -arier, 
-erier,  -irier,  made  a  proper  cretic  close.  Of  verbs  of  3d  conjug. 
only  those  are  used  which  have  long  stem-vowel,  dicier,  credier, 

etc. 

64  fE.  These  vss.  bring  together  some  of  the  most  marked  pecu- 
liarities of  the  colloquial  Latin.  Diminutives  are  used  by  Plant,  in 
emotional  passages,  most  frequently  as  terms  of  endearment.  So 
ocellus,  lahellum,  Poen.  366,  animule,  melUlla.  Cas.  I.  46,  pa^:<prculus, 
agnellus,  haedillus,  Asin.  666  f.  The  nearest  parallel  to  this  is  in 
the  amatory  poems  of  Catullus  (see  list  in  Simpson\s  ed.,  p.  18.3). 
By  heaping  these  terms  together,  PI.  gives  to  them  a  comic  effect, 
which  they  do  not  have  in  Catull.,  and  this  is  increased  here  by  the 


106  NOTES. 

use  of  alliteration  and  rhyme,  for  which  see  Introd.  §  21.     Notice 
also  the  semi-abstract  nouns. 

65.  This  vs.  is  found  also  Baccli.  IIG,  where  the  context  (120) 
shows  that  it  is  in  place.  Here  it  is  not  necessary',  and  the  nouns 
in  the  sing.,  even  though  they  be  taken  collectively,  injure  the 
symmetry  of  the  passage.  It  is  therefore  put  in  brackets  as  a  gloss, 
Cf.  Goetz  on  the  vs.  and  on  Bacch.  116.  —  suauisauiatio  is  a  word 
coined  by  PI.  from  auauia  sauia,  e.  (/.,  918.  For  examples  v.  Lex., 
su  allium. 

66.  conpressiones  artae  and  conparum  are  unusual  in  PL,  but 
only  because  this  kind  of  description  is  unusual.  The  suggestion 
of  Lor.  that  consuetudines  is  a  transl.  of  uwovulai  and  conpares  of 
av^vyoL  is  particularly  unfortunate  here,  for  no  passage  could  bear 
clearer  marks  of  Roman  spirit  than  this, 

69.  harunc.  The  sing,  forms  of  lac  in  -ce  are  not  used  by  PI. 
except  when  -ne  is  appended.  In  plu.  the  forms  in  s,  liisce  (nom., 
dat.,  abl.),  Jiosce.,  hasce,  are  used  before  vowels,  ///,  Jiis,  Jias,  hos  be- 
fore consonants,  while  in  the  gen.  only  Jidnmc,  harunc  appear  before 
vowels,  and  horum,  hdi'um,  horuuc,  harunc  before  consonants,  as 
here.  This  is  one  among  many  illustrations  of  the  fact  that  PL 
had  double  forms  at  his  command  for  different  metrical  uses. 

70.  Observe  here  the  repetition  of  dis-  dis-  and  u-  u-,  and  the 
heaping  up  of  words  which  are  practically  synonymous;  for  it  is 
useless  to  attempt  to  find  in  the  three  nouns  an  intentional  expres- 
sion of  the  order  of  events,  "the  parting,  the  absence,  the  conse- 
quent loneliness." 

72.  sciui,  apparently  from  scisco,  not  from  scio,  but  the  distinc- 
tion between  these  verbs  in  PL  is  not  clear,  and  would  repay 
investigation.  Cf.  Langen,  Beitr.  301,  on  restilL  —  ut  scires 
curaui.  The  constructions  of  curare  are  extremely  varied  in  PL 
It  takes  an  ul  clause  in  perhaps  half-a-dozen  cases.  Mil.  Glor.  1238, 
istuc  curaui,  ut  .  .  .  sis,  Rud.  192,  Id  curaui,  ut  cauerein,  Amph.  487, 
Pers.  523,  527,  the  last  two  at  the  end  of  a  letter  as  here ;  so  often 

in  Cicero's  letters. 

74.  misere  .  .  miseriume,  "  wretchedly,"  the  first  referring  to 
the  condition  of  the  writer,  the  second  to  the  handwriting. 


NOTES.  107 

75.  pumiceos.  The  proverbial  dryness  of  puinice-stone  is  al- 
luded to  in  Aul.  297,  pumex  non  aequest  aridug  quam  hie  eat  senex, 
and  Pers.  41,  nam  tu  aquam  a  pumice  hercle  postulas,  qui  ipsus  sitiat. 

77.  siccoculum  only  here,  and  no  doubt  coined  by  PI. 

78.  audes,  •'  wish,"  not  "  dare  "  or  "venture."  So  often  in  PI., 
Ps.  1317,  Mil.  Glor.  232,  auden  participare  me  quod  commenfu's  ? 
Asin.  476,  non  audes  mihi  .  .  .  subuenire  ?  ]Men.  14!),  (j97,  liud. 
lOoO,  and  esp.  in  sodes  =  si  audes,  "  if  you  please,"  cf.  Trin.  244. 
audeo  is  for  auideo  from  auidus,  and  this  from  aueo,  and  in  all  these 
the  predominant  sense  is  '-desire,  will,"  so  that  this  meaning  of 
audeo,  which  is  not  noticed  in  Harp.  Lex.,  is  undoubtedly  the  pri- 
mary sense  of  the  verb,  not  a  colloquial  weakening,  as  Brix  (on 
Trin.  244)  says. 

79.  dabo  is  the  regular  word  for  closing  a  bargain,  cf.  118,  and 
Ps.  means  to  make  a  formal  promise  to  pay  eheu  on  demand. 

80.  argentum  .  .  .  mutuom,  a  loan  from  a  friend,  contrasted 
with  a  loan  at  interest  from  a  banker  in  286  f.,  Asin.  248,  nam  si 
mutuas  (sc.  minas)  non  patera,  cerlumst  sumam  fennre.  Never  m.u- 
tuom  alone  in  PI. 

83.  istocine  =  isto-ce-ne.  cf.  harunc,  69.  When  ne  is  appended 
to  the  demonstratives  it  preserves  the  demon.-trative  suffix  ce,  bnt 
with  weakening  of  the  vowel  to  i.  So  hicine,  isilcine,  dlicine  in 
various  forms,  and  adverbs,  ^irinc,  hucine,  perhaps  famine.  Tiie 
demons,  so  used  are  always  emphatic.  "  Is  that  the  way  yon  help 
me?  " 

84.  "  For  in  our  house,  where  T  undergo  punishment  for  my 
faults,  I  have  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  groans  on  hand."  This 
use  of  thensaurus  is  not  common,  but  is  a  natural  comic  inversion, 
cf.  Merc.  163,  642,  Poen.  625. 

86.  drachumam  is  the  regular  form  in  PI.  for  Spaxf^rj.  Some 
combinations  allowed  in  Greek  were  strange  to  the  Roman  ear, 
and  were  avoided  by  the  insertion  of  a  short  vowel ;  tecJiina,  mina, 
Hercules,  Alcumena.  This  applies  mainly  to  words  learned  by  ear; 
thus  gyminasium.  but  as  a  proper  noun  Gymnasium;  and  as  the 
knowledge  of  Greek  ino'eased  among  the  educated  classes,  the 
transliteration  became  moie  exact. 


108  NOTES. 

87.  opino.  The  use  of  pass,  form  with  active  meaning  had 
begun  in  Latin  before  the  time  of  PL,  but  for  some  reason  it 
greatly  extended  itself  in  the  classical  period.  We  find  therefore 
in  ri.  many  verbs  in  active  form,  either  occasionally  or  exclusively, 
which  in  classical  Latin  are  always  deponent.  Thus  urbltro  four  times, 
(lucuj)o  always,  contemplo  generally,  minito  once  or  twice,  munei-o 
always,  paciscu  generally,  parllo  always,  phUoso/jho,  Ps.  687,  cf .  974, 
projicisco  once,  obsono  twenty  times,  etc.  For  other  examples, 
see  Langen,  Beitr.,  p.  59  If.,  Brix,  j\lil.  (ilor.,  172.  ojjIiio  is  not 
found  in  the  mss.,  but  is  required  by  the  metre  in  some  six  or 
eight  passages,  and  is  supported  by  the  analogy  of  other  verbs. 
Cf.  also  the  variations  in  dtcl.  and  in  conjug.     Introd.  §  18. 

89.  Allusions  to  suicide  by  hanging  are  frequent  in  PI.,  esp.  as 
a  curse,  abi  ac  naspeiule  ie,  1229,  Poen.  o09,  Pers.  815,  and  more 
elaborately  Poen.  390,  capias  resllin  ac  te  suspeiidas  cunt  ero  et  nostra 
familia.  Cf.  the  curse  abi  in  vialam  cruceiu.  The  word  pensiiis,  as 
appears  from  Poen.  312,  j^'i'o  una  2)assa  pensiUs,  contains  a  comic 
allusion  to  a  cluster  of  grapes  hung  up  to  dry.  Cf.  Aul.  76  ff.,  ex 
me  ut  unam  faciam  Viiieram  lo7ir/am,  i.  e.  the  letter  I. 

qui  is  the  old  abi.  form  of  the  rel.  and  interrog.  pron.,  and  is 
used  for  all  genders  and  numbers.  Abundant  examples  in  Harp. 
Lex.  The  fact  that  (pii  is  indeclinable  shows  that  it  is  already 
passing  over  into  an  adv.  or  particle,  and  instances  of  these  uses 
will  occur  below. 

96  cucule.  Of  a  young  lover  duped  by  his  mistress,  Trin.  245, 
of  an  old  man,  Asin.  923,  934.  Brix  compares  Germ.  Gimpel  and 
l^rnpf. 

quid  .  .  .  ni  is  not  a  case  of  tmesis,  ni  is  the  oriirinal  Latin 
negative,  the  same  as  nei,  ne,  and  is  used  with  (piid  in  dubitative 
questions  after  a  negative  question  or  some  form  of  sentence  imply- 
ing ])rohibition.  So  652,  Mil.  1311,  Men.  912,  Cure.  423,  Stich.  333. 
Tn  these  ni,  as  a  simple  negative,  properly  stands  next  to  the  verb. 
The  combination  qnidni  is  found  in  questions  without  verb.  In 
neither  case  is  ni  conditional  :  render  "  why  should  n't  I  .  .  .  ?  " 

98.  libellai.  This  old  form  of  the  gen.  1st  decl.  is  found  in 
inscriptions  down   to   the  end   of    the   Ke])ublic,  mainly  in   proper 


NOTES.  109 

nouns,  and  is  commented  upon  by  the  Latin  giamniaiians  with 
many  ilhistrations  from  the  early  literatm-e.  In  the  mss.  it  has 
Wen  generally  changed  by  copyists  into  ae,  but  can  often  be  re- 
stored on  metrical  grounds.  Fl.  uses  CJtarmidui,  Periphauai,  and 
of  common  nouns  audaciai,  Jiliaij  comoediai,  uijuai,  sduui,  familial, 
mural,  and  a  few  more,  as  well  as  some  adjectives,  magnal  rel  pub- 
llcal,  meal,  and  tital  (Aul.  121).  Ennius,  Lucilius,  and  Lucretius 
employed  these  forms,  the  last  quite  frequently,  and  Yergil  used 
them  occasionally  (Aen.  IIL,  354,  aulal,  VI.,  747,  aural)  with  con- 
scious archaism.  The  word  llhella,  though  it  had  a  definite  value 
(=  as),  is  used  in  PI.  only  proverbially,  as  here,  629,  and  1146,  and 
the  coin  had  probably  fallen  out  of  circulation;  cf.  '•  picayune." 

99.  ut .  .  .  audio,  •'  to  judge  from  the  way  I  hear  this  letter  talk." 
This  use  of  ut,  which  takes  what  has  just  been  said  or  done  as  a 
measure  oj"  standard,  is  more  frequent  in  comedy  than  is  suggested 
by  Harp.  Lex.  I.  B,  4,  esp.  with  audio,  uideo,  and  verbs  of  saying. 
So  Cas.  II.,  5,  4,  Most.  993,  ut  uerba  audio,  Capt.  569,  ut  rem  uldeo, 
Capt.  585,  utpersplclo:  cf.  Ps.  473,  596,  749,  980,  ut  uestitu's,  "to 
judge  by  your  clothing."     [Dahl  on  ut,  p.  98  if. J 

100.  illi  appears  to  be  a  dat.  of  advantage,  and  lacrumis  an  abL 
of  instrument,  but  I  do  not  know  any  parallel  for  such  constr. 
with  Jlere. 

101.  quod  .  .  .  postulas,  "  as  to  what  you  expect  ..."  This  is 
quod  at  the  point  of  transition  from  a  rel.  pron.  m  ace.  of  compass 
and  extent  to  the  conjunction.  So  Capt.  586,  fillum  tuom  quod 
redhnere  se  ait,  id  ne  utlqunm  mlhi  placet,  Amph.  479,  mnic  de  Alcu- 
mcna  dudum  quod  dlxi  minus,  hodle  ilia  parlet,  Mil.  Glor.  1114. 
The  indie,  stands  in  14  passages  from  early  Latin,  the  subjunct.  in 
13  with  potential  or  conditional  force,  and  Rrix  (on  Mil.  Glor.  1G2). 
Lor.  here  would  change  to  poslules.  See  on  the  whole  Zimmerman 
on  quod  and  quia  in  early  Latin.  Progr.  Posen,  1880. 

postulare,  "  to  expect,  desire."  is  very  common  in  PI.  and  Ter., 
see  378,  439,  851,  853.  This  appears  to  be  a  colloquial  weakening 
of  the  original  sen.se.  te  probare,  "  to  make  5^ourself  appear 
probus,^'  "recommend  yourself." 

102.  A  reference  to  the  fable  of  the  Danaides.     Lor.  quotes  els 


3 10  NOTES. 

TiTpvTTT^ixevov  ttIBov  (xptKuv,  Xeil.  Oecoil.  VII.,  40,  (Is  TOP  iridov  (f)€povai 
TOP  TCTprjixevov,  Meiiieke,  III.,  p.  299.     Cf.  also  vs.  369. 

104.  As  the  line  stands,  bona  opera  means  "by  my  helpful  ser- 
vices," and  then  aut  mala  is  added  by  a  second  thought,  as  it  occurs 
to  the  speaker  that  his  services  as  a  swindler  cannot  well  be  called 
bona.     But  the  text  cannot  be  regarded  as  fixed. 

105.  auxilium  argentarium  is  used  also  by  an  unknown  poet, 
Ribbeck,  Frag.  11^  p.  12.),  cf.  opesi  arf/entariae,  Epid.  672,  and  Ps. 
300,  312,  421,  all  used  for  comic  effect. 

106.  atque  in  partially  adversative  sense,  "  and  yet,"  is  not  rare 
in  PI.  Cf.  278,  309,  Trin.  336,  niisquam  per  uiriutem  rem  coiifregit 
atque  er/et,  Capt.  479,  ]Men.  576,  Bacch.  814,  etc.  Esp.  when  a 
new  person  comes  upon  the  stage  atque  eccum  is  almost  equiv.  to 
sed  eccum,  cf.  ]Men.  565  with  898. 

106.  nnde  id  futurum  dicam  for  wide  id  futurum  sit.  This 
pleonastic  use  of  dicam.,  which  belongs  to  the  colloquial  language, 
is  found  only  in  certain  forms  of  interrogative  sentence  :  («)  in 
direct  ^'//.s-questions  {quid.,  ubi,  quain,  etc.)  Asin.  587,  qiiidnam 
esse  dicam  ?  Cure.  12,  quo  te  dicam  ego  ire  ?  True.  689,  quam  esse 
dicam  hanc  belluam  ?  Capt.  533,  541,  Cure.  1,  Cas.  III.  4,  26,  Mil. 
Glor.  1201,  Merc.  516,  Ps.  744,  966,  Pers.  400,  Rud.  263,  447,  St. 
288 ;  (6)  in  similar  questions,  indirect,  depending  always  upon  a 
negative  verb  or  phrase;  with  nescio,  as  here,  Amph.  825,  IMost. 
1042,  Trin.  2,  True.  70,  with  other  negative  phrase,  Aul.  67,  804, 
Rud.  611  ;  (c)  in  indirect  disjunctive  questions,  w-ith  nescio,  Capt. 
268,  Cure.  463,  with  aniini  pendeo,  Merc.  127,  with  nunc  cor/ito, 
Men.  887,  in  both  of  which  the  negative  leaning  is  plain.  In  sen- 
tence questions,  direct  or  indirect,  or  in  direct  disjunctive  ques- 
tions, I  have  found  no  case  of  dicam.  The  verb  is  a  dubitative 
subjunct.,  inserted  as  a  fuller  expression  of  the  feeling  of  uncer- 
tainty.    Cf.  arbltrarer,  Most.  89,  credam,  Merc.  252. 

107.  nisi,  after  a  general  negative,  to  denote  an  exception  is 
well-known  (Madv  442,  obs.  3;  A.  &  G.  315,  d;  H.  507,  3,  n.  3), 
and  in  combination  with  nf,  si,  quod,  quia,  it  seems  to  imply  an 
ellipsis  of  the  leading  verb,  cf.  the  full  expression  in  Rud.  751,  .  .  . 
nescio:  nisi  scio.  .  .  .    In  this  combination  quod  and  quia  have  their 


NOTES.  Ill 

original  conjunctional  sense  "  tliat,"  not  "because."  Capt.  394, 
()21,  ntque  mi  esse  ul/uin  morbiun  nisi  qaod  seraio,  '-except  these 
bonds/'  Pers.  517,  Cist.  II.,  1,  1'2,  nefjiie  nisi  (/uia  miser  non  eo  pes- 
sum,  Jiiihi  iilla  ahest  perdilo  perniciesj  in  all  these  nisi  quod,  quia 
expresses  an  exception.  In  the  other  six  cases,  here,  508,  Pers. 
545C?),  Rud.  1024,  Triu.  938,  True.  786,  ni>i  quia  is  used  after 
nescio  or  an  equiv.,  and  expresses  a  complete  adversative  idea,  "I 
do  not  know  .  .  .,  but  (I  do  know  that)  .  .  .  "  =  *'  I  do  not  know, 
except  in  this  one  particular  that  .  .  ."  (Biix  on  Trin.  038,  Langen, 
Beitr.  57  ff.  do  not  explain  exactly,  but  seem  to  imply  a  difference 
between  quod  and  quia,  which  does  not  exist.)  —  supercilium 
salit.  cf.  i/a  dorsus  prurit.  Mil.  Glor.  398,  and  "  By  the  pricking  of 
my  thumbs  Something  wicked  this  way  comes,"  Macb.  IV.  1. 

109.  commoui  sacra,  a  technical  term  for  setting  the  Dionysiac 
procession  in  motion,  CatuU.  LXIV.,  225,  Aen.  IV'.,  301,  here  of 
course  wdth  comic  intention.  So  the  dimin.  lurbellas,  110,  "  What 
a  nice  little  row  I  njake." 

111.  aetati  nieae  =  mdii,  so  in  uae  aetali  tuae  =  nae  tibi,  Capt. 
885,  Men.  075,  Rud.  375;  Cf.  1132,  and  often. 

114.  On  rogd,  see  Introd.  §  11.  In  the  following  stipulaiio, 
rogare  means  to  propose  tl;e  formal  question  dubisne,  the  formal 
answer  to  which,  dabo^  made  the  contract  binding.  Cf.  also  1076, 
ff.  The  fact  that  the  bargain  is  here  made  by  a  slave,  and  that  as 
soon  as  it  is  made  he  expects  his  master  to  rely  upon  it  as  if  it  were 
really  binding  is  only  part  of  the  comedy,  to  exhibit  the  unbounded 
self-confidence  of  Pseud. 

118.  nunciani  is  always  in  three  syllables  in  PI.  like  etiam.  and 
quoniam,  and,  except  in  a  few  cases  (e.  g.  Ps.  594)  with  fut.  indie, 
is  used  only  with  an  impv.  or  equiv.  in  the  sense  of  an  emphatic 
nunc.  As  two  words,  sometimes  separated  by  other  words,  nunc 
lam  means  "now  at  last."  Brix  ■^  on  Capt.  266  considers  nunciam 
a  lengthened  form  of  nunc;  I  should  still  call  it  a  compound  of 
nunc  and  iam,  as  quoniam  is  quite  certainly  quom  +  iam.  —  molestus 
ne  sis,  "  don't  bother  me;  "  a  frequent  expression  in  PI. 

120.  tangam,  "cheat,  strike."  Cf.  1306,  Epid.  705,  ie  tetigi 
triginta  minis,  '^  I  did  you  out  of  thirty  minae." 


112  NOTES. 

121.  pietatis  causa,  "so  far  as  piety  is  concerned;''  so  mea 
causa,  "  for  aught  I  care,"  Men.  1029,  727,  Epid.  679,  Rud.  57.  — 
uel  has  in  PI.  always  something  of  its  proper  force  from  uelle ; 
here,  "  if  you  choose,"  "if  you  prefer."  Vss.  122,  121  are  given 
as  in  tlie  mss.  Goetz  (Bothe,  Hit.,  Lor.)  changes  the  order  and 
reads  seruent.  uerum  qui  potest  ? 

123.  in  oculum  utrumuis  .  .  .,  "rest  easy  about  that."  The 
pro[)er  forn)  of  the  saying  is  given  in  Heaut.  342,  adempium  tibi  iam 
fuxo  omnem  metum,  in  aurem  utramuis  otiose  ut  dormias,  Menander, 
Meineke,  IV'.,  189,  in  dfx(l)6Tepa  (sc.  to.  a>Ta)  KaOevSeiv.  Cf.  About, 
Story  of  an  Honest  Man,  Appleton's  ed,,  p.  241,  "  I  may  sleep  upon 
both  ears."  PI.  intentionally  changes  to  "  you  may  sleep  on  either 
eye  "  for  the  comic  effect  of  this  way  of  putting  it  and  of  the  reason 
at  hoc  peraoUjatumst  nimis,  "the  other  way  is  too  stale."  For 
similar  intentional  slips,  see  711,  note,  842. 

125  ff.  These  vss.  are  a  parody  of  the  style  of  proclamation  by 
a  crier,  esp.  pube,  contione  and  edico,  which  are  all  somewhat  techni- 
cal, pube,  dat.  of  5th  decl.  from  noni.  pjubes,  which  is  elsewhere 
of  the  3d  decl.  with  gen.  pubis.  So  as  gen.  or  dat.  die,  facie,  Jide, 
acie,  not  only  in  PL,  but  also  in  Verg.,-  Hor.,  Caes.  See  Introd. 
§  18.  —  poplo  for  poprdo,  cf.  perichun,  poclum,  is  found  in  inscrip- 
tions, and  is  preserved  in  the  mss.  of  PI.  six  or  eight  times,  always 
at  the  end  of  an  iamb,  senar.,  as  here,  or  before  the  caesura  of 
iamb,  septen. 

130.  ostium  crepuit  refers  to  the  creaking  of  the  door  as  it  was 
drawn  back  by  some  person  within  the  house.  So  Men.  348,  con- 
crepuit  ostium,  INIil.  Glor.  154:,  /oris  coiicrepuit,  and  often  at  the  end 
of  a  scene.  PL's  experience  and  skill  as  a  playwright  appear  in 
these  careful  and,  for  a  reader,  too  elaborate  introductions  of  new 
characters  upon  the  stage,  which  the  lack  of  a  play-bill  and  the 
ignorance  of  the  audience  about  the  plot  rendered  necessary.  So 
ipse,  132,  tells  who  it  is  that  is  coming  out. 

131.  crura  mauellem  refers  to  the  crnrifrafjium,  a  punishment 
inflicted  upon  slaves  and  criminals  by  breaking  the  ankle  or  shin- 
bones  with  a  hammer.  See  on  145,  154.  "  The  pandei*'s  door 
creaked.   ||   T  wish  it  had  been  his  shins,  cracking." 


NOTES.  113 

132.  periuri  caput,  cf.  sceleruin  caput,  446,  10.54,  and  both  to- 
gether, liud.  1098  f.  :  also  sctlus,  scelus  uiri.  The  seuse  is  rather 
"  essence  of  lying,"  "  incarnation  of  perjury,"  than  as  in  Lex. 

Secokd  Sce.ne.  —  During  the  first  part  of  this  scene  Calldorus  and  Pseudolus 
remain  near  Sinio's  house.  Ballio  comes  out  of  his  own  house  on  the  right  side 
(if  the  stage  with  a  whip  in  his  hand,  followed  by  a  slave  (jmer,  170)  carrying 
the  crumina.  As  he  speaks  the  first  words  of  the  scene,  the  slaves  who  have 
been  at  work  in  the  house  come  out  and  stand  about  the  door,  some  of  them 
still  holding  the  utensils  or  tools  which  they  had  been  using. 

The  scene  is  one  of  the  roughest  and  most  brutal  in  PI.  Its  primary  inten- 
tion is  to  exhibit  the  Una  as  the  villain  of  the  piece,  so  bad  as  to  be  beyond  all 
sympathy,  but  no  doubt  the  horse-play,  the  cracking  of  the  whip,  the  shouts  of 
Ballio  and  the  contortions  of  the  slaves,  amused  the  Koman  popuhice.  The 
scene  is  marked  in  one  ms.  with  a  C,  and  was  a  canticuin  in  the  special  sense, 
performed  with  dancing  and  full  musical  accompaniment. 

133.  male  conciliati,  cf.  Trin.  856,  melius  .  .  .  concUlauerlt,  '^  will 
have  had  a  better  bargain,"  Eun.  669,  prodl,  male  conciliate,  in 
voc.  as  here,  "  come  out,  my  bad  bargain."  So  male  uendere,  emere, 
etc.  But  male  hablti  is  somewhat  less  clear;  ordinarily  it  would 
mean  "badly  kept,  in  poor  condition,"  but  here  apparently  "of 
bad  disposition."  Lor.  comp.  Cure.  698,  bene  et  pudice  me  domi 
Jiabuif,  and  habitus,  the  noun,  is  not  rare  in  this  sense. 

134.  numquam  quicquam  quoiquam,  colloquial  exaggeration, 
which  would  seem  to  the  hearer  to  be  strengthened  by  the  similarity 
of  ending.  So  esp.  in  general  negations,  ci.  Q'2\,  numquam  —  um- 
quam,  7ol,  nee  quoquam,  neque  umquam,  lOlS,  numquam  —  quemquam, 
^lost.  925,  umquam  quicquam  in  question  implying  negative,  and 
often,     quicquam  is  ace.  of  compass  and  extent. 

135.  ad  h6c  exemplum  (cf.  ad  hunc  modum,  quemadmodum)  is 
explained  by  a  gesture  with  the. whip.  On  quantity,  see  Introd. 
§  41.  The  construction  of  the  rest  of  the  vs.  is  a  little  peculiar; 
quibus,  abl.  after  usura  as  a  verbal  noun  from  utor  (see  note  on  usus, 
50);  usurpari  in  original  sense  from  u,<;us,  making  Jig.  etymol.  with 
usura.    Render  "of  whom  no  use  can  be  made." 

136.  asinos,  generally  referred  to  as  type  of  stupidity  (so  asine 
as  term  of  reproach),  here  because  of  its  toughness  of  hide,     mae/is 


114  NOTES. 

asinos  instead  of  an  adj.  in  conipar.,  a  use  for  which  1  have  not  been 
able  to  find  an  exact  parallel  in  Fl.  —  iieque  .  .  .  iiumquam  with 
effect  of  a  single  strong  negative.  So  neque  .  .  .  haiul,  Bacch.  2G, 
1037,  neque  ego  hnud  cuntmittcuii,  Pers.  5o5,  Epid.  6Gi,  (Men.  o71  is 
a  conjecture),  Ter.  Andr.  2U5;  Epid.  5o'2,  neque  nunc  uhi  sit  nescio, 
Cato,  11.  11.  GO,  Cure.  579  f.,  neque  Lstas  tuas  uiagnas  ininas  nan 
jduris faclu  quaiii  .  .  .,  Mil.  Gior.  Ull,  iura  te  noclturuni  non  esse 
hamuli  de  hac  re  nemini,  of.  619  L.^  Also  in  Propert.  11.,  19,  o2. 
The  usage  seems  to  belong  to  early  and  plebeian  Latin  (Petronius), 
with  imitations  in  Gell.  and  Apul.  Lorenz  considers  it  a  Greek 
construction,  a  very  improbable  explanation.  Prix  on  Men.  371 
says  that  neque  had  partly  lo.st  its  negative  in  its  connective  force, 
which  does  not  explain  Mil.  1111.  The  construction  seems  to  me 
to  bear  on  its  face  the  evidence  of  colloquial  origin,  and  to  be  of  the 
same  general  nature  as  tiie  heaping  up  of  adverbs  of  time  oi'  place 
and  the  doubling  of  the  negative  in  English,  at  least  in  all  the  cases 
except  neque  .  .  .  haud.  This  usage  is  said  to  reappear  in  the 
Romance  languages.  — plagis,  abl,  "  with  beatings.'' 

137.  eo  and  haec  refer  to  the  same  thing,  described  in  ubi  data 
occasiost,  etc.  The  whole  sentence  is  paratactic:  "This  in  fact  is 
theii-  disposition,  and  these  are  the  ideas  they  have  :  when  there  is 
a  chance,  steal,"  etc.,  instead  of  "their  disposition  and  ideas  are 
such  that  they  steal  whenever  they  get  a  chance.'' — flagritribae 
iro]n  JJarp'uyn  and  rpilBoi.  V\.  uses  a  few  hybrid  words  for  comic 
effect,  ferrifribaces,  Most.  35G,  idmitriba,  Pers.  278,  pultipliagus. 
Most.  828,  beside  some  words  of  Greek  origin  compounded  with 
Latin  prefixes,  pergraphicus,  ineuscheme. 

138.  The  succession  of  short  vowels  rape  clejje  fene  is  intentional; 
so  Trin.  289,  rape,  trdlie,  fuge,  late,  of  the  same  kind  of  conduct. 

139.  harpaga,  a  Plautine  word,  957,  Pacch.  057,  Aul.  201,  and 
cf.  653  f.  As  Greek  verbs  in  -^a>  become  in  Latin  -sso  (e.  g.,  co- 
missor  =  KOjfxdCco),  PI.  ]irobably  made  this  from  apirayr]  or  aprra^, 
of.  the  noun  Jiarpago,  Trin.  239. 

140.  opus,  for  sense,  cf.  Most.  412,  id  idri  doctist  opus,  —r  The 
proverb  about  sheep  and  wolves  is  at  least  as  old  as  Herodotus, 
TV.,  149,  KaToKfLTTfLP  (HP  €v  XvKOKTi.  IS  fouud  iu  Tcr.  Eun.  832,  ouetn 


NOTES.  115 

lupo  commmsti,  is  referred  to  by  Cic.  Phil.  III.,  11,  27  as  a  common 
saying,  and  is  familiar  in  the  X,  T. 

142  is  bracketed  on  the  ground  that  the  contrast  between  the 
looks  of  the  slaves  and  their  real  character  makes  a  break  in  the 
connection  of  thought.      (Goc-tz  Nvithout  brackets.) 

143.  nunc  adeo  generally  marks  a  change  from  one  subject  to 
another,  and  always  introduces  an  emphatic  command  or  determi- 
nation. So  Ibo,  8.35,  Men.  119,  Mil.  150,  Trin.  855,  etc.  Render 
"now  then,'"  "now  therefore."  —  edictionem,  also  17"2,  Capt.  811, 
823.  Lor.  calls  attention  to  the  frequency  of  veibals  in  -tio,  -sio  in 
the  comedy.  The  ease  with  which  they  were  formed  shows  the 
plastic  condition  of  the  language,  and  the  fact  that  they  often  take 
the  construction  of  the  verb  shows  that  they  were  still  felt  almost 
as  a  part  of  the  verb  (cf.  usura,  135). 

144.  The  change  from  fut.  aduorletis  to  pres.  exmouetis  is  attrib- 
uted by  Lor.  to  metrical  necessity,  but  cf.  jNIerc.  458  f.,  rjuUl?  illi 
quoidani,  qui  mandault  tlbi,  si  emetur,  (urn  iiolet :  si  er/o  erno  illi,  qui 
mandauit,  turn  ille  nolet  ?  where  emam  would  do  as  well  as  emo. 
Also  Mil.  Glor.  936,  .  .  .  si  ecjiciam  .  .,  si  hodie  Jiunc  dolum  dolamus, 
quid  .  .  .  viiflfim  ?  As  Pi.  could  use  either  pres.  or  fut.  in  protasis 
W'ith  fut.  in  apodosis,  he  occasionally  used  both  together. 

146.  peristromata,  coverings  for  dining  couches,  but  the  reason 
for  their  being  called  Campanica  is  unknown. 

147.  Thick  rugs  with  figures  of  animals  woven  into  the  fabric 
were  first  made  in  Alexandria,  according  to  Plin}^  IT.  N.  VIII.,  48, 
74.  196.  Cf.  Stich.  378,  Babylonica  perislroma  et  tonsilia  tapetia,  and 
on  the  comparison  of  a  scourged  back  to  picture  cf,  Epid.  625  f., 
and  often  in  various  comic  ways.  —  tonsilia  is  a  very  unusual  accent, 
found  only  in  lyrical  passages  (cf.  171  dicere,  185  nomine)  and  occa- 
ssional ly  in  the  first  foot  of  iamb,  senar. 

148-  Of  the  many  metaphors  in  PI.  drawn  from  Roman  public 
life  (cf.  .579  ff.)  none  is  more  frequent  than  this  use  of  pi'ouincia, 
e.  g.,  158,  Capt.  156,  158,  St,  702,  etc.,  perhaps  because  the  two 
foreign  provinces,  Sicily  241  b.  c,  Sardinia  235,  embodied  in  some 
measure  the  rising  desire  for  foreign  conquest. 

150.   cogatis,  the  reading  of  the  mss.,  does  not  give  a  good  sense, 


116  NOTES. 

nor  is  Ritschl's  cupiatis  much  better.  The  thought  should  be  "  that 
you  need  to  be  "warned,  have  to  be  reminded."  —  ofificium,  ace.  of 
the  thing  after  commonerier,  cf.  Stich.  58;  moneatur  .  .  .  officium: 
elsewhere  in  PI.  and  Ter.  only  neut.  pron.,  iW,  hoc,  etc.,  after  moneo. 
malum  means  generally  in  Pi.  "  })unishment,"  the  slave's  evil,  and 
from  this  sense  it  passes  over  into  curses,  and  finally  into  questions 
like  (luid,  malum  .  .  .  ^  -12. 

150-156.  The  numbers  attached  to  these  vss.  indicate  their 
order  in  the  mss.  Pall,  and  in  Goetz ;  the  palimpsest  has  151,  153. 
The  connection  of  thought  from  143  appears  to  be  this  :  "  Now  if 
you  do  not  listen  to  me  and  get  rid  of  your  laziness,  it  shall  be  the 
worse  for  you.  I  gave  you  your  orders  yesterday,  but  you  are  so 
careless  that  nothing  but  a  thrashing  will  keep  you  up  to  your  work. 
(Turning  to  a  spectator)  Just  look  at  this!  They  pay  no  attention 
to  me.  (To  the  slaves)  Look  here!  Listen,  I  tell  you,  to  what 
I'm  saying,  you  scoundrels.  Oh,  yes!  you  think  your  hides  are 
tougher  than  my  whip;  you  're  going  to  find  that  that's  a  mistake. 
How  's  that  ?  (with  a  blow.)  Does  tliat  hurt?  Theie,  that  is  what 
a  slave  gets  who  isn't  respectful.  Take  your  pitcher,"  etc.  The 
objection  to  156  is  not  so  much  in  the  sense,  for  a  repetition  of  the 
demand  for  attention  would  be  entirely  in  place  here,  but  rather  in 
the  use  of  contva'^WXx  short  a  and  governing  the  ace.  Elsewhere  in 
PI.  contra,  as  an  adv.  Other  arrangements  of  the  vss.  may  be  found 
in  Goetz,  Ritschl,^  Loienz,  Spengel  Reform.,  Langen  PI.  Stud. 

153.  plagigerula  also  Most  875,  cf.  munerigeruli,  181,  damnige- 
ruU,  True.  551.  Goetz  has  loquar  here  and  in  156  ;  the  present, 
which  has  good  ms.  suppoi-t,  is  given  in  the  text. 

151,  154.  The  connection  of  thought  here,  if  expressed  logically, 
would  be:  "  In  fact  you  think  that  you  by  reason  of  the  toughness 
of  your  hides  are  too  much  for  me  and  my  whip,  but  I  will  show 
you  that  it  is  just  the  other  way;  "  that  is,  the  sentence  vhicills  .  . 
me  would  be  subordinated  to  anlmati  e.^tts,  and  151  would  be  intro- 
duced by  an  adversative  particle.  So  Ritschl  ^  reads  uincere,  and 
Goetz  effects  the  same  thing  by  reading  ut  animatlior  ita.  I  under- 
stand the  structure  to  be  paratactic,  as  in  137  f.  and  frequently  in 
PI.  and  in  all  colloquial  language.     Cf  for  omission  of  adversative 


KOTES.  117 

particle,  Capt.  482-4,  aiid  on  a/yue,  lUti.  —  tergiuum,  properly  an 
adj.,  from  the  use  of  terf/i.nn,  "  liide."  So  apparently  in  Lucil. 
XXIX.,  08  .\I.,  s(,liii  (lum  saluo  lerrjo  a  fevfjino  licet,  'i  he  material  of 
which  the  scoiuoe  was  made  is  also  referred  to  in  Triii.  1011,  hubuli 
coltabi,  Most.  882. 

155.  em  .should  be  distinguished  from  the  emotional  interjection 
hem  and  from  the  later  or  interrogative  en.  Jt  is  properly  the  ace. 
of  the  demons  is,  and  in  its  various  and  frequent  uses  in  PI.  and 
Ter.  preserves  much  of  the  demons,  effect.  It  is  used  most  fre- 
quently before  sentences  beginning  with  emphatic  demonstratives. 
518  em,  istis,  526  em,  ah  hoc,  444,  890  em,  illic,  with  sic,  as  here, 
True.  634,  with  words  of  time  or  direction,  em  nunc,  Merc.  909,  Men. 
613,  with  verbs,  to  mark  the  performance  of  the  action,  em  desino, 
Adelph.  137,  or  to  emphasize  the  demonstrative  sen.^e  of  the  verb, 
Aul  633,  em  tihi  ostendo :  eccas.  Also  frequently  with  the  impv., 
892,  ein  .  .  .  vide,  Most.  333,  em  iene,  with  an  accus.  of  exclamation 
(not  dependent  upon  an  omitted  impv.),  754, em  iil/i  omnem  fabulam, 
em pateram,  Amph.  778,  ein  manum,  Capt.  859,  with  tibi  alone,  Men. 
1018,  Cure.  195,  625,  and  occasionally  alone,  Capt.  570,  aspice  ad 
me.  II  em.  [Brix  on  Trin.  3  and  esp.  Ribbeck,  Latein.  Partik., 
pp.  29  ff.]  Often,  as  here,  to  emphasize  a  blow,  especially  with 
da7'e. 

157.  The  imm  as  a  vessel  for  drawing  water  is  mentioned  Rud. 
443,  467.  471,  etc 

158.  cum  securi  exactly  equiv.  to  qui  urnam  habes,  or  to  an  adj. 
or  ptc.  So  often,  593,  967,  1287, 1299,  Capt.  203,  cum  catenis  sumus. 
—  caudicali,  formed  by  PI  from  caudex,  perhaps  with  side  refer- 
ence to  caudex  =  ".stick,  blockhead."  Lor.  on  1220  L.  gives  other 
adjj.  of  the  same  form  coined  for  comic  effect,  emortualis,  1237, 
esurialis  Capt.  468,  uapularis  Pers.  22,  comptionalis  Bacch.  976,  all 
aV.  Xfy. 

159.  sine  siet,  "let  it  be  so  "  =  "  I  don't  care  if  it  is."  Ex- 
amples in  Lex.  s.  v.  sino,  II.  A. — itidem  pred.  of  estis  ;  so  fre- 
quently ita,  240,  360,  6.57.  sic,  677,  and  often,  ut,  satis,  bene,  male, 
palam,  frustra,  etc.  [Draeg.  I.,  192.]  This  usage,  which  is  by  no 
means  confined  to  earlv  Latin,  dates  from  a  time  when  esse  had 


118  NOTES. 

concrete  meaning  and  could  take  an  adv.  like  any  other  verb;  the 
phrases,  once  formed,  continued  in  use  after  esse  had  become  a 
mere  copula.  The  sense  here  is,  "1  don't  care  if  it  is  dull;  so  are 
all  of  you,  and  yet  I  have  to  use  you  as  well  as  I  can."  For  omnes 
Goetz  reads  plagis ;  both  words  are  in  the  mss  ,  and  one  of  them  is  a 
gloss. 

160.  numqui  is  the  old  abl.  of  the  indef.  (cf.  rel.  qui,  89),  here 
to  express  degree  of  difference  with  minus,  and  nu7n  has  the  chal- 
lenging tone  which  expects  a  negative  answer.  As  the  negatives 
in  num  and  in  minus  make  an  affirmative,  tamen  is  used  as  if  the 
sentence  contained  no  negation. 

161.  For  Jidbes,  see  Introd.  §  41.  facias  is  of  course  jussive 
subjunct. 

162.  lectisterniator,  an.  Xf-y.,  is  apparently  directly  from  lecd- 
sternium,  and  as  this  word  is  used  only  of  a  religious  ceremony,  there 
is  an  intentional  exaggeration  here  as  in  158.  idem  is  nomin,; 
exstruito  has  for  obj.  only  such  words  as  mensas,  Men.  101,  or  cani- 
stros  in  the  sense  of  "  heaping  high  "  with  food. 

163.  offendam,  "find."  Except  a  few  cases  of  the  literal  sense 
"  strike  against,"  Cure.  282,  Poen.  483,  offendere  means  in  PI. 
and  Ter.  always  "find,  come  upon,"  either  with  personal  obj.. 
Cure.  294,  eos  ego  nunc  si  offendero,  or  with  noun  and  ptc  ,  as  here, 
Most  26,    hncine  modo  hie  rem  curatam  offendet  suam  ?  and  often. 

164.  Lor.  refers  to  a  similar  house-cleaning  in  Stich.  347  ff., 
where  details  are  given  and  the  same  technical  words  are  used. 
The  house  was  swept  {uorsa)  with  brooms  {scopae),  the  floor 
sprinkled  (sparsa)  with  water  from  a  sprinkler  (nassilema)  and 
rubbed  dry  (tersa),  the  couches  were  spread  (strata)  and  wood  split 
for  the  fire  (  58).     Cf.  also  Bacch.  10-12. 

166  is  bracketed  because  it  is  addressed  to  a  single  slave  in  the 
midst  of  general  remarks,  and  because  orders  for  the  preparation  of 
food  are  out  of  place  when  the  cook  has  not  yet  been  hired.  It 
was  inserted  here  from  some  similar  scene,  cf .  St.  3-39  f. 

167.  magnufice.  So  681,  also  manufestus,  sacrufico  327,  car- 
nufex  707,  all  in  the  last  syllable  of  a  compound  before/.  But  for 
all  these  tlie  mss.  give  forms  with  /,  and  general  consideiations  in- 


NOTES.  119 

dicate  that  in  this  as  in  so  many  points  the  orthography  of  the  time 
of  PI.  was  fluctuating.  —  uolo  me  with  infin.  is  not  peculiar  to  Ph, 
but  is  found  occasionally  at  all  periods.  See  Lex.,  uolo,  I.,  B.  1,  b, 
Draeger,  II..  401  f. 

169.  praestiuem,  frompme  and  a  lengthened  form  of  stare,  not 
as  Harp.  Lex.  says  from  praes.  Cf.  destinare.  Only  here,  Capt. 
848,  Epid.  277,  and  in  Apul  ,  always  of  the  buyer  and  not  in  con- 
nection with  a  definite  price  (argento  in  Epid.  as  pretlo  here).  It 
does  not  mean  simply  '•  to  buy,"  as  Lex.  says,  but  to  agree  upon  a 
price,  to  make  one's  own  by  an  agreement  to  pay.  to  bargain  for. 
Cf.  Paul.  Fest.  p.  223  ]M  ,  pruestinare  apud  Plauium  est praeemere,  id 
est,  emendo  tenere.  Cf.  use  of  destinare,  Rud.  45  f.,  mmzs  triginta 
sibi  pueilam  destinat  dafque  arrabonem  et  iureiurando  adlegat,  "  he 
agrees  to  buy  for  a  certain  price,  pays  part  to  fix  the  bargain,"  etc. 

170  is  incorrect  in  metre,  having  for  the  fourth  foot  quis\qudm 
per\lundat  and  no  proper  caesura,  but  of  the  various  conjectures 
none  is  entirely  satisfactory.  —  puere  is  given  by  the  mss.  in  about 
a  dozen  places  (.so  here,  241,  242,  249),  is  required  by  the  metre  in 
other  places,  and  is  supported  by  quotations  in  the  grammarians, 
but  no  case  of  the  nom.  puerus  is  known.  —  pertundat  is  a  comic 
word  for  cutting  open  the  purse,  crumina,  which  was  carried  by  the 
slave.  Cf.  True.  652  ff.,  homo  cruminam  sibi  de  collo  detrahit,  and 
the  last  scene  of  the  Ps.  —  cautiost,  as  a  verbal  substantive,  gov- 
erns the  ne-clause  as  cauere  would,  and  as  other  verbals  govern  a 
case. 

171.  est  quod  (qui)  has  normally  the  indie,  in  PI.,  Trin.  91, 
sunt  quos  scio  amicos  esse,  sunt  quos  suspicor,  Asin.  232,  est  .  .  .  quod 
uolo  loqui,  Capt.  263,  sunt  quae  .  .  .  scitari  uolo,  Ps.  462  and  often. 
Cf .  quis  est  qui  regularly  with  indie.  When  est  qui  has  the  subjunct, 
it  is  either  independent  of  the  relative  (jussive,  optative),  Trin. 
310,  est  quod  gaudeas,  1160,  est  quod  miki  suscenseas ;  or  it  is  the  be- 
ginning of  the  subjunct.  of  characteristic. 

171.  oblitus  fui.  Forms  yv\t]ifui,/uit,  etc.  for  sujn,  est  occur  in 
PI.  about  25  times,  esp.  in  deponents,  oblitus  fui,  Cas.  Y.,  4,  12, 
Merc.  481,  Amph.  4.57,  Poen.  4(),fuerani,  Most.  487,  not  to  be  dis- 
tinguished in  sense  from  oblitus  sum,  Poen.  118.     For  other  ex- 


120  NOTES. 

amples  in  PI.  and  in  Cic,  Livy,  etc.,  see  Neue,  II. ^  352  ff.  The 
choice  between  fui  and  i<um  was  influenced  by  the  metre,  as  fui 
occurs  most  freqiiently  at  the  end  of  a  vs.  or  before  the  caesura  of 
iamb,  octon.     Cf.  08!J. 

172.  auditin,  audin,  referring  to  and  introducing  a  command, 
have  ahnost  impv^  effect.  So  Asin.  116,  Men.  "2b'^:,  Ps.  605,  etc. 
Esjj.  at<iae  audui?  following  one  impv.  and  introducing  a  second, 
as  in  665,  Mil.  Glor.  1088,  Epid.  400,  etc.  munditiis,  etc.,  see  n. 
on  4.  mundltiae  is  common  in  plu.  at  all  periods,  cf.  Hor.  Carm. 
I.,  5,  5;  molliliae  only  here  and  once  in  Veil.  Paterc. ,  deliciae  is 
regularly  plur.  The  fact  that  mundit'ds  and  deliciis  are  plur. 
doubtless  influenced  moUkiis. 

174,  scibo,  experiar.  Both  forms  of  fut.  of  4th  conj.  weie  in 
use  in  time  of  PI.  So  conuenibo  {sub-,  per-,  in-),  adgredibor,  audibo, 
expedibo,  opperihor,  seruibo,  etc.,  most  of  them  with  parallel  forms 
in  -iam^  sciam,  conuenunn,  etc.  As  both  forms  were  in  use  they 
gave  opportunity  for  choice  on  metrical  grounds.  There  is  a  con- 
trast in  each  of  the  three  clauses  between  the  slaves  who  caie  for 
their  own  ultimate  good,  their  freedom  {capdi^  suae  rei),  and  those 
who  care  only  for  immediate  pleasure  or  ease  {uentri,  somno)  ;  the 
former  will  be  set  free,  the  latter  will  be  sold,  caput,  used  often 
of  the  whole  person  (uae  capiti  tuo  =  uae  tibi,  and  cf.  n.  on  aetas, 
111),  is  especially  frequent  of  the  freeing  or  purchase  of  a  slave, 
e.  g.,  22b,  pro  capite,  "  for  your  freedom,"  and  so  J\Iost.  211,  301. 
Here  it  suggests  the  use  of  uentri  to  carry  out  the  contrast.  In  176 
experiar  is  again  the  leading  verb  and  credam  (see  n.  on  dicnm,  106) 
must  be  supplied  w-ith  tienalem.  —  Vss.  176  and  177  may  be  scanned 
as  anap.  octon.  with  hiatus  in  the  principal  caesura. 

179  f.  The  vocabulary  of  PI.  is  very  rich  in  terms  of  endear- 
ment, which  are  often  used  as  hei-e  in  great  profusion.  Cf.  Poen. 
365  ff.,  mea  uoluptas,  meae  deliciae,  mea  uita,  mea  amoenitas,  mens 
ocellus,  meinn  labellum,  mea  solus,  memn  sauium,  meimi  mel,  meum 
cor,  mea  colustra,  mens  iriollicidus  caseiis.  Cf.  Cas.  IV.,  4,  14,  19, 
I.,  46,  Asin.  664  ff.,  6!)1  ff.  meUitus  (cf.  the  Southern  "honey") 
is  found  in  Catull.  III.,  6,  XLVIIL,  1,  XIX.,  1,  Cic.  ad  Att.  I., 
18,  1,  etc.     ((joetz,  mamillae,  mellillae.) 


\    \  D  n  /^  rr  y'^^ 
O^  THE 

UNIVERSITY 


or 

i)fOH^i^h^  121 


181.  maniplatim,  cf.  pojylo,  126,  and  for  military  metaphors, 
see  on  579  ft.  Compare  a,\so  J'acite  adsinl  with  facile  ut  conueniant^ 
111. 

182.  praehibeo  =  (praebeo)  is  the  only  form  used  by  PL,  e.  g. 
Men.  802,  DTU,  Mil.  591,  and  below  3tj«.  Also  dehibuisli,  Trin.  426, 
elsewhere  debeo. 

184.  eo  seems  to  refer  to  liini  and  to  bring  in  the  vs.  with  some- 
thing of  adversative  eifeet,  '•  You  care  for  nothing  but  wine  ;  thai 
you  faiily  diown  yourselves  with."  Langen,  Beitr.,  p.  147,  says 
that  adeo  here  is  unintelligible;  it  seems  to  me  to  add  to  the  con- 
trasting effect  of  eo,  cf.  Merc.  2o4,  ea  simia  adeo  .  .  .  ueu'd.  But 
the  vs.  is  quite  uncertain  in  text  and  meaning.  —  quom  is  adver- 
sative, "  while." 

185.  factust  optumum  ut.  Xeither /«c/?/  nor  the  ut  clause  is 
remarkable  with  optumum  est,  but  the  combination  of  the  two  is 
rare,  perhaps  only  here  and  Aul.  582,  nunc  lioc  mUti  factust  optu- 
mum, ut  ted  auferam.  —  quenique,  fem.  for  quamque.  In  the  fem. 
of  tlie  interrog.  PI.  shows  a  preference  for  quis  (quis  haec,  quis  viu- 
lier,  etc.)  though  quae  is  also  used.  The  simple  indef.  is  more  fre- 
quently qua  or  quae,  but  in  the  compounds  qiiisquam  is  the  regular 
fem.  in  PI.  and  quisque  is  found  also  Poen.  prol.  107,  Hec.  216.  — 
uostrarum  —  uostrum.  The  person,  pron.  early  lost  their  proper 
gen.  forms  (cf.  on  4)  and  took  instead  the  gen.  of  the  possess., 
7nei,  tui,  nostrum,  uostrum,  the  last  two  being  nothing  but  the  earl}-- 
gen  in  -um  (cf.  deum,  sestertium)  and  not  essentially  different  from 
nostroru7n,  uostrarum.  Usage  gradually  restricted  nostrum,  uostrum 
to  the  person,  pron.,  but  in  PI.  nostrorum,  uostrarum  and  even  the 
fem.  forms  are  still  in  use.  So  pa7\t  uostrorum  Most.  280,  neutram 
uostrarum  St.  141,  quaeque  nostrarum  True.  252,  uter  uostrorum 
Aul.  321,  and  six  or  eight  times  more.     Cf.  584. 

188.  Hedylium,  'Ubvkiov,  from  j^SuXoy,  a  dimin.  of  j^Sv?-  'HSuXj/ 
is  found  as  a  woman's  name. 

189.  This  exaggerated  description  of  the  amount  of  grain  in  the 
possession  of  the  dealers  probably  alludes  to  attempts  to  corner  the 
wheat  market,  which  two  years  later,  in  189,  brought  down  a  fine 
upon  the  frumentarii,  Livy,  XXXVIII.,  35,  5. 


122  NOTES. 

191.  atque  carries  the  following  clause  back  to  fac,  making  it 
parallel  with  sit  delatum;  adeo  goes  with  ajiuam,  introducing  the  ut 
clauses  in  192.  The  whole  expression  is  careless,  but  not  beyond 
what  is  permissible  in  conversation,  and  the  attempts  to  emend  by 
substituting  U!<que  for  atque  (Brix,  Goetz),  or  by  omitting  ut 
(Ritschl)  or  atque  (Lor.,  Lang.)  are  only  partial  remedies. 

193.  ex  denoting  change  is  commonly  used  after  esse^facere^ 
reddere,  e.  g.,  324,  871,  96.5,  \'2)1,  but  cf.  St.  138,  quin  uos  capitis 
coiidicionem  ex  pcs^uma  primariam  ^  INIost.  53.  — recjem  lasonem,  not 
(he  Argonautic  hero,  who  was  not  a  type  of  vveallh,  but  the  tyrant 
of  Pherae  in  Thessaly,  a  successful  adventurer  like  Agathocles, 
532. 

194.  From  this  point  to  the  end  of  the  scene  the  speeches  given 
in  the  text  to  Pseud,  ai'e  given  by  Goetz  to  Calid.  and  cice  versa.  — 
furcifer  is  one  of  the  most  frequent  terms  of  reproach  in  PI.  — 
satin  (salisne)  is  used  about  70  times  in  PI.  {a)  with  the  proper 
sense  of  satis  ;  satin  habes  si,  satin  est  si,  112,  with  verbs,  satin  audis, 
166,  intellef/is,  scis,  etc. ;  all  these  may  be  answered  by  satis,  and  all 
have  parallel  uses  in  declarative  sentences.  But  in  questions  (/>) 
satis  passes  over  (satis  scio  would  form  a  middle  step)  to  the  mean- 
ing "really,"  "actually,"  and  satin  becomes  almost  an  interroga- 
tive particle;  so  satin  ahiit  ?  Most.  76,  "•  has  he  actually  gone  off?  " 
Ps.  1321,  Rud.  462,  1193,  Mil.  Glor.  .393,  462,  999,  etc.  Transl. 
here  "don't  you  see  how  he  is  showing  himself  off?"  But  the 
effect  of  nonne  is  not  produced  by  satis  alone,  cf.  Most.  622, 

195.  hanc  rem  gere,  '"attend  to  the  matter  in  hand,"  so  Men. 
825,  satis  iocatus :  nunc  hanc  rem  gere,  and  cf.  the  more  common 
it  or.  age. 

196.  Aeschrodora  =  klcrxpoboapa,  a  coined  name  for  a  meretrix, 
;i[)parently  not  found  in  Greek. 

197.  The  word  lanii  includes  not  only  the  butchers  but  also 
keepers  of  small  eating-houses  where  cooked  meats  were  furnished. 
Cf  Epid.  199,  where  lanienae  (sc.  tahernae)  are  mentioned  among 
other  places  of  public  resort.  There  is  a  pun  upon  iure,  either  with 
iurando,  "an  oath,''  or  with  mala,  '"poor  broth,"  and  it  is  for  the 
sake  of  the  pun  that  iurando  is  put  before  iur<;  and  the  adj.  malo  is 


NOTES.  123 

added.  Cf.  Varro,  R.  R.  HI.,  17,  4,  hos  piscis  nemo  cocus  in  ias 
uocare  audet,  and  Cic.  Verr.  I.,  40,  121,  ius  Verrinum.  Also  Epid. 
523,  Poeii.  58G.  "  AVho  make  money  as  we  do  by  cooking  up 
frauds." 

198.  caruaria,  frames  with  hooks  for  hanging  meat  upon.  Cf. 
Capt.  914,  (leturbauit  tolum  cum  carnl  carnarium.  Not  "  pantry," 
as  ill  Lex. 

199.  quasi— item.  The  use  of  quasi  in  actual  comparisons  is 
ahuost  confined  to  early  Latin.  Cf.  Asin.  178,  fj nasi  piscis,  itidemst 
amator,  Trin.  8o5,  iia  iam  quasi  canes,  haud  secus  circumsiahant 
nanem  lurbines  uenti,  and  often.  Also  without  demonstr.  St.  S-jQ  ff. 
The  idea  of  the  comparison  is  that  the  woman  would  be  torn  by 
the  hooks  of  the  meat-frame  as  Dirce  was  mangled  by  the  horns  of 
the  bull. 

201.  nimis  has  here  its  usual  Plautine  sense,  "  greatly,  exceed- 
ingly;" so  also  niinio  \\\t\\  compar.  and  niniium.  The  meaning 
"  too,  too  much  "  is  rare,  but  is  found,  e.  g.  Most.  292  R.,  si  {mu- 
lier)  pulcrast,  nimis  ornatast.  \\  nimis  din  apstineu  manum,  where  both 
meanings  appear  together. 

202.  iuueututem  is  subj.  oi  pati,  hominem  subj.  of  culere,  which 
depends  upon  pad.  The  use  of  the  infin.  with  subject  ace.  in  ex- 
clamation is  to  be  classed  with  the  ace.  alone  in  exclamation,  and 
should  not  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis.  It  is  found  at  all  periods, 
e.  g.,  Aen.  L,  37,  mene  incepto  desistere  .  .  .?  Ilor.  Sat.  I.,  9,  72, 
huncine  solem  (am  nlfp'um  surrexe  ntdi'i  '.  but  is  especially  common  in 
colloquial  style.  The  sense  is  the  same  whether  -ne  is  used  or  not, 
though  it  was  doubtless  first  employed  in  exclamations  which  had 
a  decided  interrogative  tone. — colere,  absol.,  is  without  support 
in  PI.  (iMost.  765  is  entirely  uncertain),  and  Speng.  conjectures 
clamare,  Bx.  pollere  /  the  difficulty  is  somewhat  lessened  by  hie, 
which  takes  th'^  place  of  an  ace. 

203.  amant  a.  see  Tntrod.  §  42.  a  lenone.  The  prepos.  ab  is 
used  in  colloquial  Latin  with  an  extension  of  the  idea  of  source  to 
cover  possession.  So  esse  ab  aliquo  means  "to  belong  to  (the  family 
of)."  Ps.  735,  possKm  a  me  dare  '•  from  my  possessions,"  Cist.  IV., 
1,  6,  hinc  a  nobis  domo.  Mil.  160,  quemque  a  milile,  "of  the  soldier's 


124  NOTES. 

slaves,"  Mil.  339,  523,  and  often,     amare  a  lenone  also  Poen.  1092. 
Cf.  595,  690. 

205.  illine  audeant  is  a  repudiating  question,  in  which  the 
speaker  repeats  and  rejects  something  that  has  been  said  or  implied. 
Most.  G-)3,  die  te  daturum.  ||  egon  dicam  dare  ?  Cure.  lU),  salue.  || 
cfjon  salua  sim?  Epid.  518,  eamne  ego  sinam  inpune  ?  Trin.  961, 
.  .  .  ehie  ciurum  crederem.  i  Fs.  1328,  and  often.  Other  forms  have 
ut  or  omit  -ne,  but  the  sense  is  the  same.  They  are  connected  on 
one  side  with  the  exclamatory  iiifin.  (202),  on  the  other  with 
questions  in  which  -ne  is  appended  to  person,  and  demonstr.  pro- 
nouns, nearly  all  of  which  are  exclamatory  and  rejecting. 

206.  The  antecedent  of  quibus  would  be  a  dat.  after  facere ; 
quibus  depends  upon  seruiant.  The  woids  in  brackets  are  cut  out 
as  a  gloss  upon  205-7. 

208.  quom,  explanatory,  cf.  Most.  587,  bealus  nero  nunc  es,  quom 
clamas,  J^oen.  914,  lep'tdu's,  quom  mones  ;  most  frequent  with  verbs 
of  emotion,  gaudeo,  gratlam  habere,  etc.,  always  with  indie,  in  PI.  — 
obsono,  to  prevent  Ps.  from  hearing  l)y  talking  against  (in  rivalry 
with)  Ball.,  apparently  only  here. 

209.  taceas  malo.  This  parataxis  is  found  in  class,  prose,  and 
with  malim  or  inaUem  is  more  frequent  than  the  subordination  with 
ut.  "  I  would  much  rather  have  you  keep  still  than  say  that  you  're 
keeping  still." 

210.  Xutilis  is  the  form  suggested  by  the  readings  of  the  mss. 
(X//flIis,  Xiflilis)  perhaps  for  Sou^iXi's,  lepidida  (?)  [Goetz,  praef.]  — 
oliui  also  301  and  Asin.  432  in  mss.  and  supported  by  the  metre. 
PI.  uses  also  the  classical  oleum.,  213,  221,  etc. 

211.  dynamin.  Greek  words  are  often  used  by  PL,  712,  Trin. 
187  iravcrai,  419  oi'xerai,  1025  €TTi6r]Kq,  etc.,  and  imply  a  considerable 
knowledge  of  colloquial  Greek  on  the  part  of  the  audience.  For 
dvmjxLi  in  the  sense,  see  L.  &  S.  and  cf.  uis  Jiominum,  Epid.  249. 

217.  tenes  ,  .  .  loquor  ?  Goetz  prints  with  period,  but  cf.  Heaut. 
700,  fe7ies  quid  dicam?     Ph.  214,  Poen.  1103;  like  rogas  ?  negas? 

218-224  are  put  in  parenthesis  to  indicate  that  they  were  not  a 
part  of  the  original  play.  In  all  other  cases  the  women  are  ad- 
dressed by  name   (187,   196,  210,  227),  some  specific  demand  is 


NOTES.  125 

made  upon  them,  and,  except  in  the  first  case,  the  demand  is  en- 
forced by  a  threat.  These  vss.  therefore  cannot  well  be  addressed 
to  a  fifth  peison.  The  threat  in  215  ff.  seems  to  bring  the  remarks 
to  Xutilis  to  a  close,  and  would  be  only  weakened  by  218  ff.  It  is 
necessary  either  to  bring  in  218-221  before  212,  or  to  cut  them  out 
as  a  pai-allel  version  to  210  ff.  or  an  interpolation  from  another  play. 
They  are  entirely  Plautine  in  manner. 

218.  ain  is  not  in  place  here;  it  is  used  only  at  the  beginning  of 
a  speech  to  express  disappiobation  or  surprise  at  what  has  been  said 
by  another  person.  —  probe,  whatever  may  have  been  the  original 
meaning  of  prohm,  is  used  in  PI.  frequently  as  a  mere  intensive, 
errant  probe,  ulciscar  probe,  etc.,  probably  by  degeneration  from  its 
proper  sense  like  lepide,  ninds. 

220.  nitidiusculum,  a  comparative  with  dimin.  ending.  So 
liquidiusculus  ^lil.  Glor.  661,  meliusculus  Capt.  968,  plusculus 
Pers.  21,  minusculm  Trin  888  (Kuhn.  I.,  676,  Neue  II.,  186.)  So 
imciiusculo,  221.  The  sense  here  and  in  221  is  literal,  not  as  in 
Catull.  X.,  9ff.,  quoted  by  Lor.,  nor  is  there  any  special  reference 
to  the  use  of  unci  us  of  a  fine  dinner. 

220.  magis  unctiusculo.  cf.  Bacch.  500,  inimiciorem  magis,  Capt. 
641,  maci'is  certius,  Men.  prol.  51,  magis  maiores,  980,  magis  facilius, 
St.  699,  Poen,  82,  212,  461,  and  the  use  of  aeque  with  the  conipar. 
Both  show  a  weakening-  of  the  effect  of  the  compar.  termination  in 
colloquial  Latin  and  a  tendency  to  make  up  for  this  by  adding 
strengthening  words,  ^-f-.^,/?  ^-^f    ^,fv-lAS'^ 


22,\.  Notice  the  simplicity  of  expression;  each  thought  is  given 
in  a  sepai-ate  sentence,  without  subordination  and  without  an  ad- 
versative conjunction. 

222.  sine  modo,  '•  never  mind,"  "  just  wait  a  while."  Cf.  sine 
159,  239,  Most.  11,  and  often. 

223  is  much  confused  in  the  mss.  reprehendam,  apparently 
'•  to  find  fault  with"  or  "  get  a  hold  upon  "  for  punishment.  An 
early  conjecture  is  rependam,  "  pay  you  for."  una  opera  (see  on 
319)  must  mean  "  at  the  same  time."  "  all  together,"  a  sense 
which  eadem  opera  approaches,  but  which  una  opera  nowhere  has. 
Men.  525  is  not  parallel. 


12G  NOTES. 

224.  facis  effecta,  cf.  ecfecta  reddat,  38G,  530,  explicatam  rem 
dabo,  92(3,  and  often  with  reddere,  dure  and  facere.  This  use  of 
the  perf.  ptc,  which  is  found  occasionally  in  classic  writers,  is 
properly  colloquial  and  connected  with  the  use  of  perf.  ptc.  after 
habere,  which  gave  lise  to  the  auxiliary  hubeie  in  the  Romance 
languages. 

225.  iam  iamque  semper  numeras,  "who  are  always  just  on 
the  point  of  counting  out  the  money  for  your  freedom."'  This  is 
always  the  meaning  of  nuinerare  in  PL,  never  "  to  pay." 

229.  PI.  wrote  Poenicium  (ph,  ch,  th  are  later  combinations)  and 
the  pun  with  poenlceo  is  therefore  closer  than  the  text  would 
indicate. 

The  threat  in  these  vss.  is  entirely  inconsistent  with  the  plot  of 
the  play,  as  Ballio  was  expecting  to  sell  Phoenicium  the  next  day 
(or  the  same  day)  to  the  soldier.     See  Introd.  §  45. 

TniKD  Scene.  —  Pseud,  and  Calid.  perhaps  advance  somewhat  from  tlieir 
place  of  conceahnent  near  Snno's  house,  as  they  speak  the  next  vss.,  230-240. 
Ballio  is  supposed  not  to  hear  or  see  them.  How  far  the  awkwardness  of  such 
a  stage-situation  was  relieved  by  the  action,  as  b}'  Balho's  driving  the  Avomen 
into  the  house,  laying  down  his  whip,  taking  a  staff,  etc.,  is  not  known.  But  it 
is  probable  that  the  action,  though  lively  and  comic,  paid  slight  attention  to 
stage-realism,  and  that  Ballio,  here  and  in  the  preceding  scene,  191  ff.,  201  ff., 
simply  waited  till  his  turn  came  to  speak. 

230.  non  audi.s.  The  use  of  nonne  was  just  beginning  in  the 
time  of  PI.,  having  been  delayed  by  the  fact  that  the  negative  sense 
of  -ne  was  still  felt.  ]\Iany  questions  will  therefore  be  found  be- 
ginning with  non  which  in  Cic.  w^ould  have  nonne. 

231.  quid  mi's  auctor,  ut,  "  what  do  you  advise  me  to 
send..  ..?"  So  Poen.  410,  Stich.  128,  and  in  later  authors;  a 
survival  of  verbal  force  in  auctor.     Cf.  1166. 

232  "Don't  bother;  keep  cool."  The  figure  in  liquido  animo 
is  often  used  in  PI.,  sometimes  with  reference  to  the  clearing  of 
wine,  Aul.  79,  defaecato  nnhjio,  Ps.  759,  i.  e.,  with  the  dregs  settled 
to  the  bottom,  sometimes  with  reference  to  the  weather,  Most.  737, 
tarn  Ilquidust,  quam  Uquida  esse  (empestas  sole.t. 

234.    mala  res  (770,  1006)  is  equivalent  to  the  frequently  used 


NOTES.  127 

malum  (150,  242)  and  therefore  takes  an  adj.  — maturani  is  not 
entirely  clear,  but  appears  to  refer  to  aniiqua  ;  "our  friendship  is 
an  old  one  aud  my  present  has  grown  large  and  ripe,"  i.  e.,  ready 
for  immediate  [)resentation. 

235.  quid  opust  ?  "  AVhat  's  the  use?  "  i.  e.,  of  these  threats, 
which  Cal.  only  half  understands.  This  suits  the  objecting  tone  of 
the  vs.,  and  the  conjecture  opist  is  unnecessuiy.  — potin  ut  =  po- 
lisne  est  ut ;  PI.  never  uses  polestne.  In  this  question  the  verb  is 
always  imperson.  (cf.  answer  potest  JMost.  ;:j9G,  Merc.  495)  and  the 
verb  in  the  sub] u net.  denotes  passivity  or  some  very  easy  act,  so 
that  the  question  is  stiongly  sarcastic,  "  is  it  in  your  power  to  keep 
still?  to  be  quiet?  to  stop  bothering  me?"  etc.  potin  ut  taceas? 
Fs.  940,  Poen.  910,  Pers.  175,  qaiescas,  Men.  466,  sums,  Trin.  628, 
aliud  cures,  Merc.  495,  Bacch.  751,  mohstus  ne  sis,  Epid.  63,  Merc. 
779,  Pers.  287,  True.  897,  Men.  627,  about  20  cases  in  all.  To  be 
distinguished  from  ;;o^m  with  iufin.,  which  is  personal. — bat  is  a 
comic  rejoinder  to  ut  in  order  to  shut  off  discussion.  So  at  enim  \\ 
bat  enim,  Epid.  95,  lie'ia  ||  heki,  Pers.  212. 

237.  praeuortaris,  "attend  to  .  .  .  before,"  cf.  602,  hoc  prae- 
uortar.  In  depon.  forms  only  with  ace.  neut.  of  pron. ;  in  act.  form, 
as  in  293,  with  other  words.  The  arrangement  of  the  varied  mean- 
ings and  constructions  of  this  verb  is  simpler  in  Langen,  Beitr., 
p.  78  ff..  than  in  Lex. 

238  ff.  The  connection  of  thought  is  this :  —  Cal.,  anxious  to 
do  something  at  once,  "How  can  I  control  my  feelings?"  Ps., 
anxious  to  be  let  alone  in  order  to  observe  Ballio  and  think  of  a 
plan,  "  You  had  better  think  what  "s  to  be  done,  instead  of  bewail- 
ing your  troubles."  "That 'sail  nonsense;  there's  no  fun  in  it, 
unless  one  makes  a  fool  of  himself  when  he  is  m  love  "  "You  're 
going  right  on,  are  you?"  "O  Pseudolus,  let  me  alone  in  my 
misery !  "  "  All  right;  I  will.  But  let  me  go  off  out  of  your  way." 
"  No,  don't  do  that!  I  '11  do  as  you  w^ant."  "  Now  you  're  coming 
to  your  senses." 

Into  this  line  of  thought  vs.  238  fits  somewhat  awkwardly.  It 
makes  Cal.  say,  in  effect,  "My  despair  is  only  a  sham,  the  kind  of 
fooling  that  I  regard  as  proper  to  a  lover's  condition.'*  which  de- 


128  NOTES. 

stroys  the  point  of  the  whole  passage.  Lor.  brackets  the  vs.  as  an 
interpolation,  perhaps  rightly.  Vs.  239  also  is  confused  in  the  mss. 
Spengel  reads  .  .  .  nihili.  Ps.  mitte  me  sis.  Cal.  sine.  Vs.  modo 
ego  abeam,  following  the  mss.  exactly.  I  should  adopt  this  reading, 
changing  only  to  si/ie  modo.  ||  ego  abeam,  except  for  the  difficulty  of 
explaining  inltte  nte. 

241.  ego  mihi  cesso,  cf.  same  phrase  Epid.  344,  Phorm.  844, 
and  cesfio  with  infin.  in  questions.  mihi  dat.  of  disadvantage. 
(Goetz,  mdn  (/ao)n  cesso.  i prae.) 

242.  quid,  malum  .  .  .  ?  malum  from  the  general  use  (cf.  150) 
passes  over  into  curses,  Most.  655,  malum  quod  isti  di  deaeque  omnes 
duint,  Ps.  1130,  and  so  into  questions  with  quis,  1295,  Amph.  403, 
592,  602,  626,  Aul.  429,  etc.,  about  thirty  times  in  all.  Also  in 
Cic,  Livy,  Catul.  (XXiX.,  21),  etc.  It  expresses  impatient  anger 
like  the  Engl.  "  what  the  deuce  .  .  .  ?  "  and  belongs  exclusively  to 
colloquial  Latin. 

243.  hodie  nate,  as  a  form  of  address,  is  a  parody  upon  B.'s 
references  to  his  birth-day  in  the  preceding  scene. 

245.  moramur,  "  we  want  you,''  cf.  j\lil.  759,  lolle  .  .  .,  remoue 
.  .  .,  nd  moral',  "  I  don't  want  them  any  longer,"  Bacch.  990  and 
often.  The  active  meaning  should  precede  the  neuter  in  Plarp.  Lex. ; 
at  least  it  is  the  prevailing  sense  in  PL,  see  Langen,  Beitr.  174  ff. 

248.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  past  tense  of  fuit ;  only  one  who 
can  serve  him,  not  one  who  has  done  so,  exists  for  Ballio. 

251.  te  uolo  maybe  either  complete  in  itself,  "I  want  you," 
as  in  Trin.  516,  717,  or  may  refer  to  Ballio's  words  and  mean^fe  uolo 
(ut)  luppiter  perdat,  as  in  Epid.  23,  di  te  perdant.  ||  te  uolo — per- 
contari,  Mil.  Glor.  287.  Ballio  takes  them  in  the  latter  sense  and 
replies  in  the  same  way,  at  ego  tios  ambos  (uolo  ut  luppiter  per daf). 

252.  licet  —  lubet,  see  281  and  note. 

253.  sin  .  .  rem  ?  sc.  non  licet'?  "  But  if  it  is  somewhat  (quip- 
piam)  to  your  advantage  (may  we  not  speak  to  you)?  " 

254.  bitere,  also  in  m.ss.  Cure.  142,  Merc.  465,  St.  608  =  ire,  and 
no  perbito  =^  pereo,  interbito  ==  intereo. 

255-6.  These  vss.  are  differently  arranged  by  Ritschl,  Goetz, 
Spengel.     Goetz  writes  in  one  vs.  mania.  ||  omitte.  ||  Ballio,  audi.  || 


NOTES.  129 

sunlus  swn.  ||  {Cal.)  pr oh.  .  .  ||  (Ball.)  indnilo[/ista\^,  hnt  \t  seems  to 
me  better  that  the  last  part  of  the  vs.  should  be  a  Bacchiac  teti-ani. 
—  inanilogistae  (Xoyio-Tr;s),  a  comic  coinage  from  Xoyoi,  'mere 
words";  rhoriii.  492  it.,/abulue,  logi,  and  somnia  as  contemptuous 
replies  to  promises,  Men.  779,  paucis,  non  longos  logos  ;  perhaps  also 
with  a  reminiscence  of  the  meaning  of  logista,  "  acconntaiit,"  and 
so  "  an  empty  bringer  of  mere  words  instead  of  money." 

258.    ducito,  sc.  Phoenicium.     Lex.,  duco,  I.,  B,  4,  end. 

260-1.  mortua  .  .  .  .  re,  i.  e.,  "  after  you  have  lost  your  money  "  , 
the  same  figure  in  Trin.  1002,  res  quom  anunam  CKjebat,  "  when  my 
property  was  at  its  last  gasp,"  True.  213,  neniam  mea  era  dixit  de 
bonis.  For  rem  actam  agis,  see  Lex.,  ago,  II.,  D,  9.  The  common 
form  is  actum  ne  agas. 

262-4.  The  arrangement  of  these  vss.  is  from  Becker,  Stude- 
mund's  Studien,  I.,  p.  253,  except  264,  which  I  have  added.  For 
re'sjHctas,  see  Spengel,  Kef.,  p.  83;  tuo  is  not  in  the  mss.,  but  is  re- 
quired by  the  sense  and  the  metre.  —  quis  est  .  .  ,  quis  is  sit.  In 
PI.  the  indirect  question  was  still  to  a  large  extent  in  the  paratactic 
stage;  in  general,  when  the  connection  between  leading  and  de- 
pendent clause  is  slight,  or  when  the  main  thought  is  in  the  ques- 
tion while  the  leading  verb  merely  serves  as  introduction,  the  indie, 
of  the  direct  question  is  retained.  This  is  the  case,  especially  after 
the  impv.  of  verbs  of  saying,  die,  responde,  {e)loquere,  cedo,  and 
under  certain  conditions  after  phrases  equivalent  to  an  impv.,  tiolo 
scire,  fac  sciam,  audin,  sci?},  and  as  in  classical  Latin  after  nescio 
quis.  Examples  of  the  indie,  in  the  Ps.  are  9, 18,  21,  194,  330,  387, 
408,  538,  641,  657,  693,  696,  etc. 

264.  From  243  to  this  point  the  four  actors  move  rapidly  about 
the  stage  dancing  to  the  Bacchiac-cretic  measures  of  the  dialogue. 
Ballio  and  his  slave  appear  to  be  trying  to  escape  from  Pseud,  and 
Cal.,  though  as  Ballio's  house  was  on  the  right  side,  next  to  the 
forum-entrance,  this  involved  a  considerable  violation  of  stage  illu- 
sion. Ballio  pretends  not  to  recognize  the  others  (251,  262),  but 
this  is  evidently  meant  by  PI.  as  only  a  pretense.  As  Pseud,  speaks 
the  words  cum  lucro  tuo,  Ballio  stops,  and  the  violent  action  comes 
to  a  sudden  end. 

9 


130  NOTES. 

266.  Roman  customs;  poricio  is  the  technical  word  for  holding 
out  the  entrails  of  the  victim.  —  interea  loci,  "  meanwhile."  The 
partitive  gen.  with  adverbs  is  found  at  all  periods  (e.  g.  uhl  gentium 
smnus)  ;  locus  with  temporal  sense  is  esp.  frequent  in  PI.  {cuUiuc 
locorum,  Capt.  385,  postidea  loci  St.  758,  etc.),  but  is  also  found  in 
Sail.,  Lucr.,  Liv.     See  Lex.  for  examples. 

268.  "  Pity  can't  be  allowed  to  interfere  with  profit;  "  but  the 
vs.  is  quite  uncertain,  pietale  is  an  early  conjectui'B  for  pletali 
(mss.  Goetz),  These  four  vss.  nmst  be  spoken  half-aside,  as  is 
209,  which  Goetz  gives  to  Pseud. 

271.  meo  arbitratu,  etc.,  "  as  ho  wishes  or  as  I  do."  So  often 
in  answers,  tuo  arbiratu,  "as  you  please"  (GGO),  cf.  428,  5/  meo 
arbitratu  liccat,  "  if  I  could  have  my  way  about  it." 

272.  The  third  uel  has  the  meaning  conmion  in  PI.,  "  or  rather," 
as  in  171.  —  On  neque  ,  . .  nee  for  the  more  precise  neue  .  ,  .  neue, 
see  Madv.  Gram.  §  459. 

273.  quid  agitur  ?  is  somewhat  less  frequent  than  quid  agis  ?  and 
is  often  used  to  give  oppoi-tunity  for  a  literal  answer,  as  here  and 
457.  So  quid  agis'^  ||  licmiinem  optumum  teneo,  Most.  719.  Lor.  well 
compares  Pers.  203-8,  where  compellabo,  a  literal  reply  to  quid  agis  ? 
and  a  parallel  to  272  occur. 

274.  misereat,  si  .  .  .  possim,  a  condition  contrary  to  fact.  So 
Asin.  188,  .v/  ecastor  nunc  habeas  quod  des,  alia  uerba  praelnbeas ; 
nunc  quia  nil  habes  .  ,  .,  Bacch.  G35,  pol  si  mihi  sit,  non  poUicear.  || 
scio,  dares,  Asin.  398,  si  sit  domi,  dicam  tibi,  Epid.  331,  si  Jiercle 
liabeam,  polliceor  lubens.  uerum  .  .  .,  Pers.  215,  fatear,  si  ita  sim, 
Most.  555,  dicam,  si  confcssus  sit;  in  all  these  cases  the  context 
proves  that  the  conditions  are  such  as  would  have  the  impf.  or 
plupf.  subjunc.  in  classical  Latin.  Rothheimer,  de  enuntiatis 
condit  PI  ,  Gott.  1876,  p.  37,  gives  about  95  cases  from  PI.,  but 
he  includes,  e.  g.,  Ps.  415,  428,  541,  and  other  cases  equally  doubt- 
ful. It  is  clear,  however,  that  this  is  a  genuine  early  construction, 
and  not  merely  a  vivid  substitution  of  the  pres.  for  the  impf. 

276.  scin  quid  .  ,  .  ?  Questions  with  scin  quid,  quam,  quo  modo, 
ut  and  the  indie,  or  without  dependent  verb,  generally  have  a 
threatening  or  corrective  effect  and  introduce  a  request  or  com- 
mand.    Cf.  538,  041,  657. 


NOTES.  181 

278.  atque,  see  on  106  —  quid  uelis  is  a  good  illustration  of 
the  kind  and  extent  of  variation  Nvhicli  PI.  allowed  himself  on 
metrical  grounds.  After  the  impv.  confer  the  iudic.  would  be  the 
usual  mood  (see  on  262-0  and  cf.  606,  Aul.  770,  loouere,  quid  tiis, 
Cure.  517,  11  cases  in  all).  But  the  subjunctive  also  would  be 
allowable  as  an  optative  (or  potential?)  even  if  the  question  were 
direct.  Having  therefore  two  forms  at  his  command,  PI.  uses  uelis 
where  it  suits  the  verse,  i.  e.,  at  the  end  of  a  senar.  or  troch.  septen. 
(so  six  times)  or  before  the  diaeresis  (Cist.  I.,  1,  58).  [Becker, 
p.  162.] 

279.  '•  My  master  here  is  ashamed  that  he  has  not  yet  paid  you 
the  twenty  minae  which  he  promised  you  and  on  the  day  he  prom- 
ised it."  As  the  clauses  quod  .  .  .  die  precede  uiginll  minas  the  sum 
of  money  is  referred  to  by  the  neut.  sing,  quod,  id.  But  the  text 
is  uncertain;  Kiessling,  Lor.  read  quamquam  id promisit  diu. 

281.  The  impers.  pudet,  piget  are  used  occasionally  in  1st  pers., 
and  are  frequent  in  PI  with  a  neut.  sing.  pron.  as  subject.  Most. 
281,  1119,  1150,  etc.  The  similarity  in  form  of  pudel  and  piget 
gives  point  to  the  retort.  Cf .  253,  Trin.  -315,  pol  pudere  quam  pigere 
praestat  totidem  litteris,  Capt.  203,  at  nos  pudet  quia  cum  catenis  sii- 
mus.  |[  at  pigeat  .  .  .  erum,  si  .  ,  .  eximat. 

284.  simultatem  suam,  "  on  account  of  your  quarrel  with  him." 
The  use  of  possess,  pron.  for  an  objective  gen.  is  supported  by  ex- 
amples (Madv.  297  b,  obs.  1),  but  is  not  frequent  ;  simultas  is  found 
only  here  and  Ph.  232  in  comedy,  and  is  not  an  accurate  word  to 
express  the  relation  of  Ball,  and  Cal.  For  these  reasons  Lor. 
brackets  the  vs  ,  perhaps  correctly. 

285.  fuit,  the  original  quantity;  so  Capt.  555,  633,  Mil.  754, 
776,  and  esp.  at  end  of  vs.  fuimus  Capt.  262,  fuerim  Mil.  1364, 
fuerit  Asin.  782,  in  all  cases  under  the  ictus, 

286.  si  amabas,  condition  contrary  to  fact.  Cf.  Rud.  379,  quid 
faceret?  ||  si  amabat,  rogas  quid  faceret?  adseruaret  .  .  .,  Men.  195, 
nam  si  amabas,  iam  oportebat  nasum  abreptum  mordicus,  Poen.  516, 
si  properahns  .  .  .  oportuit,  St.  130,  nisi  placebant,  .  .  .  7wn  oportuit. 
A  comparison  of  these  passages  with  Asin.  143,  atque  ea  si  erant, 
magnam  kabcbas  omnibus  dis  gratiam,  shows  clearly  that  this  is  not  a 


132  NOTES. 

simple  condition  in  the  past.  The  apodosis,  inuenires,  is  jussive 
subjunctive,  as  are  the  following  verbs. 

288.  This  suggestion  has  already  been  made  by  Ps.  himself  in 
V20\  his  indignant  rejection  of  it  here  is,  as  Lor.  remarks,  a  bit  of 
fine  characterization,  finer,  indeed,  than  is  common  in  PL 

290.  egon  .  .  .  possini ;  this  form  of  exclamatory  question  is 
found  either  with  or  without  ne,  and  implies  the  rejection  of  a  pre- 
vious suggestion.  —  For  egon,  see  Introd.  §  4L 

293.  quom  .  .  .  uideo  ;  quoin  takes  the  indie,  in  PL  in  causal 
clauses  (except  possibly  two  or  three  cases)  as  well  as  in  all  kinds 
of  temporal  clauses. 

294.  roges;  the  potential  idea  of  the  subjunct.,  which  is  less 
clearly  felt  in  rel.  clauses  after  a  negative  anteced.  in  class.  Latin, 
is  here  plainly  perceptible.  So  Cure.  171,  Jiaud  quidquamst  magis 
quod  cupiam,  Bacch.  92,  quid  est  quod  metiias  ?  (cf.  54). 

295  quiu,  "  why,  1  tell  you,"  almost  advei'sative.  Similar  com- 
plaints about  the  difficulty  of  borrowing  occur  Pers.  di.,itaJio 
miser  quaerundu  argento  mutuo,  nee  quicquam  nisi  '  non  est '  sciunt 
mihi  respondere  quos  rogo,  Trin.  761. 

296  ff.  mensa  may  be  either  a  banker's  counter  (cf.  mensarii, 
tarpessitae,  ''bankers")  or  a  dining  table;  in  the  latter  sense  it 
suggests  satis  pofi  instead  of  a  literal  phrase.  "  having  made  plenty 
of  money."  'J^he  next  vs.  gives  the  means  by  which  the  money 
was  made,  cf.  Cure.  377  f.,  liahent  hunc  morem  plerique  argentarii,  ut 
alius  alium  poscant,  reddant  nemini  ;  in  Pers.  435,  442,  Cas,  pro). 
26-8,  there  are  other  attacks  upon  the  bankers  as  untrustworthy 
depositaries  of  money.  Taken  in  connection  with  Livy  XXXV., 
41,  9,  indicia  in  faeneralores  eo  anno  [192  b.  c,  the  year  befoi'e  the 
Pseud,  was  played]  multa  seuere  sunt  facta,  this  passage  must  mean 
"  See  here  !  since  last  year,  when  those  {isti)  bankers  made  money 
by  fraudulent  practices  and  i-etired  from  business,  the  money  mar- 
ket has  been  tight,  and  men  (having  lost  money  by  the  bankers) 
are  afraid  to  loan  to  any  one  else." 

Kiessling,  Rh.  Mus.  XXIIL,  416-7,  followed  by  Lor.,  Uss.  and, 
apparently  w^ith  hesitation,  by  Goetz,  takes  the  passage  to  mean, 
"  It  is  impossible  now  to  borrow  money  at  interest,"  and  as  mutuom 


NOTES.  133 

(295)  can  mean  only  a  loan  without  interest,  he  supposes  that  a  vs. 
has  been  lost  after  295,  in  which  Ballio  repeats  tho  suggestion  of 
287.  But  the  vss.  do  not  mean  "he  cannot  borrow  from  the  bank- 
ers; "  298  is  the  important  vs.,  "he  cannot  borrow  from  any  one," 
and  296-7,  "  since  the  dishonesty  of  the  bankers  became  known," 
only  give  the  reason  for  the  state  of  things  described  in  298.  I 
have  therefore,  not  without  hesitation,  rejected  Kiessling's  hypothe- 
sis of  a  Idciina  and  piinted  the  lines  as  they  stand  in  the  mss., 
except  that  they  are  given  to  Pseud.,  not  to  Ballio,  understanding 
them  to  be  a  confirmation  of  Cab's  words  in  295. 

301.  die  caeca  .  .  .  oculata.  The  only  explanation  is  from 
Fest.  Paul.,  p  179,  "  oculatum  pro  praesenti  posuit  Plautus,  cum 
dixit  oculata  die  "  ;  so  "buy  on  (for)  a  day  not  named  (a  day  in 
the  future)  and  sell  at  once."  This  I  understand  to  mean  "  buy 
on  credit  and  sell  for  cash,"  without  reference  to  a  rise  or  fall  of 
prices  —  not,  of  coarse,  a  legitimate  transaction. 

303.  The  lex  quinauicenaria  or  lex  Plactoi'ia,  of  uncertain 
date,  divided  citizens  into  maiores  and  minores,  and  piovided  a  cwa- 
tor  for  the  minur,  whose  presence  was  necessary  for  the  making  of 
a  binding  contract. 

305.  autem  to  strengthen  an  exclamatory  repetition  only  here 
and  Amph.  901,  inimicos  •  •  .  ||  heia  autem  inbnico.s?  but  more  fre- 
quent with  allied  exclamations  like  pergin  aitfem  ?  Amph.  539, 
Merc.  998;  in  Ter.  both  uses  are  frequent. — paenitet,  "  are  you 
not  satisfied  .  .  .?"  So  always  in  PI.  {^=  parum  uideiur,  Don.  on 
Ter.  Eun.  V.,  6,  12)  either  with  gen.  or  w-ith  ind.  quest.,  and  often 
with  negative  =  "  T  am  satisfied."  Cf.  Bacch.  1182,  i<atis  satis  iam 
uosirist  coiniiiii :  me  nil  paenitet  ut  sim  acceptus,  "  I  am  satisfied  with 
"your  reception  of  me;  "  other  examples  in  Harp.  Lex.  s.  v.  II.,  C, 
but  this  division  should  stand  at  the  beginning  of  the  article. 

307.  det  usque,  "  give  without  stopping,"  lit.  "  all  the  way," 
and  so  the  same  idea  as  perpetuat  data;  perpefuos  in  PI.  always 
*'  uninterrupted,"  never  "  lasting,  perpetual." 

308.  dicta  non  sonant,  "  words  do  not  chink."  Taubm.  quotes 
an  old  German  saying,  Talei'  Happen,  Wort  lappen,  Handsclirifft 
klingen  nicTits. 


134  NOTES. 

309.  atque,  "  and  yet,"  106.  The  use  of  the  irapf.  uellem  im- 
plies that  Cal.  was  not  "  alive  and  well,*'  and  leads  to  the  question 
of  Pseud,  and  the  following  explanation.  For  the  general  sense,  cf. 
248,  True.  104  ff.,  te,  dum  uiuebas,  noueram.  ||  an  me  mortuom  arbi- 
irare  ?  \\  qui  poiis,  amabo,  planius  ?  qui  antehac  amator  summus  habitues, 
nunc  ad  amicam  uenis  querimonlas  deferre. 

310.  "  However  he  may  be  (to  others),  so  far  as  I  at  least  am 
concerned,  he  is  certainly  dead,  when  he  talks  like  that." 

311.  ilico  (in-loco)  is  more  frequent  in  PI.  with  temporal  than 
■with  locative  sense,  though  the  latter  is  found,  uixit,  see  Introd., 
§  38.  The  tense  is  the  emphatic  perfect,  well  knov»Mi  in  Jliuin 
fuit. 

312.  argentata  has  comic  effect;  "silver-plate  your  complaints 
when  you  bring  them  to  me." 

314.  The  only  place  in  PI.  where  the  step-mother  is  alluded  to, 
but  the  proverbial  view  is  evidently  already  in  vogue.  In  the  later 
poets  it  is  frequent.  —  querere  is  indie. ;  the  idea  is,  "  bring  money 
if  you  want  me  to  listen  to  you;  your  present  style  of  complaint 
falls  on  deaf  ears,  you  're  talking  to  a  regular  step-mother."'  Lor. 
(after  Pareus,  Taubm.)  understands  it  to  be  impv.,  something  like 
"  teach  your  grandmother  to  suck  eggs,"  i.  e.,  "  you  might  as  w^ell 
try  that."     In  either  case  Ps.  treats  it  as  an  indie,  in  his  reply. 

317.  euoluere  is  not  found  elsewhere  in  PI.  nor  in  the  Fragm. 
Com.,  but  twice  m  Ter.  and  five  times  in  the  Fragm.  Trag.,  with 
personal  object,  with  consiliujn,  dicta,  or  with  ex  and  abl.  It  is  a 
serious  word  used  here  with  argentum  for  comic  effect;  render 
"  unfold,  disclose,  elaborate." 

318  f.  qua  opera  .  .  .  una  opera,  "  I  might  as  well  .  .  .  as." 
So  with  (lua  clause  Cas.  II.,  5,  1,  Capt.  563;  without  qua  clause,  but 
with  subjunct.  (potential)  as  here,  Asin.  99,  iubeas  una  opera  me 
piscari  in  aere,  Most.  259,  una  opera  ebur  atramento  candefacere  pos- 
tules,  Men.  794,  796.  In  223  and  Men.  525  (in  m/ clause)  una  opera 
means  "at  the  same  time,  likewise,"  =  ertf/c7?i  opera,  which  never 
means  "  as  well." 

319.  lactibus  must  be  an  abl.  instrumental,  as  the  dat.  with 
alligare  is  found  only  in  very  late  Latin  ;  lactis  ar/ninas  are  men- 


NOTES.  135 

tioned  as  dainties  in  Titinius  00  Kibb.  So  "  I  might  as  well  tie  up 
a  runaway  dog  with  the  soft  intestines  of  a  lamb,  as  to  trust  to  your 
promise  to  bind  you."  A  connection  with  the  Greek  k.vu>v  irap 
evTepois,  which  Lor.  suggests,  would  require  the  dat.,  and  is  there- 
fore improbable.  The  explan.  in  Lex.  under  lactes  is  entirely 
wrong. 

320.  sicine  is  emphatic  and  repudiating  like  hicine,  etc.  "  Is 
Ihat  the  way  you  thank  me  .  .  .y  " 

321.  sex  of  a  round  number  also  Trin.  166,  Cist.  IT.,  1,  13. 
For  aliquos  cf.  283.  — ne  uendas  is  loosely  attached  to  the  preced- 
ing clause,  which  in  a  similar  loose  way  suggests  nolo  to  be  sup- 
plied from  ids  .  but  neither  clause  has  advanced  far  beyond  the 
paratactic  stage. 

325.  quid  iam  ?  asks  for  a  reason  and  is  followed  by  an  expla- 
nation with  quia^  953,  1142,  and  often,  quid  ais?  (so  Goetz,  fol- 
lowing A)  referring  backward,  as  it  would  here,  is  followed  by  a 
statement  of  fact,  but  never  by  quia. 

328.  Cf.  Capt.  862  ff.,  iube  .  .  .  agniim  adferri  •  •  .  ||  cur'^  ||  ut 
sacrufices.  \\  quoi  deoriimf  \\  mihi  hercle:  nam  ego  nunc  tihi  sum 
summus  luppiter. 

329.  The  mss.  have  agninis,  parth'  in  corrupt  form,  but  it  can 
hardly  be  the  correct  reading;  it  makes  a  distinction  between  uictu- 
mae,  "  full-grown  victims,"  and  hosfiae,  ''  lesser  victims,"  which  is 
not  borne  out  by  usage,  e.  g.,  Liv.  XXL,  1,  1-5,  and  it  is  entirely 
pointless,  since  there  is  no  reason  why  Ballio  should  prefer  lambs. 
What  is  needed  is  a  word  which  (1)  shall  have  a  point  in  Ballio's 
speech,  (2)  shall  be  misunderstood  by  Cal.  to  be  a  call  for  lambs, 
and  (3)  shall  be  a  rare  word,  likely  to  be  changed  by  a  copyist  to 
agninis,  to  make  it  suit  the  next  vs.  Ritschl  proposed  mininis,  used 
by  Ball,  as  if  from  7nina  =  fxvd,  but  understood  by  Cal.  to  mean 
lambs.  Goetz,  adn.  crit.,  sugrijests  crumdlis — inillis.  The  diffi- 
culty  with  both  is  that  7nina  means  an  old  bald  sheep,  Varro,  R.  K. 
XL,  2,  6,  minam,  id  est  uenire  glahro,  Bacch.  1129,  ueiulae  sinit  minae 
ambae,  of  two  old  men,  Merc.  .524,  ouem  tihi  mdlam  daho,  natam 
annos  sexaginta  ;  no  passage  is  known  which  will  connect  mina  or 
milla  with  lambs. 


136  NOTES. 

331  f.  Pseud,  is  entirely  sceptical  in  regard  to  Ballio's  state- 
ments, and  in  the  form  of  an  assent  to  the  order  of  Cal.  he  inti- 
mates that  Ball,  deserves  a  flogging  rather  than  a  sacrifice.  So  the 
technical  terms  have  two  meanings,  extra  portain,  sc.  Esquihnam, 
where  the  executioners  lived  and  slaves  were  punished,  lanios, 
properly  butchers  to  kill  the  victim,  but  also  for  cctrintjices.  tintm- 
nabulis,  bells  on  the  necks  of  the  victims  and  the  chains  to  bind 
Ballio.  greges  mrgaruni,  the  rods  are  the  victims  to  be  sacrificed 
on  the  altar  of  Ballio's  back.  For  eadem  (sc.  opera),  "  by  the  same 
effort"  =  "at  the  same  time,"  see  on  319. 

335.  i  .  .  .  crucem,  "go  to  the  deuce,"  a  frequent  retort  to  a 
cutting  joke.  The  adj.  malam  goes  closely  with  crucem,  as  is  shown 
by  its  frequent  position  at  end  of  a  vs.,  where  two  iambic  w-ords 
were  not  allowed.  Other  forms  of  this  curse  are  i  in  malam  rem  or 
without  f/7,  the  ace.  being  one  of  limit  of  motion.  As  mala  crux, 
res  forms  one  idea  (cf.  234),  it  often  takes  an  adj.  of  degree,  maxu- 
mam,  aliquam.  Cf.  Greek  ds  KopaKas.  —  istuc  in  emphatic  position, 
"  that 's  where  the  Jupiter  of  panders  will  go." 

336.  ex  tua  re,  "to  your  advantage,"  cf.  m  tuam  rem,  253.  tua 
is  addressed  to  Ps.,  in  338  to  Cal.  quidum.  The  adv.  dum  has  a 
wide  use  as  an  enclitic  in  colloquial  language;  (1)  with  advv.  e(i- 
amdum,  mterdum,  nondum,  uixdum,  primumdum,  and  even  ehodum 
(Andr.  184,  324);  (2)  with  all  sorts  of  imperatives,  svrgedum, 
auscuUadum,  of  which  only  agedum  is  found  in  classical  Latin.  It 
is  almost  without  time-force,  like  Engl,  "now,  then,"  in  similar 
uses. 

339.  uiuos  uiuam.  This  form  of  the  fig.  etymol.  occurs  again 
508,  memor  meminit  940,  tacitus  taceo,  Poen.  906,  Epid.  051,  to  the 
modern  ear  it  sounds  flat,  like  a  rhyme  by  repetition  of  a  word,  but 
to  the  Roman  feeling  it  evidently  adds  to  the  force  and  liveliness 
of  the  expression.  — frugi  is  a  predicative  dative,  like  curae,  sohili, 
USUI  (305),  which,  like  coj^di,  came  by  frequent  use  to  be  an  indecl 
adj.  In  PL  the  change  is  not  complete,  and  frugi  as  a  noun  takes 
the  adj.  bonne,  Capt.  950,  Asin.  002,  Cure.  521,  Trin.  321,  etc., 
also  Cic.  Att.  IV.,  8,  which  shows  that  the  usage  survived  in  col- 
loquial Latin, 


NOTES.  137 

340  uerum  serio,  •'  but  in  sober  earnest,"  so  Amph.  855,  die 
mihi,  uerum  serio  .  .  .     But  cf.  1191,  note. 

341.  non  habes,  not  precisely  equiv.  to  nonne,  but  an  exclama- 
tory repetition  of  non  habeo,  325  f.,  though  the  formality  of  340 
gives  it  something  of  questioning  force. 

343.  quomodo,  "how?"  has  two  distinct  senses  in  PI.  It  is 
used  unemotionally  as  in  720,  implying  a  repetition  of  the  leading 
verb,  or  emotionally;  in  the  latter  case  the  veib,  if  expressed,  is  a 
verb  of  saying  in  the  perf.,  quomodo  adiurasli "?  Most.  183,  7.  d'lxti? 
Trin  602.  Without  a  verb  it  occurs  a  dozen  times  or  more,  e  g. 
St.  252,  343,  :Merc  826,  Amph.  556,  737,  Ps.  1286.  So  Engl, 
"how  ?  "  with  falling  inflection  is  literal,  with  rising  inflection  is 
colloquial  for  •  what  did  you  say?  "  quomodo,  like  scin  quomodo  ? 
is  often  corrective  and  followed  by  a  threat.  Hei'e  Cal.  intends 
quomodo  in  the  second  sense  =  "  what  do  you  mean?  "  and  Ball 
answers  in  first  sense,  as  if  quomodo  uendidisti?  Cf.  Amph.  1023, 
Poen.  854.  804.  and  note  on  273. 

343.  sine  ornamentis.  An  extra  price  was  sometimes  paid  for 
the  dresses  and  jewehy,  e.  g  ,  Cure.  344,  Pers.  669. 

344.  ualde  is  a  strong  word  of  approval,  as,  ironically,  in  364, 
and  is  not  really  in  place  to  reply  to  a  question;  '•  very  much  so" 
or  "precisely  30"  (cf.  maxume).  The  use  of  this  word  and  the 
briefness  of  the  replies,  adding  one  detail  after  another,  are  in- 
tended to  annoy  Cal.,  who  is  interested  only  in  the  main  fact,  and 
becomes  more  excited  with  every  repl)^ 

350.  "  You  had  better  be  satisfied  with  killing  yourself,  for  B. 
will  die  of  hunger  anyway,"  i  e..  Ball  is  such  a  mi.<erable  scoun- 
drel that  he  is  predestined  to  a  wretched  death  (Engl  -he  's  born 
to  be  hanged  '"),  and  it  would  be  a  waste  of  time  to  kill  him. 
Lambinus  says  "  tu  [Cal.]  enim  ei  uictum  suppeditas,"  but  this 
is  opposed  to  the  whole  situation,  though  good  in  itself.  Lor. 
wrongly  says  this  vs.  is  "  nicht  spottisch  vorzutrasrend." 

351.  quid  ais  ?  refers  forward  to  introduce  the  main  question. 
—  quantum  —  hominum.  This  partit  gen.  plu.  with  neut.  sing,  is 
frequent  in  PI.,  e  g.  Poen.  prol.  90,  homlni  .  .  .,  qunntum  hominum 
terra  sustinet,  sacerrumo,  Merc.  663,  Capt.  836,  etc.,  and  is  a  favorite 


138  KOTES. 

construction  with  Catullus,  III.  2,  IX.  10,  V.  13,  XIV.  7,  VI.  15, 

etc. 

352.  iurauistin  with  almost  the  effect  of  nonne.  '\  he  only  other 
perf.  2d  sing  with  this  sense  is  dixlin,  Eun.  792,  but  it  occurs 
with  swnne,  in  certain  questions  with  edne  expressing  recognition, 
and  witli  the  1st  pers.  perf.  indie,  except  Cist.  251  Uss.  So  Amph. 
823,  Epid.  703,  True  935,  Bacch  561,  85G,  Men.  283,  375,  Asin. 
424,  425,  420,  Capt.  703,  Cas.  II.,  2,  4,  Pseud.  489,  976,  1227.  It 
does  not  appear  to  be  connected  directly  with  the  original  negative 
sense  of  -ne. 

353.  nempe  in  PI.  always  means  "undoubtedly,  of  course"; 
when  it  is  used  with  words  which  continue  a  previous  question,  it 
demands  a  certain  reply,  and  such  sentences  are  often  punctuated 
as  questions,  as  might  be  done  hei-e.     On  nempe,  see  Introd.,  §  39. 

—  concipere  uerba  is  to  propose  11  le  formal  and  binding  contract, 
of.  117,  1076  ff 

354  f.  condere  and  promere  are  technical  for  laying  in  and 
dispensing  pi'ovisions  ;  so  condus  proiims  608. 

356.  "  You,  for  all  your  piety  and  all  your  fine  family  connec- 
tions."—  Cf.  Most    1141,  sunrmiK  gnafi  generibus. 

357.  altrim  secus  is  here  printed  in  two  words  to  avoid  a 
dactylic  word-close   with   accent  on  penult,  usually  as  one  word. 

—  licet,  "all  right,"  "I  will,"  after  an  impv.  or  equivalent, 
but  not  as  an  answer  to  a  question,  Trin.  372,  517,  Men. 
162,  214,  Capt.  949,  Mil.  Glor.  535,  and  especially  Rud. 
1211-26. 

359,  The  figure  in  ingere  mala  is  explained  by  Don  on  Ter. 
And  IV.,  1,  16,  "quasi  tela  ita  dicit  se  ingesturum  mala,  cf  Men. 
717,  Bacch.  875  —  differam,  "  tear  to  pieces,  distract,"  a  frequent 
sense  in  PI.  which  appears  to  be  colloquial  Cf.  Cist.  II.,  1,  5, 
exanimor,  feror,  differor,  distrahor^  diripior,  and  often,  either  with 
painful  or  pleasurable  emotions. 

360-366.  This  series  of  abusive  terms  is  the  longest  in  PI. 
Some  of  the  words,  scelesfe,  inpudice,  furcifer,  periure,  fur,  are  com- 
mon, but  bus/irnpe  and  soclofraude  are  ffiund  only  here,  and  are 
very  likely  coined  by  PI.     The  composure  and  variety  of  liallio's 


NOTES.  139 

replies  should  be  iiutieed ;  (juippini,  "why  not?"  is  a  common 
form  of  assent  in  PI. ;  unlicinamini  preserves  the  old  meaning  of 
uates,  "you  're  singing  an  old  song,"  bahae  and  hombax  are  Greek 
comic  expressions  of  surprise  or  admiration.  Nearly  all  of  these 
replies  are  idiomatic,  and  occur  frequently  in  dialogue. 

368.  iium  ^vith  challenging  force,  as  often,  rather  than  "  ex- 
pecting a  negative  answer,"  while  in  370  it  merely  asks  a  question 
which  suggests  that  the  speaker  is  about  to  go  away,  without  any 
implication  as  to  the  answer  expected.  The  common  form  of 
this  is  numquid  uis  ? 

369.  Ci.  102  and  note. 

370.  ecquid  te  pudet?  "Aren't  you  ashamed  of  yourself?" 
So  Cas.  II.,  3,  26,  Poen.  1-305,  Andr.  871;  not  distinguishable  in 
sense  from  tion  (lulne)  te  pudet  ?  and  closely  connected  with  impv. 
questions  like  ecquid  audis  ? 

371.  ten  (so  A)  was  formerly  corrected  into  ted,  but  was  fully 
restored  to  the  text  by  Professor  Warren  in  the  Amer.  Jour,  of 
Philol.,  II.,  5.  He  explains  -?v(^)  as  an  auirmative  particle  con- 
nected in  oiigin  w ith  nam,  nempe  :  cf.  also  Asin.  884,  Epid.  73,  Mil 
309,  565,  936,  Poen.  428.  I  understand  it  to  be  the  interrogative 
-ne  used  in  exclamation. 

372  ff.  The  order  of  the  sentence  is  free,  each  thought  being 
expressed  as  it  comes  up  in  the  mind  without  attempt  at  periodic 
structure;  374  is  parenthetic,  and  the  nin  clause  is  therefore  re- 
peated in  SI  id  non  adfert ;  note  the  careless  substitution  of  si  non 
for  nifii  and  of  pres.  for  fut.  perf. 

374.  sicut  introduces  in  a  few  cases  an  explanation  (not  the 
cause)  of  a  previous  statement,  cf.  nam.  So  Epid.  271  f. 
nunc  occasiost  faciundi,  priusquani  i)i  urhem  aduenerit,  sicut  crn.^ 
hie  aderit,  "  he  will  be  here  to-morrow,  you  know."  So  pos- 
sibly Pars.  137.  Cf.  Mo.st.  379  if.,  UW.  974.  [Langen,  Beitr. 
249] 

375.  posse  opinor  facere  expresses  the  indifference  of  Ball,  to 
the  sacredness  of  his  promise.  —  ofBciuni  is  used  in  PL  only  in  its 
original  sense  "  function,  that  which  it  is  natural  for  one  to  do  in 
view  of  his  condition  or  character."     So  it  is  the  ojfjciuin  of  a  good 


140  NOTES. 

slave  to  care  for  his  master's  interest,  1104,  of  a  bad  slave  to  run 
away  (Asin.  380,  qu'in  tuom  officium  facis  ergo  ac/agis?  and  often), 
of  a  leno  or  lena  to  defraud  (here  and  Asin.  173),  of  a  swindler  to 
swindle,  913,  etc.  Cf.  opui^^  lAO,  meum,  tuom,  "  my  way,"  Trin. 
123,  445.  This  is  not  a  colloquial  degeneration,  but  the  earliest 
and  proper  sense,  and  should  come  first  in  Lex. 

377.  operae  .  .  .  sit,  "  if  I  had  time  ";  so  Mil.  252,  occupatast ; 
nperae  nan  est.  True.  883,  operae  mi  uhl  erit,  and  often,  apparently  a 
predicate  partit.  gen.  Roby,  11. ,  §§  1280,  1283,  takes  it  as  pred.  dat. 
Cf.  also  Merc.  286,  dicain,  si  uideam  tihi  operam  esse  aut  otium  (so 
mss.  Goetz;  Miill  operae.)     For  the  condition,  see  n.  on  274. 

380.  iamne  abis  ?  "Are  you  going  so  soon,  already?"  So 
Pers.  50,  Most.  991,  Men.  441,  True.  919,  and  with  perf.  Merc.  791, 
True.  634.  But  as  iam  has  also  the  meaning  "  so  late  =  at  last "  it 
is  used  with  the  perf.  Men.  333,  iamne  abiit  ?  "  has  he  gone  at  last  ?  " 
Cf.  Men.  876  with  St.  632.  — paulo  po.<3t  magis,  sc.  negoti  plenus 
eris.  This  is  spoken  as  Ballio  goes  off  the  stage  toward  the 
market-place. 

381.  illic  homo  meus  est,  "  I  've  got  that  fellow,"  so  600,  Cure. 
431,  Bacch.  103,  Mil.  434  and  often.  Such  boasts  are  often  uttered 
by  slaves,  though  they  may  have  no  plan  in  mind  for  realizing 
them 

382.  In  lit.  sense  Adel.  378;  the  operation  seems  to  have  in- 
volved the  breaking  of  the  bones  (Paul.  Fest.,  p.  79,  exdorsua  :  dor- 
sum confringe ;  alii  exlme),  and  so  in  Amph.  318  ff.  exossare  and 
exdorsuare  are  used  of  beating  with  the  fists  From  this  it  is  used 
as  a  slang  word  for  cheating,  see  n.  on  120.  —  simulter  =  similiter 
IS  placed  in  the  text  solely  on  the  authority  of  Nonius,  p.  170,  and 
is  not  found  elsewhere.  On  the  pleonastic  use  with  itidem,  "  ex- 
actly the  same  as,"  see  Introd.,  §  22. 

383.  ecquid  inperas  ?  with  impv.  effect,  '^  Command  me  as 
you  choose;  "  examples  in  n.  on  370. 

384.  The  comparison  of  a  man  who  is  to  be  swindled  to  a  town 
to  be  captured  is  often  used  by  PL,  and  is  w^orked  out  in  great  de- 
tail in  Bacch.  925-978,  with  special  reference  to  the  siege  of  Troy. 

385.  doctU3,  "  knowing,"  and  so  alwavs  in  PI.,  often  associated 


NOTES.  141 

with  malus,  calliflus,  etc.     This  is  a  colloquial  or  slang  use,  not  an 
early  meaning. 

386.  iiigilans  dormiat,  "is  half-asleep  in  the  day-time."  The 
more  frequent  uujUans  somnlat,  Amph.  G97,  Men.  o95,  Capt.  848, 
"has  dreams  while  he  is  awake."  is  used  of  one  who  makes  absurd 
mistakes,  and  in  connection  with  deliramenta  loquitur^  sanan  es  f  etc. 

388.  bis  iterare,  ''  to  go  over  it  twice."  iterare  means  "  to  go 
over  in  words  what  has  been  done  or  is  to  be  done  in  acts,"  and  so, 
on  the  one  hand  simply  "to  tell,"  Cas.  V.,  2,  5,  dam  mea  facta 
Uero,  Asin,  5G7,  tua  male  facta  iterari ,  on  the  other  hand,  it  may 
be  to  "  repeat  a  story  which  has  been  told  before,"  Amph.  211, 
Poen.  921,  and  in  this  sense  may  be  strengthened  by  bis^  iieriim,  cf. 
propere  celeriter,  repente  subilo.  [Langen,  Beitr.  282  f.]  For  the 
destruction  of  stage  illusion  in  the  rest  of  the  vs.,  cf.  720  f.,  Cas. 
v.,  4,27,  Poen.  920  If. 

389.  orsLie  =  dlcere  is  very  frequent  in  PI.,  esp.  with  bonum, 
aequom ,  cf.  orator^  "  speakei',"  and  Aen.  X,,  90,  talibus  orabat  luno. 
The  meaning  "  to  beg,  pray,"  which  predominated  in  classical 
Latin,  is  in  general  use  in  Ter. ,  but  is  just  coming  up  with  pron. 
ueut.  ace.  in  PI. 

390-392.  These  vss.  are  put  in  parenthesis  to  indicate  that  they 
were  added  when  the  play  was  represented  a  second  time,  by  some 
one  who  noticed  the  fact  that  the  person  whom  Cal.  really  brings 
(694  ff.)  is  not  an  astutus,  doctus,  callidus,  i.  e.,  a  tricky  slave,  but 
a  personal  friend.  For  the  sense,  cf.  Trin.  91  f.,  sutit  quos  scio  esse 
amicu!^,  sunt  quos  suspicor,  sed  tu  ex  amicis  certis  mi  es  certissumus. 

393.  This  kind  of  treatment  of  a  young  master  by  a  slave,  as  if 
lie  were  a  child  who  must  be  put  out  of  the  way  lest  some  at- 
tempt of  his  should  spoil  the  plot,  is  frequent  in  PL,  e.  g..  Most. 
388  ff. 

Third  Scene.  —  Calidorus  goes  off  toward  the  market  The  soliloquy  of 
Ps.  shows  that  he  had  no  plan  in  mind  when  making  his  confident  promises  to 
Cal.  This  is  almost  invariable  the  case  in  the  plays,  and  the  suddenness  with 
which  the  plot  is  hatched  is  an  essential  part  of  the  comedy. 

397.  gutta  certi  consili,  "  a  drop  of  fixed  plan,"  but  the  figure 
does  not  occur  elsewhere  in  PI.     Epid.  554,  guttura  pectus  ardens  mi 


142  NOTES. 

adspersisti  is  somewhat  similar,  and  Lucr.  IV.,  1060,  has  Veneris 
dukedlnls  (jutta. 

398.  The  words  in  brackets  are  a  gloss  explanatory  of  the  situa- 
tion ;  they  were  introduced  into  the  text  by  the  error  oi"  a  copyist, 
and  have  crowded  out  the  proper  ending  of  the  vs.  This  must  have 
contained  a  word  upon  which  argenti  depended,  like  inueniundi  idla 
spes  adest  (Hit.)  or  mimnius  usfjuam  gentium  (Bugge,  Lor.). 

399.  exordiri  is  the  technical  word  for  attaching  certain  threads 
to  the  warp  before  beginning  to  weave,  while  dctexere  means  to 
"w-eave  off,  to  weave  to  an  end  that  will  not  unravel."  Cf.  Cic.  de 
Orat.  II.,  38,  158,  ante  exorsa  el  pollus  detexta,  "the  arguments 
which  they  had  begun  before  and  had  preferi-ed  to  bring  almost  to 
a  conclusion."  The  comparison  of  a  plot  to  a  web  is  used  seveial 
times  by  PI.  (e.  g.  Bacch.  350,  Mil.  257,  Asin.  115),  and  is  a  com- 
monplace in  modern  literature. 

401  ff.  The  sentence  is  loosely  put  together,  quasi  (which  is 
not  confined  in  PI.  to  imaginary  comparisons)  introduces  quaerit 
•dud  reper it ;  then  the  idea  seems  to  need  further  dealing  up  and 
40o  is  put  in  parenthetically  to  explain  what  is  meant  by  "seeking 
what  does  n't  exist  and  finding  it  in  spite  of  its  not  existing."  By 
this  time  the  fact  that  the  sentence  began  vvith  quasi  is  so  obscured 
that  the  main  thought  is  introduced  without  any  correlative  to 
quasi,  or  rather  the  whole  idea  of  401-3  is  put  briefly  in  nunc  ego 
pneta  fiam,  and  what  would  have  been  the  main  clause  follows  in 
liiginti  mirnie,  etc.  To  cut  out  403  (Kiessling,  Lor.),  is  to  take  out 
the  idea  which  threw  the  sentence  into  confusion,  without  really 
removing  the  confusion. 

404.  minae  .  .  ^  inueniam.  Cf.  Trin.  137,  ille,  qui  mandauit, 
exturhasti  ex  aedibus,  Cure.  296  f.,  turn  isti  qui  ludunt  serui  scurrarwn 
in  uia  et  dafores  et  factores  omnis  subdam  sub  solum,  for  istos  seruos  ; 
more  frequently  the  ace.  for  nom..  Cure.  419.  sed  istum  quem  quaeris 
ego  sum,  Trin.  985  with  Brix's  note.  In  all  such  sentences  the  case 
is  determined  by  the  nearest  verb  because  the  main  verb,  which 
always  follows,  has  not  yet  been  clearly  thought  of. 

406-8.  These  vss.  are  inconsistent  (1)  with  the  fact  that  Ps. 
knew  nothing  of  the  troubles  of  Cal.  until  he  was  informed  in  the 


NOTES.  143 


ti.st  scene,  and  (2)  .ith  the  beginning  of  the  next  scene  esp. 
l.):3_4  Nvliich  imi3ly  that  Ps.  did  not  know,  until  he  heard  41o  tt., 
that  Suno  .as  acquainted  with  the  ruatte.  at  all.  ^^^  409  has  also 
been  cut  out  by  some  edd.  because  it  recurs  below,  ^87,  but  it  can 
hardly  be  spared  from  either  place.  -  For  the  figure  imc.r.  trajju- 
lam  cf.  Epid.  090,  tragalam  in  te  inicere  adornat,  Most.  570,  conUnuo 
adueniens  pit  urn  irdecisii  imlii.  , 

410  una  simul  cum,  colloquial  fulness  of  expression,  bo 
Most.  10:)7,  Poen  553,  and  una  sinud,  Pers.  170,  Poen.  lU.. 
^  412  sepulcrum  is  not  elsewhere  used  of  an  old  man ;  in  the 
passage  from  Laberius,  quoted  by  Lor.,  it  means  a  tombstone,  not 
a  grave,  as  here.  But  cf.  Asin.  892,  capuU  decus  Mil.  0  o  capu- 
IcX  "  fit  for  the  bier,"  and  Ad.  587,  siUcermum,  "  luneral-feast, 

''^4ll'pse'!!r' retires  into  an  angiportum,  perhaps  that  between 
Simo's  house  and  Callipho's,  where  he  can  be  seen  by  the  audience 
but  not  by  any  one  entering  the  stage  from  the  side. 

FouuTH  SCENE.  -  Simo  and  CalUpho,  .vho  have  already  beeu  made  known 
to  the  audience  by  410  f.,  enter  from  the  right  engaged  in  conversation. 

415.  damnosis,  "  spendthrifts,"  as  dcmiium  in  PI.  is  generally 
loss  of  money.     For  the  hiatus  de  dm.,  see  Introd.,  §  35. 

416.  Athenis  Atticis  is  found  also  Rud.  741,  Epid.  502,  but 

not  in  Greek. 

421.  subolebat  is  found  only  in  comedy,  and  is  always  impers. ; 
in  combination  with  sentio,  uideo,  Trin.  615,  698,  etc. 

422  This  vs.  occurs  only  in  one  ms.  (A),  and  of  the  next  to 
the  last  word  only  the  letters  FE  are  legible.  Loewe  conjectured 
foetet  (fclet)  as  a  comic  repetition  of  the  literal  sense  of  suholebat 

423.  occisast  haec  res,  "  this  business  is  gone  up,  this  affair  is 
stuck  fast."  The  same  phrase  Men.  512,  Capt.  539,  etc,  ctocmh 
=  peril  -haeret.  cf.  985,  Trin.  904,  Amph.  814,  etc.,  and  haereo, 

"I'm  caught.'  ,, 

424    commeatus  in  the  literal  sense  "  a  passage,  passage-way 
is  used  in  the  Mil.  Glor.;  here  it  is  transferred  from  the  military 
use  "supplies  carried  through."  Epid.  343,  nt  inportem  in  colomam 
Jninc  .  .  .  commeatum,  Mil.  224,  cibatus  commeatusque. 


144  NOTES. 

425.    oppido  is  the  adv.     Notice  the  alliteration  op-  op,  prae. 

427.  gestant  crimina,  "  gossip,"  cf.  compound  famUjerator. 
There  is  a  vigorous  attack  upon  such  persons  in  Trin.  199-222. 

429.  Unguis,  auribus,  abl.  instrum.  with  pendeant,  cf.  Cas.  II., 
6,  Z^,  pedibus  pendeant.  Slaves  were  suspended  by  the  wrists  from 
a  beam  and  flogged,  and  the  idea  here  is  that  the  parts  of  the  body 
which  had  committed  the  crime  were  to  receive  the  punishment. 
[Lor.  takes  these  words  with  gestores,  auditores,  "  those  who  speak 
with  the  tongue  and  hear  with  the  ear."] 

431.  circumducere  is  one  of  the  common  slang  words  for 
"swindle,"  631,  Asin.  97,  True.  874,  and  often.  So  also  circum- 
ire,  -uenire,  -uertere,  cf.  Engl.  "  to  get  round  a  person." 

432.  fors  fuat  an  =  later /or.s  sit  an,  forsitan,  which  PI.  does  not 
use,  though  Ter.  has  it  three  times,  fuat  (also /warn,  fuas,  fuant) 
is  an  old  subjunct.  pres.  from  stem  fu  (perf.  fal,  (pva)  used  some- 
what frequently  by  PL,  especially  in  formulaic  phrases  like  the 
present,  but  in  ordinary  conversation  largely  driven  out  by  siet  and 
sit.  It  is  used  by  Verg.,  Aen.  X  ,  108,  is  found  in  old  carmina 
(Liv.  XXV.,  12,  6),  and  was  affected  by  the  later  archaists. 
[Neue,  11.'-^  591.] 

433.  maxume,  "  especially  when  you  consider  what  the  customs 
are  now-a-days."  Cf.  Men.  1118,  id  nunc  mnxiune  memini ;  so  I 
should  take  JNIen.  570  (Bx.  takes  maxwne  with  moro),  Trin.  661 
(Bx.  with  uoles),  many  cases  with  rel.  pron.,  Pliorm.  prol.  27,  Ps. 
269,  etc.,  and  some  cases  with  si,  Eun.  864,  Pliorni.  295,  uerum  si 
cognatast  maxume  ;  the  last  two  also  illustrate  the  position  at  the 
end  of  the  clause,  which  appears  to  be  frequent. 

436.  uetus  nolo  faciat,  i.  e.,  "that  is  exactly  what  I  object  to, 
that  he  should  follow  the  old  ways  instead  of  improving  upon 
them."  facial  is  a  jus.sive  subjunct.  used  paratactically  with  7iolo. 
—  ne-uis,  which  may  be  written  as  one  word  or  as  two,  is  used  by 
PI.  (e,  g  INIerc.  150,  Pers  358,  Trin.  1156)  by  the  side  of  7ion  uis 
(Trin,  1160,  Men.  788,  Most.  336),  just  as  non  scio  and  nescio  are 
used ;  in  this  case  as  in  some  othei-s  the  original  negative  7ie  had 
not  yet  been  crowded  out  of  its  use  with  indie,  by  the  intrusion  of 
non. 


NOTES.  145 

439.  ipsus  is  found  everywhere  in  early  Latin  by  the  side  of  the 
more  strictly  correct  ipse  {is-pse)  ,  cf.  724,  029,  930,  970,  etc.,  with 
ipse,  lo'2,  220,  979,  etc.  ipsus  bears  the  same  relation  to  ipse  that 
ipsum  bears  to  eumpse. 

440  f.  "  Yonr  discreditable  conduct  was  enough  to  have  fur- 
nished a  share  to  every  man  in  town  if  it  had  been  divided,  as  the 
public  money  is."  Cf.  Aul.  107  f.,  nam  noster  nostrae  quist  imifjis- 
ter  curiae  ditiiclere  argentl  dixit  nuinmos  in  uiros,  and  180 ;  as  these 
divisions  of  money  are  not  known  to  have  taken  place  in  Rome  as 
early  as  the  time  of  PI.,  the  references  to  the  custom  are  probably 
from  the  Greek  original. 

442.  patrissat  =  Trarpi'^co.  So  badisso,  malacisso,  mnecliisso,  cya- 
tliisso  from  Gieek  verbs  in  -i^co,  and  comissor  =  Kcofid^a). 

443.  This  vs.  has  a  hiatus  in  the  caesura  which  is  removed  in 
the  text  by  the  insertion  of  aeque  (Miiller,  Goetz)  or  by  wiiting 
pauculi  (Spengel).  But  the  position  of  em  and  the  2d  pers.  eslis 
are  still  peculiar.  The  sense  should  be,  ''  How  few  men  are  so 
ea.sy-going  as  Callipho  !  He  is  the  kind  of  father  a  son  ought 
to  have." 

445.  Pseud,  has  spoken  aloud  so  that  he  is  supposed  to  be  over- 
heard by  the  old  men,  and  as  they  turn  Pseud,  steps  out  from  his 
hiding-place. 

451.  sint,  absol.  Cf.  Epid.  19,  qidd  tihi  ids  dicam  nisi  quod  est  ? 
Amph.  793,  qui<[  ego  audio  ?  ||  id  quod  est,  "  the  facts." 

453.  itur  ad  te  has  a  hostile  sense,  cf.  Don.  on  Ter  Andr.  I., 
5.  16  (251)  quasi  ad  hostem,  Capt.  534,  sunt  ad  te  hostes  For  hiatus 
in  change  of  speakers,  see  Tntrod.,  §  35. 

452  This  vs.  stands  in  the  mss.  (and  Goetz)  after  451,  where  it 
is  di.stinctly  out  of  place  Rit.  changed  it  to  the  position  in  the 
text.  For  the  sense,  cf .  Capt.  202,  in  re  mala  animo  si  bono  utare, 
adiuuat.  —  dimidiumst  mali,  Engl.  "  half  the  battle." 

456.  superfieri  is  Plautine  for  superesse,  Trin.  510,  Mil.  Glor. 
356,  St.  592,  etc.  —  On  quid  ac/itur  and  the  literal  answer,  which  is 
intentionallj"  cool  and  annoying,  see  273  and  note. 

458.  statum  is  attracted  into  the  main  clause,  cf.  Ph.  986,  m- 
purum  uide,  quantum  ualef,  Cas.  TI.,  3,  30,  uide  palliolian,   ut  rugat, 

10 


146  NOTES. 

and  especially  with  neut.  prou.,  as  in  Ps.  95i.  The  rest  of  the 
sentence  would  i-egularly  be  qiiam  basilicust,  but  the  verb  is  omitted, 
as  often  with  (/uarn  (Andr.  136,  reiecit  se  in  euin  Jleus  rjuani  Jamil ia- 
ritcr),  and  uasilicum  takes  the  case  of  statuni. 

459.  adstitisse,  perf.  from  stem  sta  ,  except  Merc.  187  always 
with  pres.  sense,  ''I  stand,"  and  this  connects  it  with  pies,  .s/.s/o, 
"T  have  placed  myself  =  1  stand,"  rather  than  with  sto,  which 
would  be  "  I  stood,  have  stood."  So  Capt.  004,  nt  coujidejiter  miJii 
contra  adslilit,  Mil.  213,  euscheme  hercle  adstitit,  St.  271,  Trin,  025, 
Men.  805,  Mil.  1254,  all  except  the  last  two  iu  describing  the 
posture  of  some  one,  as  here. 

460  f.  These  vss.  occur  again  in  a  mutilated  form  in  Capt.  005  f., 
where  they  do  not  suit  the  context  as  well  as  here.  Foi-  superbum 
the  Capt.  version  has  conjidentem,  polissiimum  (adv.),  because  the 
master  should  be  the  fiist  to  recognize  the  slave's  merits. 

462.  sunt  quae  with  the  indie,  is  regular  in  PI. ;  the  subjunct., 
which  became  the  ruling  but  not  the  invariable  mood  after  est  qui 
in  classical  Latin,  is  just  beginning  to  be  used  in  PI.,  cf.  390,  Men. 
440  f,,  where  indie,  and  subjunct.  are  u.sed  together.  —  quasi  per 
nebulam.  The  slight  confusion  of  figure  occurs  also  Capt.  1023. 
audisse  me  quasi  per  nebulam.  Call,  is  following  out  his  idea  that 
very  polite  and  friendly  questioning  would  succeed  best. 

465.  Socratem.  The  idea  that  Socrates  was  a  great  sophist, 
a  man  of  words,  is  no  doubt  traditional  in  comedy  from  Aristo- 
phanes. 

466.  ita  with  est  expresses  always  an  agreement  with  what  has 
been  said,  "Just  so,  I  know  that  you  have  had  a  poor  opinion  of 
mo."  So  359,  657,  Rud.  152,  and  often.  Without  est,  ita  is  gen- 
ei-ally  "yes  "  in  answer  to  a  question. 

467  is  cut  out  by  many  editors  as  an  unnecessary  repetition  of 
400  ;  but  it  is  entirely  in  the  manner  of  PI  to  express  the  same 
idea  in  more  than  one  form,  Cf.  174 ff.,  and  the  precisely  similar 
accumulation  of  synonyms,  134,  400,  and  often. 

469.  uociuas  and  the  earlier  uaciuos  are  the  only  forms  in  PI. 
for  uacinis.  The  mss  support  uociuas  in  Trin  11,  Cas.  prol.  29, 
Ter.  lleaut.  90.     Cf.  Cas.  TTT.,  1,  13.  fac  hatteant  linquam  tuaeaedes. 


NOTES.  147 

II   quid   ita  ?   \\    quom   ueniam,  ut   uocent    ("call   out"    or    "stand 
empty  "). 

470.  migrare  is  technical  for  moving  into  a  house,  Most.  105, 
471,  Men.  822. 

472.  tam  is  the  reading  of  A  ;  the  nearest  parallel  is  Mil.  627, 
taut  t'dii  ego  uideor  opp'ido  Adierunticus?  which,  however,  is  a  con- 
jecture.    Kiessling's  an  gives  a  better  sense  here. 

473.  qui  (originally  "how?")  is  here  a  mere  strengthening 
particle,  preserved  in  atqui.  It  is  found  in  PL  in  connection  with 
hercle,  Merc.  412,  436,  1007,  Trin.  464,  etc.,  with  ed(q)ol,  Mil.  779, 
Pars.  564,  Amph.  776,  with  pol,  iit,  qiiippe,  tie,  and  in  curses 
(cf.  u(). 

474.  cauendumst  mi  aps  te ;  the  variety  of  construction  with 
cauere  in  PI.  should  be  noted;  the  ablative  without prepos.  (Bacch. 
147,  caue  malo)  and  with  cum  (Most.  1069,  1142,  Ps.  909)  are  ap- 
parently not  classical,  nerberare  is  used  in  double  sense,  "  to  flog  " 
and  "to  cheat."  But  alque  (474)  is  very  peculiar;  the  sense  is 
"  I  must  look  out  for  you.  if  you  are  angry,  and  you  are  thinking 
of  striking  me  in  a  different  fashion  from  that  in  which  I  often 
strike  you."  We  should  expect  ^''  for  your  kind  of  striking  is  dif- 
ferent from  mine  (and  more  difficult  to  avoid),"  or  perhaps  an  ad- 
versative particle.  The  whole  is  of  course  ironical,  as  is  quid 
censes  ?  "  what  's  your  opinion  ?  "  addressed  to  Call. 

479.  sed  quid  ais  ?  The  simplest  form  of  this  introductory 
question  is  quid  ais  ?  ||  quid  uis  ?  or  quid  est  ?  followed  by  the  main 
question,  or  occasionally  by  a  statement  which  calls  for  comment. 
So  615,  Asin.  104,  Bacch.  78,  Epid.  50,  Men.  .319,  — about  2.5-30 
cases.  SomcMliat  more  frequently  the  speaker  does  not  wait  for 
tli'i  ]-esponse  quid  uis  (est)  ?  but  asks  the  main  question  at  once 
So  351,  1169,  1177,  Amph.,  418.  620,  Asin.  898,  Capt.  .599,  —  per 
hnps  40  cases.  This  should  be  distinguished  from  quid  ais?  "what 
did  you  say  '?  "  referring  back  to  a  previous  remark. 

480.  ducito,  "  consider,"  for  c//r//o  of  mss  [This  emendation, 
attributed  to  Ritschl,  is  given  in  the  text  of  Lambinus,  edd.  of 
1577  and  1605,  with  note  translating  it  hj  putato.] 

481.  sis,  subjunct.  jussive  with /ac. 


148  NOTES. 

482.  ecquam  in  agreement  with  a  noun,  especially  a  noun 
wliich  has  definite  application,  loses  almost  all  its  force  except  the 
interrogative ;  so  moi'e  clearly  below,  ec<jua.s  uiginti  minas.  The 
Greek  replies  are  intended  by  Ps.  to  carry  out  his  assumption  of 
the  functions  of  the  Delphic  oracle.     Cf .  Capt.  880  ff, 

485  is  given  again  in  the  mss.  after  527,  where  it  is  more  in 
place. 

489.  dixin,  "  did  n't  I  tell  you  so?"     See  n.  on  352. 

490.  ilico,  "  at  once  "  does  not  go  well  with  celata  sunt,  but  the 
immediate  addition,  or  rather  substitution,  of  (luor  non  resciui? 
shows  that  celata  sunt  is  equivalent  to  "  why  were  they  not  (old  to 
me?"  with  which  illco  can  properly  be  joined.  Lor.  and  Brix  on 
Trin.  457  put  ilico  in  the  ubl  clause,  not  noticing  that  this  does  not 
really  change  the  sense  ;  quom  exteniplo  could  not  be  used  where 
extemplo  .  .  .  quom  could  not.  Other  cases  of  ubi  .  .  .,  itlco  are 
Amph.  2U,  242  f.,  Cure.  363,  Cist.  I.,  2,  18,  Most.  270,  Men.  598, 
Poen.  prol.  106,  St.  557,  —  all  except  the  last  having  the  ubi  clause 
first,  as  here.     Cf.  also  extemplo  ubi  .  .  .  ilico,  Cure.  81. 

491.  me.  This  construction  appears  to  be  unique ;  celor  aliquid 
is  the  regular  passive.     See  Draeg.  I.^  371. 

493.  erum,  Calidorus ;  apud  erum,  Simo;  but  the  ambiguity  is 
intentional. 

494.  iuberen,  "wouldn't  you  .  .  .?"  with  effect  of  nonne,  and 
so  the  other  cases  of  impf.  subj.  with  -7ie,  Trin.  178,  Capt.  713-4. 
—  The  threat  of  sending  a  slave  to  work  at  the  hand-mill  {pistri- 
nuni)  is  very  common,  e.  g.  Most.  17,  Bacch.  781. 

495.  immo  contradicts  the  negative  implied  m  numqtdd. 
497.    peccata  mea.     Goetz,  pcccalan  ea  ?  after  Bothe. 

499.  This  vs.  is  given  as  it  appears  in  the  mss.,  except  vnoido 
for  mundiim  and/rmm  iov  faxevi.  Charisius,  p.  201,  explaining  in 
mundo  hy  pa  lam  et  in  expedito  ac  cito  [see  Lex.  under  adj.  mundus'], 
quotes  in  this  form:  quia  scleham  in  [i.e.  mi]  pistrinum  in  ?Jiundo 
fore,  and  so  Fleck.,  Lor  ,  Goetz,  changing  to  niihi  sciebam.  1  have 
kept  to  the  mss.,  believing  that  the  quotation  is  a  confusion  of  499 
and  500.  —  si  id  faxim.  is  changed  by  Madvig,  Opusc.  XL,  69,  to  ni. 
si  is  of  course  illogical,  but  the  writer  had  in  mind  lli(>  negative 


NOTES.  149 

implied  in  the  preceding  vs.,  "  I  will  tell  you  why  I  didn't  reveal 
it :  because  I  knew  that,  if  I  did,  the  hand-mill  was  waiting 
for  me." 

5021  "Because  I  knew  that  Cal.  would  punish  me  at  once, 
w'hile  any  punishment  from  you  would  not  be  immediate."  The 
second  vs.  repeats  the  idea  of  the  first,  as  so  fi'equently  in  PI. 

504.  agetis,  Pseud,  and  Cal.  From  this  point  Simo  drops  en- 
tirely the  indignant  tone,  forgets  his  son's  part  in  the  matter,  and 
simply  bets  Pseud,  that  he  cannot  succeed  in  swindling  Ballio. 
The  change  is  somewhat  abrupt.  —  a  me  repeats  hinc. 

509.  strenue  nmst  mean  "certainly,"  almost  like  maxwne,  but 
I  do  not  know  another  case.  In  Most.  586,  III.,  1,  59,  it  expresses 
ironical  encouragement. 

511.  dico,  "  to  warn,"  with  iit  clause,  appears  to  be  rare  in 
classical  Latin,  but  is  very  common  in  PI.  So  1227,  Trin.  582, 
Mil.  185,  Vm,  1191,  etc.     [Dahl  on  u(,  p.  275  f.] 

512.  facinus  in  original  sense,  *'  a  deed."     Fig.  elymol. 

515.  aetatem,  "  as  long  as  you  live,"  is  used  as  an  adv.  of  time 
in  PI.  (Asin.  21,  274,  284,  etc.),  Ter.  Hec.  747,  Lucr.  YI ,  236. 
The  obj.  of  hahiturum  is  to  be  supplied,  quod  apstuleris. 

517.  egon  ut,  see  n.  on  205.  This  is  one  of  the  most  frequent 
and  striking  forms  of  the  repudiating  question.  Examples  are 
Aul.  690,  egone  ut  te  aduorsum  mentiar  ?  Trin.  378,  egone  indutatam 
te  uxorem  ut  patlar?  (sc.  ducere)^  True.  441,  egone  illam  ut  non 
amem?  egone  illi  ut  non  bene  uelim?  Cf.  without  ut  Capt.  139, 
egone  iUuni  nonjieam  f  ego  non  deflecun  talem  adulescentem  ?  Without 
ne,  Amph.  G94,  te  ut  deludam  contra,  Trin.  750,  etc.  With  neither 
ne  nor  ut  Aul.  829,  reddam  ego  aurum  ?  ]Mil.  496,  auscidfa,  guaeso.  || 
ego  auscultem  tihi,  Ps.  1315,  and  often.  Thesubjunct.  expresses  the 
will  of  the  other  speaker,  like  the  subjunct.  in  dubitative  questions, 
and  ut  is  exclamatory  as  in  wishes. 

518.  em  istis  with  hiatus,  see  Introd. ,  §  35. 

519.  graphicum,  a  slang  term  of  admiration,  generally  ironical. 
Trin.  936,  nimium  graphicum  nugatorem,  1024,  graphicum  furem, 
"an  ideal  thief,"  cf.  Engl,  "a  perfect  picture  of  innocence,  of 
woe;"  from  this,  with  words  of  general  meaning,  "very  sharp, 
admirably  knowing." 


150  NOTES. 

521.  Ironical,  "  It 's  very  kind  and  friendly  of  you  to  say  so  ;  for 
now,  I  suppose,  he  does  n't  belong  to  me,"  the  last  part  spoken  to 
Call. 

522.  uiii  .  .  .  dicam,  so  324,  Capt.  360,  uin  uocem  hue  ad  te  ?  || 
uoca,  Poen.  1226,  uin  lianc  ego  adprendam^  —  23  cases  in  PL,  all 
with  subjimct.  pres.  1st  pers.,  except  Most.  322,  where  1st  and  2d 
pers.  are  combined.  The  subjunct.  is  not  dependent  upon  ?an,  but 
is  a  regular  dubitative  question  to  which  uin  is  prefixed  by  para- 
taxis.    Terence  uses  this  kind  of  question  much  less  frequently. 

523.  Instances  of  the  repetition  of  thought  peculiar  to  colloquial 
style  have  been  noticed  above,  e.  g.,  466  ff.,  502  f.  The  two  forms 
of  523  illusti-ate  a  kind  of  repetition  which  would  not  be  peimitted 
by  any  writer  in  any  style,  and  they  should  be  compared  with  the 
cases  above.  The  only  question  is  which  vs.  is  the  interpolation. 
Abraham,  Stud.  PI.,  p.  182,  shows  that  PI.  never  uses  ausculiov;'\i\\ 
infin.  (loqul),  nor  with  an  adv.  (Juhenler')  but  always  with  an  adj. 
(lubens),  and  that  agedum  is  regularly  used  before  another  impv. 
The  second  vs.  is  therefore  a  gloss  upon  the  first. 

524.  prius  quam  .  .  .  prius,  cf.  8S5  f.,  Poen.  321,  j)rius  quam 
Venus  expergiscatur^  prius  deproperant,  Aul.  702  f.,  optestor  uf,  si 
quid  .  .  .  peccaul,  ut  ignoscas,  and  the  tendency  to  repeat  tJiaf.  in 
long  sentences  in  English.  Colloquial  language  seeks  clearness  at 
the  expense  of  grammatical  correctness. 

525.  dabo  pugnam,  also  Bacch.  273  (cf.  357).  Similar  ex- 
pressions of  the  idea  of  cheating  are  pugnam  edere,  Amph.  231, 
pugnasti,  Epid.  493. 

528.  tibicinam  illam  is  taken  up  again  in  the  abl.  ea,  which 
circumducere  requires;  when  PI.  wrote  the  ace.  he  had  not  yet  se- 
lected his  verb.  See  n.  on  404  f.  and  cf.  718,  Poen.  644,  hunc 
cldamydatum  quern  uides,  ei  Mars  iralust^  Mil.  140  ff. 

530  f.  Kiessling  objects  to  utrumque  on  the  ground  that  only 
one  of  the  two  plans  has  been  mentioned  in  the  immediate  context 
(but  the  other  is  referred  to  in  524,  which  is  near  enough),  and  to 
opera  =^facinora  as  un-Plautine.  It  is  true  that  PI.  uses  opera  (pi. 
oi  opus)  only  for  things  made  by  workmen,  Men.  424,  Most.  828, 
hnt  opus  = /annus  Cncc\\.  167,  Afran.  115   (Lor.).     On  Kiessling's 


NOTES.  151 

further  objections,  that  Ps.  really  does  not  carry  out  both  plots,  see 
In  trod.,  §  45. 

532.  Agathocles,  tyrant  of  Syracuse,  317-2S9  b.  c,  seems  to 
have  been  used  in  the  contemporaneous  Greek  comedy  as  a  type  of 
the  conqueror.  Cf.  Men.  410,  Most.  775,  where  he  is  coupled  with 
Alexander. 

533.  numquid  causaest  .  .  .  quin  is  a  somewhat  formal  ques- 
tion, used  to  lead  up  to  the  binding  stipulatlo.  Other  phrases  are 
quid  cau!^aest  quin,  Rud.  758,  numquid  causam  dicis  quin,  Amph.  852, 
haud  causijicor  quin,  Aul.  755,  all  rather  formal. 

537.  uoluntate,  or  in  three  syllables;  see  Introd.,  §§  40,  42. 

538.  dabo.  inque,  that  is,  complete  the  sponsio,  for  which  Ps. 
has  proposed  the  question  in  dabin. 

539.  hisce,  nom.  pi.  The  authorities  for  this  spelling  are  in- 
scriptions, about  six  cases  down  to  the  first  century  b.  c.,  and  mss. 
of  PI.  and  Ter.,  Mil.  486,  Pers.  856,  Rud.  291,  Amph.  074,  Capt. 
35,  Ter.  Eun,  268,  etc.  Also  in  nouns  of  2d  decl.,  Mil.  374,  hisce 
oculis,  aud  m  inscriptions. 

540.  de  conpecto,  "  act  in  concert,"  from  conpeciscor,  543.  — 
cousutis,  cf.  Amph.  367  f.  .  .  .  conposdis  mendaciis  aduenisti  consu- 
lts dolts.  II  immo  equidem  tunicis  consul  is  hue  aduenio,  non  dolis.  Lor. 
thinks  this  is  certainly  from  the  original  Greek  play,  pdrrreLv  kuku, 
but  the  figure  is  obvious  enough  to  have  originated  separately  in 
Latin. 

542.  immo  sic,  "  rather  let  me  put  it  this  way,  Simo:  if  .  .  .  " 
But  the  expression  is  unusual. 

543  b.  This  vs.  is  too  long  as  given  in  the  mss.  Langen, 
omittinsr  a  different  set  of  words,  writes  de  istdc  re  aul  si  de  ea  re 
tiller  nos  consensimus .  For  the  spelling  conierauimus  see  Lex.  under 
peiero. 

544.  quasi  quom,  "as  when,"  cf.  Most.  277,  itidem  olenl,  quasi 
quom  una  muUa  iura  confudil  coquos,  "  they  smell  just  as  when  a 
cook  ..."  So  quasi  si,  "  as  if,"  Amph.  1078,  Asin.  837,  etc  This 
is  entirely  different  from  Ps.  401,  Capt.  80,  where  quasi  has  its  own 
verb.  —  The  vs.  contains  another  illustration  of  the  profusion  of 
figures  with  which  PI.  adorns  the  idea  of  slave-punishment.     Cf. 


152  NOTES. 

146  f.  and  note.  The  elm-tree  rods,  corresponding  to  the  school- 
master's birch,  are  often  mentioned. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  Simo  has  not  completed  the  bargain  by 
saying  daho.  Sauppe,  Quaest.  Plant.  (Gott.  1858),  pp.  0-7,  gives 
conclusive  reasons  for  thinking  that  a  formal  bargain  was  made. 
Simo  actually  carries  out  the  bargain,  1285  ff.;  it  is  alluded  to  as 
binding  in  1051  f.,  1211,  1225,  quas  prnmisi;  the  words  quod  dixit, 
554,  cannot  mean  anything  else  than  that  Simo  had  uttered  the 
formal  words  of  contract.  And  it  may  be  added  that  PI.  elsewhere 
IS  scrupulously  exact  in  the  legal  form  of  bargains,  —  a  conse- 
quence, possibly,  of  his  commercial  experience.  But  Sauppe's 
remedy,  to  read  in  5o8  daho,  inqne.  \\  dabo :  at  enim  .  .  .,  accepted 
by  Lor.,  is  unsatisfactory;  if  the  bargain  has  been  made  Simo 
would  hardly  express  suspicion,  and  Ps.  would  certainly  not  pro- 
test his  innocence  so  earnestly.  If,  however,  we  suppose  a  lacuna 
after  545,  in  which  Simo  accepts  the  protestations  of  Pseud,  and 
completes  the  bargain,  we  have  a  motive  for  the  preceding  speeches, 
and  the  abruptness  of  54(3,  which  is  otherwise  great,  is  removed. 
I  have  therefore  marked  a  lacujia  in  the  text. 

546.  ludos.  That  is,  the  trickery  of  Ps.  is  to  furnish  amuse- 
ment, like  the  public  games.  So  5.52  and  often.  "  Bring  on  your 
play." 

548.  The  construction  is  without  parallel,  both  in  the  use  of  te 
after  occupes  and  in  occupare  ad  aliquid,  but  not  inconsistent  with 
occupare,  "to  employ." 

550.  machinas  is  a  metaphor  from  the  machines  used  in  attack- 
ing walled  towns.  Elsewhere  in  PI.  it  is  used  always  of  the  tricks 
of  slaves,  the  docti  doli,  and  for  this  and  other  reasons  Laiigen, 
Beitr.  321,  cuts  out  this  vs.     Its  use  is  suggested  by  statuerain. 

551.  istac  gratia,  ''for  that  reason,"  "because  of  what  you 
say."     See  Lex.,  p.  826,  near  the  top,  for  examples. 

552.  lubidost  and  suspiciost,  562,  take  verbal  construction,  cf. 
cautiost,  170. 

555.  demutabo,  absolute,  as  in  506,  Mil.  1120.  Cf.  mutare, 
llud.  865,  lauare,  Most.  140  and  often,  habere,  Cas.  II.,  5,  30.  [See 
Brix  on  Mil.  Glor.  46.]  INLany  of  these  are  found  also  in  classical 
I^atin. 


NOTES.  153 

556.  flagitare  is  several  times  used  of  loud  and  persistent  dun- 
ning. Other  references  to  this  custom  are  1145,  Aul.  440,  Epid. 
118,  Cure.  683. 

557.  amolimini,  properly  of  moving  a  heavy  object  with  effort, 
and  so  it  has  comic  effect  with  nos,  "  lift  yourselves  out  of  the 
way.*'  Lor.  gives  a  remarkable  list  of  similar  colloquial  phrases: 
se  atiferre,  se  agere,  se  penetrare^  se  immergare,  se  dare,  se  amouere, 
se  ducere,  se  abripere,  se  capessere,  se  j-eportare.  Very  few  of  these 
made  their  way  into  literary  Latin  ;  they  are  for  the  most  part 
comic,  and  have  many  parallels  in  American  slang. 

559.  fiat,  "I  will,"  after  impv.  or  equiv.,  Most.  1038,  Amph. 
770,  Aul.  241.  Cf.  Asin.  39,  dtspuas.  \[Jiat ;  mos  (jeratur  iihi,  Men. 
162,  conc(  de  hue  a  for  dm  s.  ^Ji(d.  ||  el'mm  concede  hue.  ||  licet.  The 
subjunct.  here  has  little  more  than  its  original  future  force. 

563  idcirco  .  .  .  quo  is  found  only  here,  but  idclrco  .  .  .  ut  is 
common.  Cf.  Draeg.  XL,  687,  Hand  Turs.  III.,  173,  where  Cic.  Att. 
I.,  19,  Caes.  B.  G.  V.,  3,  are  given,  both  with  compar.  in  quo  clause. 
■  565.  sim  facturus  should  strictly  be  me  facturum  to  correspond 
v}\i\i  promitt ere ^  and  the  text  has  been  so  changed;  but  the  attrac- 
tion into  the  subjunct.  by  the  intervening  clause,  564,  is  not  strange 
in  this  style. 

566.  The  various  attempts  to  make  sense  of  the  last  part  of  this 
vs.  are  not  satisfactory,  and  it  is  left  in  the  text  as  it  is  given  in 
the  mss. 

567  ff.  Cf.  106  f.,  394  ff.  This  uncertainty  about  the  means 
but  certainty  of  the  accomplishment  of  the  purpose  is  a  standing 
motive  in  the  comedies;  in  this  play  it  is  brought  forward  with 
special  distinctness. 

569.  addecet.  about  a  dozen  times  in  PL  for  decet  without  any 
clear  distinction  in  sense.      (Intensive?) 

572.     concenturio,  one  of  the  frequent  military  metaphors. 

573  a  is  completed  by  Loewe,  statini  reuortnr :  non,  etc. 

573  b.  The  tibicen  stood  upon  the  stage  to  play  the  accompani 
ment  to  the  cnnfica.  Introd.,  §§  11,  34.  This  passage  is  the  only 
one  in  which  distinct  allusion  is  made  to  a  pause  in  the  action 
filled  in  by  musical  interlude,  as  in  our  theatres. 


1 54  NOTES. 

Fifth  Scene.  —  After  a  slight  delay  Pseudolus  reappears  from  Simo's 
house,  having,  as  he  believes,  hit  upon  a  plan  for  getting  the  money  and  the 
girl. 

The  following  c  .nttcum,  given  with  musical  accompaniment  and  appropriate 
dancing  and  gesture,  is  extremeh^  difficult.  The  mss.  vary  in  their  readings, 
the  versification  is  uncertain  and  of  the  loosest  kind,  the  metaphors  are  con- 
fused, and  the  thought  is  vague.  As  in  many  other  cantica,  notably  Bacch.  IV., 
9,  where  the  theme  of  the  speaker  is  self-glorification,  there  is  in  fact  no  definite 
line  of  thought,  and  the  forms  of  expression  reflect  the  vagueness  of  the  ideas. 
The  absence  of  colloquial  idioms  is  also  a  marked  characteristic  of  such  cantica. 

The  text  follows  without  change  that  given  by  Goetz.  The  general  idea  is 
this  :  How  fortunately  everything  turns  out  for  mc  !  I  have  a  plan  to  be  carried 
out  unhesitatingly  ;  for  it  is  absurd  to  try  to  do  anything  great  with  a  fearful 
heart.  Things  treat  you  as  you  treat  them.  Ma'  army  of  tricks  is  ready,  so 
that  I  may  say  with  confidence  that  I  shall  conquer  my  enemies.  Ballio  I  will 
bowl  over  completely,  sec  if  I  don't.  This  Simo-town  I  intend  to  take  first;  if 
I  do  that,  I  will  attack  the  old  city  of  Ballio,  and  load  myself  with  plunder,  so 
that  everybody  will  see  what  a  terror  I  am.  I  'm  a  great  man  and  I  am  going 
to  do  great  things. 

574.  ut  exclamatory,  which  is  infrequent  in  later  Latin,  is  very 
common  in  PI.  AVith  an  adv.  762,  911,  020,  1188,  etc.,  with  verb, 
707,  911,  944,  1311. — prospereque  eueu.,  or  in  two  syllables 
Introd.,  §  40. 

575,  pectore  and  conditumst  are  licenses  which  mark  the  vs. 
as  anapestic. 

577.  Cf.  Cic.  de  Orat.  III.,  56,  213,  haec  omnia  perinde  sunt  id 
aguntur.     agas,  facia?  are  subjnnct.  of  indef.  2d  pers. 

578.  nam  introduces  the  special  illustration  of  the  general  law, 
as  often  in  PI. 

Fiom  this  point  through  591  the  ideas  are  clothed  in  military 
metaphors,  introduced  uudoubtedly  by  PI.  himself,  who  in  his  fond- 
ness for  these  figures  shows  the  influence  of  the  great  events  of  the 
years  225-200  b.  c 

580.  duplicis,  triplicis,  not  to  be  taken  literally  as  in  704,  go 
with  dolos,  per  fid  las. 

581  f.  The  Bacchiac  vss.  intei'rupt  the  light  anapests  with  good 
effect,  and  give  a  comic  gravity  to  the  thought,  maiorum  from  a 
sla^e  would  sound  absurd    to   Poinau  ears.  — uirtute   is  without 


NOTES.  155 

moral  foico,  "  the  power,  influence."  Cf.  Most.  KJS,  uirlute  formae^ 
Bacch.  (J71,  rnea  uuiule  parla,  "  won  by  my  influence.''  Often  in 
combination  \vith  dicam  (see  n.  on  106),  Pers.  '-VAX,  denni  uirtule  dicam 
et  inaiorum  meum,  hardly  more  than  "  tiiank.s  to  the  gods  and  my 
ancestors  1  can  say  it,"  and  so  Aul.  1G(J,  Trin.  olO,  ]\lil.  GJor.  (J7-I. 

583.   ut  repeated  from  580,  as  often.     See  n.  on  jirlas,  524. 

585.  Ballionem  exballistabo,  a  good  pun.  hallista  in  PI.  is 
always  the  shot  fired  from  the  machine,  not  tlie  machine  itself,  and 
exhallistare,  a  comic  coinage  found  only  here,  must  be  "  to  treat  as 
a  hallista,'"  i.  e.,  "  I  will  fire  him  out,"'  or  possibly  •' I  will  bombard 
him,"  cf.  Bacch.  709  f.,  de  duccntis  numinis  pruiium  mtendam  baliis- 
(am  in  sencm,  ''I  will  bombard  the  old  man  for  two  hundred 
ninnmi.''^ 

585  b-587  b  are  greatly  confused  in  the  mss.,  and  it  is  difficult 
to  get  a  clear  idea  of  their  meaning,  lioc  oppidinn  is  Simo;  in  587a 
oppidum  means  Ballio.  586  Goetz  marks  as  belonging  to  a  revised 
form  of  the  play,  perhaps  rightly.  "  This  town  I  mean  to  besiege 
and  take  at  once;  if  I  take  this,  then  I  will  lead  my  army  right  on 
at  once  against  this  old  town."  The  confusion  is  increased  by  the 
fact  that  Ballio  and  Simo  are  within  a  few  vss.  spoken  of  as  Jtostes, 
perduellis,  initnicum,  Ba/lio,  and  two  old  towns. 

589.  me  esse  natum,  "  that  I  have  been  born  to  be,"  or  simply 
'•  that  1  am."     But  here  again  the  text  is  confused. 

591.  clara  et  diu,  adj.  and  adv.  So  Trin.  208  miseros  maleque 
/<«6e«s,  with  Brix's  note,  Bacch.  AlA^faUn  alque  insontem  arr/itis, 
Men.  1073,  stulte  dixi  atque  inprudens,  all  in  close  connection  with 
verbs  which  take  either  an  adj.  or  an  adv.  —  clueant.  This  verb 
belongs  properly  to  tragic  or  epic  style ;  in  PI.  about  a  dozen  times, 
generally  as  here  in  a  parody  of  serious  style.  For  its  variation 
between  2d  and  3d  conj.  see  Neue,  II.-  278,  420. 

At  this  point  Ilarpax.  the  messenger  of  the  miles  Macedonius, 
comes  upon  the  stage  from  the  left,  the  harbor-side,  looking  for 
Ballio's  house. 

592.  ignobilis  =  ignotus.  Fest.  p.  174:,  "  nobilem  antiqui  pro 
*  noto  *  ponebant,"  quoting  this  passage.  So  also  964  The  only 
other  case  is  Amph.  440,  uapulahis,  ni  June  abis  (,)  ignobilis,  where 


156  NOTES. 

jNIercurius  is  proving  to  Sosia  that  he  has  lost  liis  name  and  iden- 
tity, and  hjnobilis  must  be  ''  without  your  identity,"  almost  =^ 
ignotus,  not  as  a  term  of  I'eproach,  The  only  case  in  which  nohilis 
has  this  sense  is  below,  1112.     Cf.  Rud.  619,  "  notorious." 

594.  quam  rem  agat  depends  upon  the  idea  of  inquiring  con- 
tained in  dabo  insidias.  —  Jt'uic^  from  one  of  the  passages. 

l^ixTH  ScKNE.  —  Harpax  comes  across  the  stage,  counting  the  houses;  Pseu- 
dolus  watches  from  his  hiding-place.  Compare  Trin.  840  IT.,  where  Charmides, 
just  home  after  a  long  absence,  stands  aside  to  watch  a  stranger,  with  no  more 
reason  than  Ps.  has  liere. 

595.  loci,  so  Trin.  9;il,  quos  locos  adistif  and  in  a  few  other 
passages  from  early  Latin.  But  also  loca,  Trin.  80o,  861,  Rud. 
Ill,  in  situations  exactly  like  this. 

596.  ut  .  .  .  rationem  capio,  see  n.  on  ut  audio,  99.  Notice 
that  the  first  speech  of  llarpax  is  so  shaped  as  to  inform  the  au- 
dience who  he  is.  —  For  nam  the  mss.  have  (jxatit,  Goetz,  tjuoiii. 

597.  habitat,  Rit.,  Goetz,  Lor.,  habitet,  and  in  599  Becker,  Stud. 
Stud.,  p.  811,  Lor.,  Goetz,  in  both  cases  against  the  m.ss.  Until 
a  careful  study  has  been  made  of  the  uses  of  the  subjunctive  in 
PI.  it  seems  to  me  dangerous  to  correct  the  mood.  Both  clauses 
are  relative,  and  the  indie,  in  the  first  is  supported  by  quoi  iussif, 
in  the  second  by  Epid.  433  f.,  caue  praeferMlas  rdlas  aedis,  quiu  7'oges, 
senex  hie  nbi  habitat  Periphanes  Plothenius. 

600  is  so  nearly  a  repetition  of  381  that  it  nmst  be  regarded  as 
a  glo.ss  in  this  place. 

602.  missa  habeo.  The  use  of  habere  (and  also  reddere,  facere, 
dare,  tradere,  Brix  on  Capt.  31."))  with  tho  perf.  ptc  is  very  common 
in  PL,  so  that  it  must  have  originated  before  his  time.  It  is  pre- 
served in  the  literary  Latin,  and  reached  its  greatest  extent  in  Cic. 
and  Caes. ;  then  the  usage  was  gradually  restricted  to  certain  phrases, 
until  the  fifth  or  sixth  century,  when  the  loss  of  inflectional  end- 
ings led  to  the  revival  of  this  idiom  as  a  substitute  for  the  perfect 
tense  in  the  Romance  languages.  Cases  in  which  it  is  equivalent 
to  the  perf.  are  more  rare  than  has  been  siq-iposed,  probably  none 
in  PI.  [Ph.  Thielmann  in  Wcilfflin\s  Archiv,  II  3  and  4  ]  Ren- 
der here  as  a  present,  ''  I  drop  all  those  things  wiiich     .  .  " 


NOTES.  ir)T 

603.  stratioticum,  o-r/janajri/cos,  which  may  have  been  in  the 
original  at  this  i)oiiit.  Ikit  1*1.  uses  the  Greek  word  instead  of 
mUiUirem  with  a  derisive  intention. 

605.  coiipeudium  facere  with  gen.,  "  to  save,"  also  Rud.  180, 
St.  104.     The  more  frecjuent  construction  is  cvupendi  facere^  1111. 

606.  precator,  patronus.  Excessive  pounding  ou  a  door  is  a 
stock  subject  for  jokes  in  PL,  which  often  take  the  form  of  a  desire 
to  save  the  doors  from  injury.  So  Asin.  380,  nolo  ego  fores^  cojiser- 
uas  meas,  a  te  uerberarier,  ]\lost.  880,  Ik  us,  ecquis  hie  est,  maxumam 
([ui  his  iniuriam  fori  bus  defhulat? 

607.  Subballio,  "  I  'm  the  under-Ballio,"  a  coined  word  Lor. 
compares  Subncro  of  Domitian  in  Tertullian. 

608.  promus  (promo,  to  give  out  provisions)  is  a  regular  word 
for  steward,  Trin.  81,  Ilor.  Sat.  II.,  2, 10,  and  condus  is  formed  by 
analogy  from  condo  ;  but  it  is  found  only  here,  and  the  combina- 
tion is  intended  for  comic  effect,  as  is  also  the  exaggerated  phrase 
procurator  peni. 

609.  quasi  dicas.  So  634,  Rud.  99,  Cure.  78,  Trin.  891,  Merc. 
512,  True.  641,  all  with  dicas  (dicat).  "  That  amounts  to  saying," 
"you  might  as  well  say."  —  The  atriensis,  who  was  in  attendance 
in  the  main  hall,  was  an  overseer  of  the  other  slaves,  and  trusted 
by  his  master. 

610.  nunc  quidem  etiam,  "  just  at  present  I'm  in  slavery." 

611.  non  .  .  dignus.  Harpax,  who  is  represented  as  rather  a 
simple-minded  person,  begins  nevertheless  to  see  that  Ps.  is  in- 
tending to  be  impudent.  For  sense  cf.  Capt.  120,  non  uidere  ita  tn 
quulem,  "  one  would  not  think  so  from  your  behavior." 

612.  respicere  te,  i.  e.,  "  to  consider  j-ourself,  your  own  faults." 
Heaut.  70,  919,  non  te  rcspicis  ? 

613  f  are  spoken  aside.  ^ —  oportet,  "must  certainly,"  Poen. 
1030,  seruom  hercle  te  esse  oportet  ncrjitdui  et  malum.  —  The  figure  in 
incus,  procudam  does  not  occur  elsewhere  of  cheating. 

616.  militi.  Traces  of  the  early  long  vowel  in  the  abl.  of  3d 
declen.  are  abundant  in  inscriptions  and  in  verse.  It  was  written 
ei,  l,  or  e.  In  PI.  e  predominates,  but  I  and  e  are  found  occasion- 
ally.    So  in  the  Scipio  inscriptions,  fj'naivod patrd  pror/natus  (30), 


l')8    •  NOTES. 

victus  est  virtutei  (-31),  pumice  Pers.  4:1, pariete  Cas.  I.,  52,  rami  Capt. 
914,  fusil  896,  ciul  Pers.  475,  etc.  Cf.  also  tempore  and  temperi,  and 
see  Brix  on  Capt.  914,  Introd.,  §  38. 

622.  quia  answers  the  sense  rather  than  the  form  of  the  preced- 
ino-  speech,  as  if  it  were  summed  up  in  "  Why  are  you  acting  so?  " 
—  haec  dies,  cf.  59  and  n. 

623.  quoad,  monosyllable,  see  Introd  ,  §  37.  —  neqxie  dum  =  at- 
que  nondum. 

625.  quid  dubitas  dare ?  'A\mosi=i  quia  das?  with  impv.  effect. 
"Why  don't  you  give  it  tome  at  once?"  So  1313,  Mil.  1008, 
quid  ergo  hanc  dubitas  conloqui  ?  Epid.  260,  quid  istuc  dubitas  dicere  ? 
Poen.  789,  sed  quid  ego  dubito  fugere  .  .  .  .?  Bacch.  1117,  quid  dubi- 
tamus  pnltare  .  .  .  ?  dubitas  is  always  just  before  the  infin.  and 
has  sunk  almost  to  the  effect  of  an  adv.,  "  why  are  you  so  slow 
about  .  .  .?"     Cf.  cesso,  1099. 

627.  accepto  .  .  .  dato.  The  frequentative  sense  is  perceptible 
here. 

630.  soluta  .  .  .  rem  soluere,  "to  free  one's  property  from 
debt,"  is  used  in  a  general  way  in  PI.  of  payments  of  all  kinds,  and 
so  of  transacting  any  business.  Rud.  1413,  res  solutast,  ^'the  busi- 
ness is  settled."  But  Harp,  in  his  reply  takes  both  res  and  soluta 
literally,  "  I  would  rather  keep  it  (the  money)  tied  up  this  way  (in 
the  crumina).^' 

631.  uae  tibi,  uae  aetati  tuae,  "confound  you!"  A  frequent 
retort  to  a  joke,  when  the  speaker  cannot  think  of  anything  better. 
So  /  in  malam  crucem,  335.  Rud.  375,  Amph.  741,  and  often.  —  tu 
inuentu's  appears  to  be  proverbial.  Capt.  568  f.,  tu  enim  reperlus, 
Philocratem  [=  7ne]  qui  superes  ueriuerbio.  ||  pol,  ego  ut  rem  uidco,  tu 
inuentu^s,  uera  uanitudine  qui  conuincas,  Cic.  Phil.  II.,  x.  22,  quod 
igitur,  cum  res  agebatur,  nemo  in  me  dixit,  id  tot  annis  post  tu  es  inuen- 
tus  qui  diceres?  (So  Midler;  the  .sentences  are  exclamatory,  and 
may  be  punctuated  as  question  or  not.)  "  You  have  appeared,  have 
you?  .  .  . ,"  "so  you're  the  man  to  shake  my  credit!"  Warren, 
p  56,  suggests  tun  inuentu's,  which  may  very  possibly  be  correct. 
furcilles  {furcUla,  furca?)  is  defined  by  Placidus,  p.  8,  '  adf urcil- 
laui:  subrui,  labefactani,  concussi.'  The  word  does  not  occur  else- 
where, and  the  definition  in  the  Lex.  cannot  be  right. 


NOTES.  159 

633.   p6test,  see  Iiitrod.,  §  40,  and  n.  on  pot  in  ut,  23.5. 

635.  '•  Xot  at  all;  it  is  you  who  put  it  into  words;  I  simply  re- 
main watchful,  1  don't  even  accuse  you. 

The  point  of  the  next  two  lines  is  not  apparent.  The  name  Surus 
is  used  later  in  the  play,  1203,  but  there  is  no  reason  why  Ps.  should 
give  a  false  name,  and  the  whole  matter  is  put  aside  as  of  no  ac- 
count by  Harpax,  quicquid  est  nomen  tihi. 

639.    quod,  cf.  277  and  note. 

641.  sciu  quid  expresses  the  indignation  roused  in  the  mind 
of  Harp,  by  the  renewed  attempt  to  cheat  hira.     Cf.  n.  on  538. 

642.  reddere  .  .  .  misit.  The  infin.  after  verbs  of  motion  is 
rather  frequent.  Cure.  2Ut)f.,  nam  parasituin  7uisi  nudiusquartuii 
Curiam  petere  argentum,  after  eo  Bacch.  354,  Most.  66,  abeo  Bacch. 
900,  Cist.  II.,  1,  26,  uenio  Bacch.  631,  Rud.  94,  — nearly  forty 
cases  in  all,  given  by  Walder,  Infin.  bei  PI.,  p.  15,  and  taken  by 
him  as  survivals  of  an  earlier  I.  E  use.  Occasionally  found  in 
classical  poets,  but  very  rare  in  prose. 

646.  censebo.  The  pres.  is  more  regular,  but  the  fut.  leaves  the 
whole  matter  open,  and  as  used  here  expresses  a  certain  dignity 
and  independence  in  the  attitude  of  Harpax.  Cf.  Amph.  969, 
Mil.  396. 

647.  accipe  .  .  .  atque  dato.  The  distinction  of  tense  between 
impv.  pres.  and  impv.  fut.  is  in  general  carefully  observed  by  PL, 
the  latter  being  used  mainly  in  connection  with  the  fut.  ind.  When 
pres.  and  fut.  are  used  together,  as  here,  it  is  almost  invariably  to 
express  a  command  to  do  two  successive  acts  separated  by  some 
time,  dato,  "  give  it  to  him  whenever  he  shall  come."  Examples 
in  Ps.  may  be  found  20,  31  f.,  161  f.,  122,  208,  301,  480,  510,  513, 
520,  652,  826  ff.,  858  ff,  886,  950,  986,  1074,  1229,1304.  In  the 
concessive  use,  1304,  and  in  certain  phrases  (salueto,  audacter  dicito, 
facito)  the  future  sense  has  almost  disappeared.     [Loch.] 

650.  cum  eo,  see  Introd.,  §  35. 

651.  exemplum,  that  is,  a  stamp  in  wax  from  his  seal. 

653.  apage  te  (aVaye)  takes  an  accusative  of  exclamation,  and 
is  frequently  used  as  a  mere  term  of  repudiation  with  hau  (non) 
places,  Amph.  310.  Cf.  "  get  out  with  you!  "  Bleak  House,  Chap. 
LXIV.,  near  end. 


160  NOTES. 

654.  "  For  fear  you  should  do  something  worthy  of  your  name," 
explained  in  656.  As  the  word  liarpax  here  seems  strange,  harpa- 
(jefeceris  has  been  somewhat  generally  substituted;  but  I  believe 
Goetz  to  be  right  in  taking  it  as  a  quotation,  not  brought  into  the 
construction  of  the  sentence. 

655.  rapere  must  be  iiere  a  translation  of  dpTra^eiy,  which  would 
be  used  in  the  original  to  explain  Harpax. 

658.  deuortor  is  the  usual  verb  in  PI.  for  going  to  a  house 
either  to  call  (961)  or  to  lodge  (Mil.  134,  741)„  Cf.  in  tahernam 
deuorsoriam,  Men.  436.  —  These  vss.  illustrate  the  way  in  which 
PI.  neglects  probabilities  for  the  sake  of  bringing  in  a  joke  or  a 
point,  since  Harpax,  who  had  just  come  from  Sicyon  and  was  in 
a  hurry  to  return,  would  have  been  very  unlikely  to  know  all  about 
the  inn.  —  crassus,  "  stout,"  as  regularly  in  PI. 

661.  ut  .  .  .  ueni,  cf.  Bacch.  106,  nam  ut  in  naiii  uecta^s^  credo 
fimida^s,  INIerc.  371,  j)er  mare  ut  ueclu''s,  nunc  ocidi  terram  miranlm 
tui,  Most.  268,  ut  .speculum  tenuisti,  metuo  ne  olant  argeutiwi  7nanus, 
Ps.  278.  In  these  uses  ut  gives  the  logical  ground  for  the  following 
statement.  —  de  uia,  "  in  consequence  of  my  journey,"  not  with 
uem :  only  a  few  times  in  PI. 

663.  in  quaestione,  i.  e.,  "don't  make  it  necessary  for  me  to 
search  for  you,"  with  the  verbal  force  of  quaestio  prominent.  A 
common  phrase  after  uide,  caue,  Capt.  253,  Pers.  51,  Cas.  Ill  ,  1,  16, 
Cist.  II.,  3,  49;  also  with  mo?^a,  Trin.  278,  expectatione,  Mil.  1279. 

664.  quin,  "  no,  I  will  not  be  out  of  the  way;  I  shall  be  trying 
to  get  a  nap."  —  sane  censeo,  "  I  quite  agree  with  you,"  "a  very 
good  idea." 

665.  Harpage  is  a  remarkable  voc.  form,  illustrating  the  free- 
dom with  which  PL  handles  Greek  proper  names.     In  653  Harpax. 

666.  beatus  is  perf.  ptc.  of  beo,  which  PL  uses  with  the  mean- 
ing "  to  refresh"  physically.  Capt.  137,  foi'is  aliquantilliim  eliam 
quod  edo,  id  beat,  "  does  me  good."  So  here,  "have  yourself  well 
covered ;  it  will  do  you  good,  if  you  get  a  good  sweat."  Uss.  thinks 
that  the  real  purpose  of  Pseud,  is  to  make  Harpax  sleep  heavily; 
but  the  advice  seems  to  me  simply  a  carrying  out  of  the  friendly 
tone  which  Pseud,  assumes  toward  Ilarpax  after  receiving  the  letter 
from  him. 


NOTES.  161 

Seventh  Scene.  —  Pseudolus  is  left  alone  with  the  letter  in  his  hand. 

668.  uiatico  goes  with  the  figure  in  redduxit,  errore.  uiam ;  "I 
was  wandering  from  the  wa}',  but  he  has  brought  me  back  and  paid 
my  travelling-expenses." 

669.  Opportunitas.  Such  personifications,  not  to  be  taken 
seriously,  are  frequent.  Lor.,  Einl.  Anm.  20,  gives  Salus  (Capt. 
529,  neque  in  in  Salus  seruare  me  potest),  Spes,  Commodltas,  Festiuitas, 
Pietas,  Voluptas,  Venustas,  Saturitds  (by  a  parasite),  and  others. 
Many  of  these  are  used  by  lovers  as  terms  of  endearment,  Cas.  II., 
3,  13  if. 

674  fF.  The  mss.,  Nonius,  and  all  recent  editors  have  faciam. 
Lor.  takes  ut  with  (jloriosnm  and  translates,  "  ich  vverde  mich  stellen 
wie  ein  Prahler;  "  Ussing  paraphrases,  "  ut  de  uirtute  mea  glorier 
et  copiam  ingenii  mei  iactera ; ''  better  as  punctuated  in  the  text 
with  ut  exclamatory,  "  how  I  am  going  to  brag! ''  But  even  this 
is  not  entirely  satisfactory.  The  bragging  tone  of  671-3  recalls  to 
Pseud,  his  former  hopes  and  plans  which  had  been  set  aside  by  the 
coming  of  Harpax,  and  he  changes  to  a  humbler  tone.  This  change 
should  begin  with  (dque  nunc,  and  fackim  should  be  facieham  (so 
Lamb ,  and  cf.  text  of  Bothe).  But  facieham  cannot  be  brought 
into  the  metre  without  great  changes.  [Possibly  gloriosum  is  a 
gloss,  cf .  the  variation  in  position  of  ut.  Or  possibly  facerem : 
"  And  yet  just  now  how  I  was  intending  to  make  myself  boastfully 
successful."] 

677.  deformata,  ■'  well-shaped."  —  erit,  for  tense  cf.  Trin.  923 
num  C/iarmides  ?  ||  em,  istlc  erit,  "there,  that's  the  man,"  Eun.  732, 
uerbum  herde  hoc  uerum  erit. 

680.  praecellet,  a  pres.  of  2d  conj.,  supported  by  2d  conj.  forms 
of  excello  {-eo).  —  exinde,  •'  hence,"  a  meaning  found  only  in  early 
Latin. 

681.  For  the  two  indefinite  pronouns  quoi  quod  see  Draeger,  I., 
89.  —  acoidisse,  "  has  turned  out,"  a  sense  not  found  elsewhere 
in  PL,  and  in  Ter  only  And.  264,  mi$era  timeo,  '  incertiimst '  Jioc 
quorsmn  accidat.     Langen  and  most  edd.  change  to  cecidisse. 

685 f.     "And  the  result  is  this,  that  in  the  midst  of  our  labor 

11 


1G2  NOTES. 

and  pain  death  overtakes  us  while  we  are  still  unsatisfied."     Goetz 
joins  in  .  .  .  dolore.  with  euenit. 

The  moralizing  tone  of  these  vss.  is  unusual  for  PI.  They  are 
doubtless  from  the  Greek  original. 

688.  aurichalco  contra,  abl.  of  price.  Cf.  Mil.  1076,  contra 
auro  .  .  .  uendere,  True.  538,  auro  contra  constat.  The  form  auri- 
chalcum  is  found  also  Mil.  660,  Cure.  202,  from  Greek  opeip^aXKos  by 
popular  confusion  with  aurum  (Volksetymologie)  ;  it  was  an  alloy 
of  copper  the  exact  composition  of  which  is  not  known,  contra, 
an  adv..as  always  in  PL,  gives  the  effect  of  Engl.  ''  worth  its  ivehjld 
in  gold." 

689.  com.mentus  fui,  see  on  oblit us  fui,  171.  The  \evh  comml- 
niscor  in  PL  means  "to  think  up,"  not  necessarily  "to  invent  a 
falsehood,"  cf.  Most.  602,  008,  of  thinking  up  a  name  supposed  to 
have  been  forgotten. 

692.  par  pari,  cf.  Asin.  172,  par  pari  datum  host'nnentumst,  opera 
pro  pecwiia. 

Eighth  Scene.  —  Calidonis  comes  across  the  stage  from  the  forum,  bringing 
with  him  a  friend  to  whom  he  has  been  describing  tlie  situation.  The  conver- 
sation is  so  arranged  as  to  introduce  Charinus  to  the  audience.  On  the  contra- 
dictions in  the  plot  see  Introd.,  §  45  and  390  ff. 

694.  apud  te,  colloquial,  not  precisely  equiv.  to  tihi,  as  appears 
from  the  verbs  with  which  it  is  used,  queri,  conjiteri,  mentiri,  iurare ; 
so  ehcutus  Sinn,  "  I  have  told  the  whole  story  in  your  presence. 

700.  evperr]^.  The  reason  for  using  a  Greek  word  is  not  plain, 
but  the  point  appears  to  be  in  the  application  of  a  seiious  term  to 
the  trickery  of  Pseud.;  "investigator,  thinker,"  or  something  of 
that  kind. 

702.  magnufice,  "m  the  grand  style."  —  resonat  is  a  tragic 
word,  given  here  on  the  authority  of  A.  Elsewhere  PL  uses  sonat 
in  this  phrase,  Trin.  45,  Rud.  229,  P)acch.  979. 

703  ff.  are  intended  as  a  parody  of  the  tragic  style,  hence  io, 
turanne,  and  the  repetitions  in  704-5.  In  691  Ps.  has  in  mind 
Simo,  Ball.,  and  Harpax,  all  of  whom  he  will  cheat  by  one  act;  and 
it  may  with  some  point  be  said  that  each  person  swindled  exercises 


NOTES.  163 

a  separate  power  {artlhus)  and  gives  to  the  swindler  a  separate  joy; 
but  the  piling  up  of  ter  trina  iripllcia  tria  is  intentional  nonsense, 
and  all  attempts  to  bring  sense  into  the  vss.  by  emendation  are 
misdirected. 

706.   libello,  the  letter.  —  pauxillulo,   double  diminutive,  see 

Introd.,  §  23. 

507.  paratragoedat,  Traparpaycobeco.  The  absence  of  this  word 
from  the  fragments  of  the  New  Comedy  cannot  be  due  to  anything 
more  than  accident.     "  Speaks  in  tragic  style." 

708  f.  continue  the  parody,  parlter  goes  closely  with  contra. 
The  use  of  salutem  suggests  the  personification  of  the  next  vs.,  "Are 
you  really  Safety,  or  only  Hope?  "  —  This  form  of  the  disjunctive 
question  Vith  w^j-'^n  .  .  .  -ne  .  .  .  an  is  not  frequent  in  PI.  The 
earliest  form  of  disjunctive  question  consisted  simply  of  a  question 
of  any  kind,  but  especially  with  ne  or  without  any  particle,  followed 
by  another  question  with  an  (n.  on  28).  As  such  a  pair  of  ques- 
tions offered  an  alternative,  utrum,  "  which  of  the  two?  "  was  finally 
prefixed,  and  this  became  in  classical  Latin  one  of  the  most  fre- 
quent forms  of  the  disjunctive  question.  —  salutem,  jussive. 

710.  utrumque.  The  literal  joke,  "how  are  you.  Both?  " — 
quid  tibi?  sc.  actumst,  "how  goes  it  with  you?  what  have  you 
done  ?  "  The  mss.  give  quid  times,  which  Goetz  retains,  giving  the 
whole  speech  to  Cal. 

711.  attuli  is  properly  used  only  of  things,  and  is  therefore  cor- 
rected to  adduxi.  It  is  put  into  the  speech  of  Cal.  only  in  order  to 
have  Ps.  correct  it,  and  the  joke  is  rather  flat.  Better  :\Iil.  27,  ele- 
phanto  .  .  .  praefrecjisti  hracchium.  \\  quid  bracchium  ?  \\  illud  uolui 
dlcere  'femur,'  Mil.  818,  sorhet  for  stertit,  Most.  830.  dormiunt  for 
coniuent,  and  below,  841  ff. 

712.  As  usually  happens  wnth  Greek  words  in  PI. ,  this  phrase  is 
much  confused  in  the  mss.,  but  it  appears  to  be  a  literal  transla- 
tion of  cjratiam  illifacio,  turned  into  Greek  for  the  sake  of  the  pun 
^^pii,  _  Charinus.  It  implies,  as  does  tarn  gratiast  in  the  next  vs., 
a  polite  refusal  to  accept  an  offer,  Most.  1130,  de  cena  facio  gra- 
tiam.  II  qtdn  uems  9  In  euge  Ps.  not  only  greets  Charinus,  but  also 
hails  the  good  omen  of  his  name. 


164  NOTES. 

713.  tarn  gratiast,  in  the  same  sense  also  INfen.  387,  St.  472. 
Cf.  hemgne,  KoXkicr^ :  Hor.  Epist.  I.,  7,  18,  tcua  leneor  dono,  quam 
sidimittar  onuslii:,  the  Itahan  iante  grazie,  and  the  English  "I  am 
just  as  much  obliged,"  used  only  in  refusal,  shov\^  that  the  expres- 
sion is  one  likely  to  arise  in  any  language,  and  there  is  therefore 
no  question  here  of  connection  between  tarn  and  tamen  or  of  an 
adversative  tain. 

715.  id  quidem,  referring  to  nolo  .  .  .  nos,  "  the  mere  idea  of 
your  saying  sucli  a  thing  annoys  me.'" 

719.  accersebat,  "was  intending  to  take  away." — os  sub- 
leui,  a  frequent  phrase  for  befooling  and  deceiving,  only  inciden- 
tally for  cheating  out  of  money.  Capt.  787,  656,  ita  mi  stolido  sur- 
sum  uorsum  os  subleueve  offuclis,  Trin.  558,  etc.  Nonius,  p.  45, 
says,  trnclum  a  genera  ludi,  quo  dovmicntibiis  era  phiguntur,  which 
may  be  a  correct  explanation.  But  fucus,  offuciae  are  often  used 
of  tricks. 

720  f.  Cf.  388.  Lor.  quotes  Poen.  550  f.,  omnia  istaec  scimus  iam 
nos,  si  hi  spectalores  scianf.  hdrunc  hie  nunc  causa  haec  agiiur  spec- 
talorum  fabula ;  hos  te  satius  est  docere  ut,  quando  ages,  quid  agas 
sciant.  The  last  vs.  contains  the  secret  of  a  part  of  the  success  of 
PI.  as  a  pi  ay- writer. 

722.  quid  nunc  agimus  ?  This  is  a  livelier  form  of  question 
than  quid  aganius,  and  is  to  be  distinguished  also  from  the  fut. 
quid  ago  treats  the  immediate  future  as  present.  So  Most.  368, 
JNIen.  844,  and  in  many  other  questions  in  first  person,  Most.  774, 
eon  ?  uoco  hue.  homineni  ? 

723.  tu  istic  (adv.)  in  answer,  Amph.  575,  egone?  \\  tu  isfic, 
747;  not  a  pron.  equiv.  to  ipse,  as  this  passage  shows.  —  hoc  caput 
=z  ego,  so  Epid.  95.  Aul.  426,  si  hoc  capid  senfit,  cf.  175  n.  In  the 
same  way  hie  homo  r^  ego  often.  —  uiuet.  The  fut  (cf.  Aul.  426, 
above)  is  due  to  the  influence  of  amplexaltere  and  inuenielis. 

724.  facie,  in  all  mss.  But  it  is  unnatural  that  Cal.  should  ask 
about  the  appearance  of  the  man  wanted,  and  in  fact  P.s.  answers 
the  question  as  if  it  had  been  "  wliaL  kind  of  a  man  ?  "  No  passage 
has  been  found  to  support  fades  in  that  sense,  and  no  good  substi- 
tute for  it  lias  been  suggested. 


NOTES.  165 

726.  porro  .  .  .  teneat,  "  will  understand  the  rest  of  what  he 
has  to  do  without  being  told,"  "  of  himself."  teneat  has  also  literal 
reference  to  praehenf/erit,  "  gets  hold  —  holds  on." 

727.  Cf.  Triu.  76G,  ignota  facie,  quae  hie  non  uisitata  sit,  of  a  man 
to  be  employed  in  a  trick  something  like  the  one  here  proposed. 

730.  a  patre.  Sauppe  quotes  Corn.  Xep.,  Chabrias,  III.,  4, 
ne([ue  uero  solus  ille  aberal  Athenls  libenter,  fed  omnes  fere  principes 
fecerunt  idem,  to  illustrate  the  common  habit  of  living  on  a  country 
estate,  often  at  a  distance.  Charinus  is  keeping  up  the  house  in 
town,  and  it  is  evident  from  this  scene  that  he  has  full  liberty  of 
action.  Cartj-'itus  is  a  small  town  in  Euboea.  With  names  of  towns 
and  small  islands  in  the  sing.  PI.  expresses  "from  "  either  by  the 
abl.  or  by  abl.  with  ez,  never  any  other  prepos.  With  names  in 
plur.  limit  of  motion  is  always  expressed  by  ace.  alqne,  as  AtJienas 
in  next  vs.;  but  sing,  names  take  in  or  ace.  alone  in  about  equal 
ratio. 

732.    inuentis  opus  est      .   .  miuis,  see  n.  on  50. 

734  ne  quaere  To  express  prohibitions  PI.  had  at  his  com- 
mand (r/)  the  pert.  subj.  with  ne,  (b)  the  pres.  subj.,  (c)  the  pres. 
impv.,  and  (d  )  various  periphrastic  forms  (noli,  caue).  Of  these 
the  classical  Latin,  with  its  regulating  and  narrowing  tendencies, 
preserved  only  a  and  d. 

735.  a  me  dare,  "from  my  property."  So  Trin.  182,  1144,  and 
often.      Cf,  amarc  a  ienonc,  20;3. 

736.  "  This  man  is  n't  Charinus  at  all ;  he  's  a  god  of  plenty.'*  Cf. 
And.  194,  Dauos  sum,  non  Oedipus.  It  is  possible  that  there  is  a  pun 
on  cdr-ere,  since  PI.  wrote  Cdrinus,  but  I  do  not  think  it  likely. 

737.  sapit  is  capable  of  two  meanings,  "to  have  sense,"'  and 
"to  give  out  an  odor.''  It  is  used  by  Ps.  in  the  former  and  replied 
to  by  Ch.  in  the  latter.  This  literal  sense  is  very  rare,  perhaps 
only  here,  Cic.  de  Orat.  Ill  .  2.5,  99,  and  twice  in  Pliny. 

739.  aceti,  "sharpness.'"'  Cf.  sal,ot  wit,  Hor.  Sat.  I.,  7,  32, 
Italo  per/'usu<>  acelo.  In  this  sense  only  here  in  PI.,  but  cf.  Bacch. 
405.  —  atque,  "  yes,  and,"  adds  something  to  what  has  been  asked. 
The  answer  is  again  partly  literal,  and  Ps.  keeps  up  the  figure  in 
the  next  vs. 


166  NOTES. 

741.  These  are  different  kinds  of  sweetened  drinks,  sufficiently 
described  in  Lex.  and  Diet.  Ant.  Cf.  Gell.  X.,  23,  2,  passum,  mur- 
rinam  et  quae  id  genus  exstant  potu  dulcia. 

742.  "  Why,  he  once  began  to  set  up  a  saloon  for  hot  drinks  in 
his  mind."  thermopolium,  depfioiroiXtov,  a  saloon  for  the  sale  of 
cooked  food  and  wines,  frequented  only  by  the  lower  classes,  sev- 
eral times  referred  to  by  PI.     See  esp.  Trin.  1013  ff. 

743.  lamberas,  only  here,  but  defined  by  Paul  Fest.,  p.  118, 
scindis  ac  lanias.  Tlie  sense  is  evidently  "  you  beat  me  at  my  own 
game."     Cf.  Poen.  296,  meo  me  iacessis  ludo  et  delicias  facis. 

745.  uorsari,  the  depon.,  in  Pi.  regularly  means  "to  dwell,  re- 
main." In  the  sense  in  which  Pseud,  uses  it,  "to  turn  avouiid 
quickly,^^  i.  e.  "to  manage  well,  act  wisely,"  it  does  not  occur  else- 
where m  PI.,  and  in  the  literal  sense,  in  which  Ch.  replies  to  it, 
only  Cist.  II.,  1,  4,  uorsor  in  amorls  rota  miser. 

746.  argutus  is  frequent  in  PI.  as  used  here  by  Ps.,  "sharp." 
Char,  takes  it  as  ptc.  from  arguo,  "  accused,"  in  which  sense  it  is 
very  rare;  in  PI.  only  Amph.  883,  ita  me  probri,  stupri,  dedecoris  a 
uiro  argutam  meo. 

748.  scitus,  as  adj.,  is  used  by  Pi.  almost  as  much  as  lepidm  in 
the  sense  of  "  shrewd,  sharp,"  and  as  a  general  word  of  praise. 
The  neuter  scitum,  "  that  which  has  been  approved,  a  vote,"  does 
not  appear  elsewhere  in  PL,  but  must  be  early,  as  its  composition 
with  the  early  gen.  plebei,  piebe,  plebi  shows.  This  gen.  was  pre- 
served in  tribuiius  plebi,  etc.,  and  is  found  m  niscriptions. 

749.  immo  si  scias.  So  Merc.  298,  and  with  dependent  clause 
Cure.  321,  Bacch.  698.  Cf.  Merc.  445,  7nul(o  hercle  die  magis  senex 
{peril),  si  tu  scias.  Like  the  Engl,  "if  you  only  knew,  "  but  it 
should  be  regarded  as  descended  directly  from  an  independent  sub- 
junctive, and  not  as  a  shortened  form  of  Mil.  Glor.  1429,  magis  id 
dicas,  si  scias  quod  ego  scio. 

750.  quid  sese  uelis,  **  what  you  want  of  him,"  "  what  you  want 
him  for,"  sesc  is  direct  object  and  quid  ace.  of  compass  and  extent-, 
the  combination  is  frequent  in  PI.  and  Ter.     Examples  in  Lex. 

755.  faciat  is  jussive,  though  it  is  in  a  subord  clause,  and  ex- 
actly Wke  feral  and  abducat. 


NOTES.  167 

756.  Lor.  rightly  takes  cum  ornamentis  both  with  the  preceding 
and  with  the  following  words.  That  is,  the  order  is  that  in  which 
the  ideas  arise  in  the  mind,  "the  man  —  his  dress  —  all  prepared  — 
bring  him  to  me." 

757.  tarpezitam.  This  place  of  meeting  is  fixed,  because  Cha- 
linus  would  have  to  go  to  the  banker's  for  the  five  minae.  The 
form  tarpe.zita  (also  tarpessitci)  comes  from  the  Doric- Aeolic  dialect 
of  lower  Italy,  in  which  metathesis  of  p  is  common;  so  hardus  from 
fSapbvs  for  ^padvs,  cf.  superl.  (iapbiaros,  cerno,  Kpivco,  etc.  —  Aeschinus 
is  a  wrongly  Latinized  form  for  Alo-x^vr]^.  The  same  mistake  is 
made  by  Ter.  Adel.,  though  he  is  in  general  more  careful  than  PI. 
in  such  details. 

758.  illi,  adv.,  for  the  more  usual  illic,  is  supported  in  many 
places  by  the  mss.  (not  so  here),  by  the  metre,  by  Donatus  on  Adel. 
I.,  2,  36,  and  by  the  mss.  of  Vergil  in  several  places.  So  isti,  islic. 
■ —  ocius  is  strictly  a  compar.  form,  but  has  the  compar.  force  at  the 
most  in  only  one  place  in  PI.,  Pers.  181.  Elsewhere,  Cure.  276, 
Merc.  930,  Most.  679,  St.  353,  Pers.  85,  Poen.  709,  with  impv.  as 
here  and  with  positive  force.     [Fraesdorf.] 

759.  incerti,  ambiguom.  This  slight  carelessness  of  expression 
is  entirely  natural  in  colloquial  style. 

760.  liquet,  defaecatumst.  Cf.  n.  on  232.  The  two  figures 
are  combined  here.  —  peruiamst,  a  good  correction  by  Speng.  of 
peruiast  of  the  mss.  So  Aul.  438,  in  literal  sense,  qui{ne)  angulos 
omnis  mearum  aedium  et  conclauium  mihl  pei'ulam  facUis,  cf.  ob- 
uiam(st).     "  Now  the  way  is  clear." 

761  ff.  The  figure  is  not  from  a  triumphal  procession,  but  from 
an  army  marching  out  to  certain  victory.  —  Uqiiido,  "  with  auspices 
distinct  and  just  to  my  mind."  So  Epid,  183  f.,  liquido  exeo  auspi- 
cio  foras,  aid  sbuslra. 

763.  confidentiast  has  verbal  force.  So  Mil.  230,  confidentiast 
nos  inimicos  projligare  posse.  Cf.  lubidost  =  litbet,  certumst,  "  I  am 
determined,"  spes  est,  suspiciost  (562),  etc. 

764.  onerabo  .  .  .  praeceptis,  a  favorite  figure  with  PI.  So 
onerare  mendaciis^  amoenitate,  laetitia,  malignitate ,  maledictis,  bene- 
factis,  pur/riis  (to  beat),  beside  the  phrases  like  the  present. 


168  NOTES. 

765,  ne  titubet,  ut  ferat,  final  clauses  after  764.  ne  tituhet  be- 
comes proverbial,  939,  Mil.  247,  Hor.  Epist.,  I.,  13,  19,  etc.  The 
figure  of  a  person  carrying  a  load,  begun  in  764,  is  continued  in 
this  vs.,  or  rather  suggests  the  phrasing;  the  load  which  is  to  be 
carried  is  not  the  same-. 

Pseud,  goes  off  toward  the  forum  to  meet  Char,  and  Cal.  with 
Simla  There  is  no  reason  why  he  should  not  have  gone  with 
them ;  he  remains  ou  the  stage  merely  for  the  sake  of  this  so- 
liloquy. 

Ninth  Scene.  —  The  speaker  is  a  young  slave  who  comes  out  of  Ballio's 
house.  As  he  does  not  reappear  in  tlie  play,  and  as  he  adds  nothing  to  the 
knowledge  which  the  audience  already  had  of  Ballio's  household  (cf.  133  ff.), 
the  scene  is  plainly  introduced  only  to  appeal  to  the  coarser  tastes  of  the  audi- 
ence. There  are  scenes  in  Sliakspere  of  which  the  same  thing  must  be  said,  and 
to  condenui  this  passage  as  spurious  on  aesthetic  or  moral  grounds,  is  simply  to 
mistake  the  real  nature  of  Roman  comedy. 

767.  danunt  =  dant,  from  a  strengthened  stem  of  dare.  This 
form  (not  in  any  other  pers.  or  number)  is  found  in  the  mss.  of  Pi. 
about  a  dozen  times,  and  is  supported  by  the  grammarians,  who 
give  also  ob'mujit,  prodinunt,  redinuni  for  obeu7it,  etc.  [Neue,  II., 
412.] 

769.  ne,  not  to  be  written  nae,  and  not  to  be  confused  with  the 
negative. 

771.  uelut  introduces  a  special  illustration  of  a  general  truth, 
"  so,  for  example,  I  am  a  slave  here." 

772.  praefulcior,  a  rare  word,  found  Pers.  12,  ei'iis  mens  manum 
ahstinere  hau  quit  tamen,  quin  mi  impei'et,  quin  me  suis  ner/odis  prae- 
fulciat,  which  must  be  "  cannot  help  using  me  as  a  prop  to  his 
affairs,"  Cic.  Att.  V.,  13,  '^^  primum  illud  praefulci  atque  pracmuni, 
"  make  props  and  fortifications  to  ensure  .  .  .  ."  This  cannot  mean 
"  hedged  in,"  as  in  Lex.,  and  it  is  necessary  to  adopt  the  early  con- 
jecture ministenis  (Introd.,  §  40  on  prosody)  for  miserii:^  of  the  mss. 
"  Where  I  am  used  as  a  prop  to  support  (am  compelled  to  perform) 
all  sorts  of  duties;"  this  corresponds  well  with  the  general  state- 
ment in  770. 

774.   qui  amfet,  Introd.,  §  35.  — nitidiuscule,  n.  on  220. 


NOTES.  169 

778.  perbitere  =  perire,  see  n.  on  254.  This  is  not  strictly  what 
Ball,  required,  nor  were  the  threats  addressed  to  any  of  the  house- 
hold except  the  women. 

781.  No  satisfactory  explanation  of  this  vs.  has  been  given.  It 
refers,  of  course,  to  the  punishment  which  the  boy  expects  on  the 
morrow,  and  possibly  to  the  beating  of  clothing  by  the  fuUones,  but 
the  only  thing  certain  is  that  fructus  and  potandus  cannot  be  used 
together.  After  782  G.  has  comma;  I  have  put  period,  connecting 
the  quo7n  clause  with  eheu,  cf.  Capt.  995,  ^lil.  1358,  ]\Ien.  305. 

Tenth  Scene.  —  Ballio  comes  in  from  the  market-place,  folloAved  by  his 
pedisequos  and  by  a  cook  with  two  assistants  or  apprentices,  one  of  whom  speaks 
891  f.     They  stop  before  Ballio's  house  for  the  following  conversation. 

790.  forum  coquinum.  Ussing  quotes  Pollux,  IX.,  48,  ^ayei- 
pdov.  roTTos  oOev  inadoiuTai  tovs  ixayeipovs^  to  show'  that  there  was 
some  part  of  the  market  where  cooks  stood  for  hire.  But  this,  and 
indeed  the  whole  matter  of  hiring  a  professional  cook,  must  refer  to 
customs  in  Greece  or  to  Greek  customs  just  then  beginning  to  be 
introduced  into  Rome  against  the  protests  of  the  conservatives. 
Cf.  Livy,  XXXIX.,  6,  8  (186  b.  c),  turn  coquus,  uilissimum  antiquis 
mancipium  ef  aestimatione  et  usu,  in  j^retio  esse  et  quod  ministerium 
fxierat  ars  haheri  coepfa. 

792.  The  mss  give  nain  ego  si  iiimtus  peiorem  hominem  quaererem, 
which  with  the  next  vs.  does  not  make  a  possible  sense.  Goetz 
prints  as  in  mss.,  saying  in  note,  '■'■  videtur  aliquid  intercedisse.^^ 
Rit.,  Lor.  change  to  na77i  ego  si  iuratus  ptssuminn  hominem  qitae- 
rei-em,  \  peidreyn  hau  potui,  etc.,  but  the  changes  are  too  violent.  I 
have  changed  the  order  as  in  the  text,  "For  a  worse  man,  if  I  were 
seeking  (for  one)  under  oath,  I  could  not  have  found  than  this 
one,"  etc.  For  the  separation  of  hominem  from  cocinn,  cf.  768,  956, 
1103;  for  iuratus,  '•  under  oath,"  cf.  Asin.  23,  Amph.  437,  etc. 

794.  multilocum,  so  Cist.  I.,  3,  1,  of  an  old  woman;  stultilo- 
quium  Mil.  296  (cf.  Trin.  222),  uaniloquos  Amph.  379,  pauciloquium 
IMerc.  31,  34,  nugipcdamloquides  Pers.  703. 

795  ff.  ob  earn  rem  anticipates  ut  esset.  Orcus.  always  in  PI. 
the  god  of  the  lower  world,  Acheruns,  the  place.     Most.  499,  nam 


170  NOTES. 

me  Acheruntein  recipere  Orcus  noluit,  and  often,  mortuis  cenam  is 
not  the  silicernium,  but  possibly  offerings  of  plain  food  placed  upon 
the  tomb,  or,  in  a  more  general  way,  food  that  will  suit  the  dead, 
that  is,  tasteless  food.  The  idea  of  the  whole  is  "  He  is  a  wretched 
cook;  no  other  man  can  cook  such  an  utterly  tasteless  dinner.  In 
fact,  that  is  the  reason  why  he  is  still  alive;  Orcus,  who  cares  for 
the  dead,  wished  to  have  some  man  on  earth  (hie)  who  could  please 
the  dead,  and  this  was  tlie  only  cook  bad  enough  for  it."  The  logic 
i.s  not  perfect,  but  is  equal  to  the  wit. 

796,  esset  .  .  coquat.  The  question  of  the  sequence  of  tenses 
in  PI.  cannot  be  regarded  as  settled.  As  a  matter  of  fact  the  pres. 
and  perf.  subj.  often  depend  upon  the  impf.  or  perf.,  where  later 
usage  would  require  tlie  nnpf .  or  plupf.  So  Bacch.  352,  689,  Poen. 
COl,  Cas.  TIL,  5,  U,  Asin.  442,  Amph.  745,  etc.  Cf.  Brix  on  Mil. 
131,  and  two  dissertations  by  C.  Rothe  and  A.  Wirtzfeld.  In  the 
same  w'ay  tenses  of  the  mdic.  succeed  one  anotlier  somewhat 
strangely. 

799  isto  pacto,  cf.  Rud.  1253,  nullus  erat  illo  pacio,  Cist.  I.,  1, 
48,  (juo  (a  me  modo  uoles  esse,  also  a/itei',  (jueinar/niudum,  and  often 
ita,  sic,  for  pred.  adj.  [Langen,  p.  323.]  The  omission  of  esse 
after  arhitror  with  pred.  adj.  is  frequent,  e.  g.,  Amph  552,  sceles- 
tissumum  te  arhitror. 

801.  Join  tu  solus  with  sedehas.  "  Why  were  you  the  only  one 
left,  if  you  were  really  a  cook." 

802.  improbior,  "less  approved,  less  often  hired."  prohus 
often  expresses  approval,  favorable  estimation. 

804.    quom  exteniplo,  see  n.  on  490. 

807.  hoc,  "for  this  reason.'^  So  822,  Amph.  254,  166,  etc. — 
obsessor,  cf.  Rud.  698,  lianc  .  .  .  aram  ohsidere,  Ter.  Ad.  718, 
doini  .  .  .  ohsidere  The  noun  is  not  found  in  literal  sense  elsewhere 
in   PI. 

808  illi  .  .  .  miseri,  "they  do  their  work  for  a  drachma," 
"  undergo  the  misery  of  work."  The  mss.  give  drahcmis  sent  or 
esseni,  and  this  has  been  variously  explained;  drachumissent,  l^uchs, 
Lor.,  cf.  palrisso ,  draclimis  issent,  Gron.  Fleck.,  etc.  Perhaps 
drachumis  stant,  in  contrast  to  this  cook,  cf  sedehas  800,  itt  swf/am  809. 


NOTES.  171 

809.  iiummo.  This  word  in  PL  is  used  of  two  different  coins, 
the  Philippeus  aureus  or  (jTUTTjp,  or  without  an  adj.  of  a  Greek  silver 
coin.  From  True,  li:0,  where  a  slave  receives  a  ynma,  and  562, 
where  he  says  quinque  numnws  mihi  delraxi,  partem  Htrculanecnn 
(=  ^ig),  it  appears  that  5  nummi  =  ^^  of  1  mimi ;  as  there  are  lOJ 
drachmae  in  1  mhia,  nummus  must  be  used  of  the  two-drachma 
piece.  So  in  this  passage  the  cook  asks  twice  the  wages  of  the 
others.      In  a  few  places  PI.  uses  nummus  of  a  drachma 

810.  The  point  of  this  and  the  following  vss.  is  that  other  cooks 
season  vegetables  with  vegetables,  while  the  speaker  combines  vege- 
tables with  fish  or  meat  (834  f  ).  jn-ata,  the  platters  are  like  pas- 
tures covered  with  herbs;  the  guests  are  served  as  if  they  were  oxen. 

812.  oggerunt,  found  only  in  PI.,  Cist.  1.,  1,  72,  True.  103,  for 
ob-gerunt, 

814  precedes  815  in  mss.  and  Goetz;  the  order  is  changed 
(Sauppe,  p.  9)  to  agree  with  812-0.  apponunt  =  oggerunt  and  in- 
dunt  means  the  same  act  as  condiunt.  "They  put  before  them 
sonel,  cabbage,  beets,  spinach;  they  season  with  coriander,  fennel, 
garlic,  holusatrum." 

816.  eo,  "  into  this  they  pour  a  pound  of  silphium."  pondo, 
"  by  weight,"  is  I'egularly  added  to  libra  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
measure  of  capacity. 

817.  teritur  senapis  scelera,  "they  grate  in  villanous  mus- 
tard." This  vs.  is  several  times  quoted  by  grammarians  as  an 
example  of  senapis  (siuapi)  used  as  a  fern.  If  that  is  correct, 
scelera  must  be  an  adj.,  not  only  iiv  this  phrase  but  in  the  common 
scelerum  caput,  146,  1054,  and  so  Ussing  takes  it  on  Cure.  234  Uss. 
This  is  probably  right,  but  is  not  without  difficult}^,  as  the  adj. 
scelerus  does  not  occur  elsewhere,  and  scelerum  caput  and  perlurl 
caput  (see  on  132)  are  used  together  Rud.  1098  f. 

820.  strigibus.  Ussing  quotes  Pliny,  H.  N.  XL,  232,  esse  in 
maledictls  iam  antiquis  strigem  conuenit,  sed  quae  sit  avium  cnnstare 
non  arbltror.  It  was  some  species  of  bird  of  prey  which  flew  by 
night,  usirally  taken  as  "  screech-owl."  The  sauces  were  so  harsh 
that  they  tore  the  throats  of  those  who  swallowed  them  like  the 
claws  of  a  bird  of  prey. 


172  NOTES. 

824.  essu  (esu)  also  in  112G.  The  same  spelling  is  occasionally 
well  supported  for  aussus,  7issus^  and  some  other  supines,  for  the 
more  common  spelling.     Also  ussus,  248. 

828.  qui,  nom.,  but  in  preceding  vs.  abl.  for  quihus.  — audacter 
dicito,  "  you  may  well  say  so!  " 

830  ff.  The  names  of  sauces  in  these  vss.  are  all  fictitious,  and 
are  probably  from  the  Greek  play.  Ussing  compares  a  passage 
from  Philemon  (Meineke,  IV.,  48),  spoken  by  a  man  who  has  hired 
a  cook : — 

2(fiLyy'  cippep  ,   ov  fxayetpov  els  rfjv  oIkiuv 
e'iXT](ji''  dnXcos  yap  ov8i   eV,  net  rovs  6(ovs, 
hvnep  \eyei  (rvv'irjpi •    Kaiva  prjixara 
7r€7ropt,ap€Vus  yap  eari. 

833.  eaepse.  This  is  the  only  plur.  form  from  is-pse ;  in  the 
sing,  eapse,  eumpse,  eampse,  edpse,  eopse  are  all  found  frequently. 

834.  Neptuni  pecudes,  an  epic  phrase,  as  is  terresins  pecudes  in 
8o5.  So  in  a  long  fragment  from  Strato  (Meineke,  IV.  545)  a 
cook  talks  in  Homeric  style,  and  the  man  who  has  hired  him  does 
not  understand  at  all  what  is  meant. 

841.  is  odos,  "the  odor  from  them;"  so  921,  liaec  ea  occaswst, 
"this  is  the  chance  for  it."  —  dimissis  pedibus,  another  slip  of 
the  tongue  in  order  to  bring  in  a  correction,  cf.  711  and  note. 
Fiom  Epid.  452,  fugias  manibiis  dimissis  domwn,  it  appears  that  the 
phrase  should  be  manlhus  dimissis.  "  with  all  speed,"  perhaps  from 
the  throwing  of  one  hand  forward  and  the  other  backward  in  run- 
ning. Instead  of  this  the  cook  says  dimissis  pedibus,  and  Ball, 
objects  both  to  the  employment  of  any  such  phrase  of  an  odor,  and 
also  to  the  wrong  form  of  the  phrase.  In  his  reply  the  cook  cor- 
rects only  the  latter.  [For  an  explanation  of  the  reading  of  A, 
which  has  manlbus  where  the  text  (Pall.)  has  pedibus  and  vice  versa, 
see  Langen,  PI.  Stud.  p.  3G4.] 

848.  VoY  Jateor,  see  Introd.,  §  38. 

849.  opera  appareat,  "shall  be  plain;  "  so  Ad.  965,  res  apparet, 
Ilor.  Epist.,  II.,  1,  224,  cum  lamentarnur  non  apparere  labores 
nostras. 

852,    miluinis   in    four   syllables.      The   miluos   as   a   type  of 


^OTES.  173 

rapacity  also  Men.  212,  Poen.  1292,  Rud.  1124;  so  uolturius,  Capt. 
844,  etc.,  but  eagle's  claws  only  here. 

853.  coquinatum,  and  so  875,  Aul.  408,  ueni  in  Bacchanal  co- 
quindtum  (end  of  troch.  octon.)  Lex.  gives  coquino.  Cf.  pagus, 
pagtna,  par/inarej  doni-,  dominus,  dominari;  this  seems  to  imply  a 
form  coquinus  beside  the  adj.  coquinus. 

854.  "  Without  having  your  claws  tied  together  while  you  cook 
the  supper."  constringere  in  literal  sense  occurs  several  times  in  PL, 
but  eunslricfus,  "  abridged,  cut  short,"  appears  to  be  only  late. 

855.  tu  voc.  of  address  as  in  hens  tu,  296,  not  repeated  by  ana- 
coluthon  in  tihi ;  spoken  to  his  attendant. 

857.  The  sense  of  this  vs.  is  plain  enough,  but  habere  in  ocuUs 
does  not  occur  elsewhere. 

859.  progredimino,  an  old  impv.  2d  sing.,  found  also  True. 
198  opperimino,  Epid.  695  arbitra?nino,  Apul.  Met.  I.,  22,  opperimino^ 
as  well  as  in  several  places  in  old  laws  ;  it  is  supported  by  the  Latin 
grammarians,  and  is  explained  as  a  form  of  a  pass,  ptc,  cf.  -fievos 
and  the  regular  plur.  -mini. 

863.  stabit.  This  is  the  early  form  of  conditional  (interroga- 
tive) sentence  without  si,  cf.  Eun.  251,  negat  quis,  nego ;  ait,  aio, 
Ad.  118,  120,  Mil.  66o  f.,  Amph.  995,  amat :  sapit ;  it  is  not  to  be 
explained  here  by  supplying  si,  but  its  use  is  made  easier  by  the 
previous  conditions  with  si. 

868.  faciam  te  would  properly  be  completed  by  a  second  obj. 
or  a  clause,  but  the  sentence  is  broken  by  the  long  comparison,  and 
then  faciam  te  is  repeated  with  item.  —  sorbitione,  not  elsewhere  in 
PI.,  has  lost  its  verbal  force  entirely,  and  is  used  of  a  "broth, 
soup,"  as  here. 

869.  According  to  the  common  legend  Medea  refused  to  carry 
out  her  promise  of  restoring  Pelias  to  life  and  youth.  Cicero,  Cat. 
Mai.  XXIII. ,  83,  tamquam  Peliam  recoxerit,  refers  to  the  rejuvena- 
tion of  Pelias,  and,  as  he  is  hardly  likely  to  have  made  an  error  in 
such  a  matter,  it  is  probable  that  there  was  more  than  one  form  of 
the  legend  in  circulation.  Cf.  the  conflicting  accounts  in  the  arg. 
to  the  Medea  of  Eurip. 

870.  uenenis,  "magical  potions,"  an  original  sense;  see  the 
definition  from  the  Digests  quoted  in  Lex. 


174  NOTES. 

871.  adulescentulum.  The  passages  referred  to  by  Lor.,  Eiiil. 
60,  show  that  PI.  regidarly  uses  tliis  dimin  with  special  force,  "a 
fine  young  gentleman,"  "  a  blooming  young  man,"  and  so  liere. 

875  f.  istuc  unum  is  purposely  left  indefinite  in  order  that  the 
explanation,  iit  te  seruem,  may  come  in  with  more  force,  perdoccs, 
with  reference  to  the  immediate  future,  "  how  much  will  you  charge 
to  give  me  thorough  instruction  in  this  one  kind  of  cooking?"- — • 
serueni  plays  upon  seruator,  and  is  explained  by  ne  .  .  .  sarripkis. 

877  si  credis,  "  if  you  trust  me,"  not  "  if  you  have  faith  ;  " 
this  would  be  a  modern  way  of  putting  it.  Ifc  should  be  noticed 
that  the  cook,  with  the  enthusiasm  of  the  true  artist,  pays  little 
attention  to  the  impertinences  of  Ball. 

881  ff .  Cf .  8G8  if.  A  clause  of  result  would  regularly  follow  ita^ 
but  the  sentence  is  interrupted  by  the  clause  of  comparison  (time) 
ut  gustauerit,  and  when  it  is  taken  up  again  fac'iam  is  introduced  as 
a  leading  verb.  Cf.  Mil.  Glor.  725  ff.  Notice  the  repetition  of 
thought  in  881-2.  —  ipsus,  with  the  subj.  of  praerodat.  Lor. 
quotes  passages  from  Meineke's  Fragmenta  (IL,  255,  388,  IIL, 
362,  462)  which  show  that  this  joke  was  traditional  from  the  time 
of  the  Old  Comedy. 

889.  nimium  tinnis,  "you're  blowing  your  horn  too  much, 
talking  too  much  nonsense."  Cas.  II.,  3,  32,  conprime  te  :  nimium 
tiniiis.  —  non  taces  ?  "  Keep  still,  w^on't  you  ?  "  with  impv.  force. 
So  Amph.  700,  Asin.  931,  Bacch.  627,  etc.,  12  times  in  PI.  In  the 
same  way  7ion  ahis  ?  Both  are  exclamatory,  and  of  the  same  nature 
as  rof/(is  ? 

891.  quin  tu  is  et  .  .  .  cedo.  Questions  with  quin  have  in  PI. 
always  a  hortatory  force,  differing  in  this  from  cur  non.  So  wnth 
the  2d  pers.  they  have  a  clear  impv.  effect ;  quin  tu  hie  manes?  = 
hie  mane,  iVsin.  597,  Ps.  713,  and  often.  When  this  impv.  force 
had  become  closelj'^  associated  with  quin,  the  interrogative  force 
was  partly  lost,  and  quin  was  used  with  the  impv  ,  Cure.  241,  quin 
tu  aliquot  dies  perdura,  Cas.  V.,  4,  9,  quin  responde,  etc.  So  it  be- 
came possible  to  use  quin  with  both  indie,  and  impv.  (or  equiv.)  as 
here.  So  Pers.  397  f.,  Asin.  254  f.  (?),  Most.  815.  [Kienitz,  de 
quin  partic.  nsu,  Carlsruhe,  1878.] 


NOTES.  175 

829.  The  apprentice  goes  beyond  the  master ;  lie  means  that 
they  will  prepare  the  supper  ^o  quickly  that  it  will  be  ready  before 
the  guests  can  be  called  to  the  table.  Cf.  Men.  221,  where  the 
material  for  the  supper  is  not  yet  bought,  and  the  cook  says,  cocta 
sunt :  iuhe  ire  ace  libitum. 

893.  sublingulo,  "  imder-dishlicker,"  found  only  here,  cf  Siil- 
hallio,  OUT.  Lowe,  Anal.  170,  compares  suhregulo  as  a  secondary 
form  for  subregulus,  from  a  glossary.  —  These  vss.  are  spoken  as 
the  cook  goes  into  the  house  followed  by  his  attendants,  one  of 
whom  turns  at  the  door  to  speak,  891-2. 

895.  in  proxumo,  "  in  the  next  house,"  a  very  frequent  sub- 
stantive use  of  proxumum  :  Lor.  on  Mil.  133  gives  about  20  cases 
from  PI. 

896.  apud  forum,  see  Introd.,  §  40. 

899.  circum  ire  is  written  in  two  words  to  indicate  the  elision 
of  'iim.  So  circum  agitur,  Lucr.  lY.,  340,  cf.  circum  dea  fudit^  Aeii. 
I.,  412.  Generally  circumire  in  four  syllables.  Not  "to  cheat," 
as  Lex.  says,  and  as  in  Pliorm.  614,  but  "to  go  about."  This  vs. 
is  scanned  ne  fid(em)  e\(i)  habe\rem  (^nam)  eum\,  etc. 

904.  profecto  ne  .  .  .,  cf.  Cure.  426,  id  te  orcire  iusserat  profecto 
ut  faceres.  —  Ballio  goes  into  his  house,  leaving  the  stage  for  a 
moment  empty. 

Eleventh  Scenk.  — Pseudolus  enters  from  the  forum  (764)  on  the  right. 
He  speaks  the  fir^t  three  verses  to  Simia,  not  notichig  that  he  has  hngered  be- 
hind and  is  not  in  fight.  In  the  course  of  the  scene  they  cross  the  stage,  so 
that  as  they  speak  0o-2  they  are  on  the  left  side  of  the  stage,  and  Simia  ap- 
proaches Ballio's  house  as  if  from  the  harbor. 

905  ff.  esse  auxilio  adiutum,  seruatum  volunt  esse,  extinct  am, 
and  genuerunt  are  unusual  expressions  for  comedy  (Lor.),  and  give 
a  solemn  tone  not  infrequent  in  the  canfica,  cf.  Trin.  820  f¥.,  Bacch. 
925  ff.  — turn  is  often  used  as  correl.  to  si  (Lex.  s.  v.  II. ,  m.); 
here  the  time-force  is  also  present,  beginning  wath  umquam  and 
continued  in  quom.  The  regular  use  below,  910,  with  turn  clause 
preceding. 

908.  sumne  .  .  .  insipiens,  qui  .  .  .  This  form  of  question 
occurs  also  ]\Ierc.  .588,  sumne  ego  homo  miser,  qui  nusquam  bene  queo 


176  NOTES. 

qmescere?  Men.  852,  Most.  362,  Rud.  1184,  Pers.  75,  474,  al]  hi 
soliloquy  and  with  the  effect  of  nonne  Bacch.  91,  with  the  sub- 
juuct.,  is  different  in  sense;  the  rest  have  the  indie,  and  I  have 
not  hesitated  to  adopt  the  conjecture  of  Cam.,  loquor  for  loquav 
(rass.,  Goetz,  Lor.).  For  loquor  solus  cf.  memor  meminit,  940,  and 
Tntrod.,  §  42. 

909  dare  uerba  is  one  of  the  most  frequent  expressions  in  PI. 
for  cheating.  So  1058,  Trin.  60,  Capt.  651,  etc.  — malus  ciim, 
mal6,  lutrod.,  §  42,  39.  cum  is  not  exactly  used  "  with  cauere ,  " 
the  sense  is  "  sharp  as  I  am,  in  dealing  with  a  sharper  I  have  n't 
been  careful  enough."     Also  Most.  1142, 

911.  uerbeream  statuam.  The  adj.  from  its  form  must  ex- 
press material  (cf.  aureus,  Ugneus),  and  the  figure  is  like  that  in- 
volved in  calling  a  man  crux,  mastujia  ,  cf.  Asin.  363,  mihl  tibique 
intermlnatust  nos  futuros  ulmeos.  The  word  statua  refers  to  the  in- 
different and  unimpressible  attitude  of  Sim.,  as  in  Capt.  951,  where 
the  same  term  is  applied  to  a  slave  who  knows  he  is  to  be  punished 
but  shows  no  fear. 

913.    ofScium,  cf.  375  and  note.     For  fuit  see  Introd.,  §  37. 

917  quippe  .  .  .  ni,  cf.  quid  ni,  96.  Not  a  case  of  tmesis.  Ex- 
cept here,  quippini  is  used  only  in  retorts  or  replies  without  a  verb, 
as  in  361,  Men.  948,  itane  censes?  \\  quippini?  "why  not?  =  of 
course,"  in  all  15  times  in  PI.      [Langen,  Beitr.  123.] 

918.  stratioticus,  in  his  assumed  character  as  a  soldier's  mes- 
senger. The  point  of  the  scene  is  that  Simla  insists  upon  playing 
his  part  even  before  Ballio  appears,  while  Pseud,  is  anxious  to 
carry  out  the  trick  before  the  real  Harpax  returns,  and  yet  is 
afraid  of  offending  Simla,  upon  whose  good  faith  he  is  compelled 
to  depend. 

923.  ille  !s  often  used  in  this  kind  of  wish;  Most.  398,  Amph. 
26,  461,  Cure.  27,  Cic.  III.  Cat.  XXL,  29,  etc.  It  was  originally 
accompanied  by  a  gesture.  The  unnecessary  repetitions  of  ille  in 
926-7  appear  to  have  a  joking  reference  to  the  first. 

925.  numquam  .  .  .  erit,  in  reality  the  apodosis  to  ita  faxit  ut 
adsief,  but  expressed  paratactically  with  the  wish  left  in  its  original 
prominence. 


NOTES.  177 

928.  in  timorem  dabo,  cf.  Capt.  962,  in  ruhorem  te  totum  daho, 
"  make  you  turn  red  fioui  head  to  foot."  adueiiam  is  a  poetic 
word,  used  lie  re  aud  Aul.  4UG  in  parody. 

930.  qui  potest?  ••  how  can  lliat  be  ?  "  impers.  as  iu  iwn  potest, 
pot  in  lit. 

•  931.  occidis  me,  an  expression  of  annoyance  at  a  foolish  ques- 
tion ;  so  ]Men.  922,  occidis  fabalans,  Aul.  150.  In  the  same  way 
perdis,  Most.  979.  Still  more  frequent  is  enicas,  Merc.  157,  493, 
915,  etc.  Kngl.  slang  '-you  make  me  tired."  occidisti  is  used 
more  seriously  when  the  speaker  is  distressed  by  bad  news.  —  ho- 
minem  lepidum,  half-ironical  flattery  to  keep  Simia  in  good 
humor,  continued  through  the  scene,  except  for  the  break  in  938-9. 

933.  ut  scias,  a  parenthetic  final  clause,  '•'  I  say  so  in  order  that 
you  may  know  it."  So  Mil.  1192,  ego  adeo,  ut  tu  scias  .  .  .  abiboj 
Trill.  497,  and  cf.  1075  below. 

934.  For  a  reply  which  changes  the  meaning  of  a  wish  or,  more 
often,  a  curse,  see  37,  251,  note. 

936.  habet,  absolute  and  impers.,  Epid.  696,  bene  hoc  habet. 
But  in  PI.,  and  certainly  in  Ter.,  se  habere  appears  to  be  more  com- 
mon. —  esto,  "good!  "  Hor.  Sat.  I.,  6,  19,  IL,  1,  83,  3,  65,  etc.,  but 
I  have  not  found  any  other  case  in  PI.  or  Ter.  —  The  versification 
of  this  scene  up  to  this  point  will  repay  study  ;  it  is  an  unusually 
good  example  of  the  numeri  innumeri  of  PI. 

937.  So  Trin.  1152,  di  dent  tibi,  quae  uelis,  Hor.  Sat.  T.,  9,  5, 
cupio  omnia  quae  nis,  a  vague  phrase  of  courtesy. 

938.  quantum  dignu's,  so  Asin.  149,  ne  id  qitidem  me  dignum 
esse  existumat,  Phorm.  519,  di  tibi  omnes  id  quod  es  dignus  diiint .  the 
ace.  of  compass  and  extent  which  is  so  largely  used  with  neut. 
sing,  pronn.  in  early  Latin.  —  dent,  dependent  by  parataxis  upon 
exoptem.  Do  not  supply  ut.  This  vs.  and  the  next  are  spoken  half 
aside.  —  tim  id  mihi  shows  that  Sim.  partly  overhears  what  Ps.  has 
said  and  is  prepared  to  resent  it. 

939  b.    For  bona  faciam  cf.  Poen.  1216,  midta  bona  uolt  nobis 

facere. 

940.    An  exaggerated  case  of  fig.  etgmol.  and  alliteration,  as  941 

is  an  extreme  example  of  repetition  of  thought. 

12 


178  NOTES. 

942.  hie  homo  =  Simla,  as  Pseud,  intends  it.  But  it  may  also 
=  ego  (Tiiu.  1115  and  often;  hie  properly  Lst  pers.),  and  Sim.  in 
his  reply  treats  it  as  if  Pseud,  had  had  both  senses  in  mind,  and 
denies  the  truth  of  it  in  either  sense.  "  Here's  a  fine  fellow  !  " 
"  No,  that 's  not  true  of  either  of  us  (whichever  way  you  mean  it)." 
To  suppose  that  Pseud,  really  had  both  meanings  in  mind  is. con- 
trary to  the  general  tone  of  the  scene;  still  less  can  it  be  "1  am  a 
fine  fellow,"  as  Lor.  takes  it. 

943.  fundes  with  proper  fut.  force,  "  now  you  are  going  to  pom- 
out." 

944.  Simla.  In  other  cases  the  final  a  of  Greek  nouns  is  loncv, 
representing  as  or  r]s,  and  so  in  later  poetry  except  Hor.  Sat.  II ,  3, 
187. 

945.  istuc,  "  that  sort  of  talk,"  i.  e.  mere  flattery.  —  optrudere, 
"  to  palm  off,  shove  off  upon."  So  And.  250,  Hec.  295.  —  palpum, 
a  slang  word  found  also  Amph.  526,  Merc.  153,  iKilpo  percutere,  "  to 
deceive  by  soft  speeches."  The  literal  sense  is  unknown;  all  the 
derivatives  come  from  this  meaning,  "  flattery,"  Engl,  slang, 
"  taffy,  soft-soap."  So  for  the  whole,  "  you  can't  get  off  your  taffy 
on  me." 

946.  ubi  effeceris,  see  Introd.,  §  41. 

947.  Such  descriptions  of  promised  suppers  are  rather  frequent, 
e.  g.  Bacch.  1181,  lepidis  uictibus,  uino  at  que  unguentis. 

949.  accipis,  pres.  in  spite  of  the  preceding  futures  because  the 
invitation  is  present;  "  you  promise  me  a  nice  reception." 

950.  "  If  I  do  not  cany  it  tlirongh,  then  receive  me  with  a  cross 
and  an  executioner."  But  the  text  is  uncertain;  cruciabUiter  canni- 
fex  me  accipito,  mss. 

952.  tertium  hoc  est  shows  that  the  two  were  by  this  time  en 
the  left  side  of  the  staqe.  That  they  should  have  passed  the  house 
they  were  looking  for,  and  should  have  spent  fifty  lines  in  talk 
wlien  they  were  supposed  to  be  in  a  great  hurry,  is  a  dramatic 
license  which  occurs  frequently  in  PL — hiscunt.  The  prevalent 
meaning  is  "to  gape,  to  open  the  mouth,"  and  this  suggests  to 
Pseud,  the  turn  w^liich  he  gives  the  phrase.  It  is  not  necessary  to 
suppose  that  Sim.  had  this  meaning   in  mind.  — credo  .  .  .  est. 


NOTES.  179 

parataxis,  which  developed  into  credo  .  .  .  esse  on  the  one  side  and 
parenthetic  credo  on  the  other.  —  animo,  aedibus,  both  d:it.  Cf. 
Cas.  II.,  2,  10,  quid  est  quod  tuo  nunc  animo  aefjrest  ?  nam  quod  lihi 
aegrest,  etc.,  Rud.  429,  tihi  opercim  ludo  et  deliciae  dabo,  Cas.  II ,  5, 
2.9,  quis  mihi  suhueniet  (ergo  aut  capiti  aut  crurihus  ?  In  these  cases 
tjie  pers.  pron.  corresponds  to  aedihus  here,  and  the  other  word, 
capiti,  deliciae,  to  animo.  The  phrase  animo  male  est,  "  I  am  ill, 
faint,"  is  common,  Amph.  1058,  Cure.  312,  Epid.  201,  etc.,  and  in 
fuller  form  Mil.  Glor.  1331,  animo  male  factumst  huic.  Render  "  I 
think  the  house  is  feeling  ill." 

954.  mala  mercist,  "  he  's  a  bad  lot,"  "  a  poor  piece  of  goods." 
For  merx,  mercis,  merces,  cf.  stirps,  stirpis,  stirpes,  frux,  frugis,  fruges. 

955.  This  vs.  is  quoted  as  in  the  text  by  Varro,  de  Ling.  Lat. 
VII.,  81 ;  he  says  that  it  means  that  Ballio  went  "  secundum  parie- 
tem  transuersus,"  sidling  along  close  to  the  wall,  and  no  better  ex- 
planation can  now  be  given,  prouorsus  is  not  found  elsewhere,  but 
is  implied  by  the  adv.  prorsus,  prorsum.  — quasi  cancer,  "like  a 
crab,"  cf.  n.  on  199,  and  on  the  whole  vs.  Cas.  II.,  8,  7,  recessim 
cedam  ad parietem,  imitahor  nepam  (a  crab). 

Twelfth  Scene.  —Ballio  appears  at  the  door  of  his  house,  perhaps  looking 
back  as  if  still  watching  the  cook.     He  does  not  see  Pseud,  and  Simia. 

957.  dum,  see  on  336.  With  etiam  it  is  used  only  after  nega- 
tives as  in  1028. 

959.  ingredere  in  uiam,  "  begin  the  business  carefully,"  cf. 
Amph.  429,  ingressust  uiam,  "  he  's  on  the  track." 

960.  hoc,  the  angiportum  between  Ballio's  house  and  Simo's. 
proxumum  with  a  porta,  "  counting  from  the  gate."  For  the  stage 
setting  see  Introd.,  §  44.  This  passage  implies  that  there  was  an 
angiportum  between  each  house  and  the  next  one,  and  that  the 
house  could  be  entered  from  the  angiportum  as  well  as  from  the 
street.     Cf .  1234  f .,  Most.  1045  f. 

962.  quotumas  only  here  and  1173,  formed  from  quotus,  the 
classical  word,  on  the  analogy  of  septumus,  decumus,  etc.  —  admo- 
dum  incerto  scio,  "I  am  not  quite  sure,"  so  Epid.  505  (G. 
incerte) . 


180  NOTES. 

966.  dicam,  see  n.  on  106. 

967.  hirquina  barba.  Though  masks  were  not  used  on  the 
stage  in  the  time  of  PI.,  false  hair  and  beards  and  paints  were  cer- 
tainly used  by  actors,  and  it  is  therefore  not  necessary  to  suppose 
that  this  is  from  the  Greek  play. 

969.  dataria,  "  to  be  given  away,"  also  St.  258,  Ungua  dataria, 
"  the  tongue  which  says  dabo.'" 

970.  iam  iiide  a  principio.  This  colloquial  exaggeration,  each 
word  defining  the  preceding  one  more  precisel}^  passes  over  occa- 
sionally into  literature.  Cic,  Nat.  Deor.  II.,  48,  124,  iam  inde  ah 
ortu. 

974.  philosophatur,  cf .  Capt.  284,  salua  res  est :  pkilosophatur 
quoque  iam,  non  mendax  Diodost,  spoken  by  a  listener  as  here. 

975.  The  leno  is  always  represented  as  a  man  of  the  worst  char- 
acter, cf.  Rud.  651  a.,  fraudis,  sceleris,  parricidi,  periuri  plenissu- 
mus,  legirupa,  inpudens,  inpurus,  inuerecundissumus  :  una  iierho  absol- 
uam,  lenost. — ■peiinrnva.  =  periurum^  also  Trin.  201,  True.  612. 
So  maiiores  Trin.  642,  eiius  Trin.  430  (Ps.  986  in  A).  Other  forms 
of  this  stem,  periurus,  peiurus,  pe?'ierare  peierare  are  well  attested  in 
the  mss. 

976.  si  .  .  .  modo,  cf.  Capt.  996,  quod  male  feci,  crucior :  modo 
si  infect  urn  fieri  possiet.  The  subjunct.  is  optative,  and  the  sentence 
is  independent  and  not  to  be  explained  by  supplying  an  apodosis. 
"  Now  just  let  him  mention  my  name  !  " 

977.  sciuin,  "  did  n't  I  know  it  ?  "     See  n.  on  489,  352. 

979  f.  ut  ue.stitu's,  "  to  judge  by  your  clothes  I  should  have 
said  you  were  a  burglar."  In  Asin.  563  house-breaking  (ubi  parie- 
tes  perfoderis)  is  mentioned  in  a  list  of  imaginary  crimes,  and  so  in 
Apul.  II.,  516  Hild.,  pirata,  pcrfossor  and  sicarius  are  used  as  types 
of  criminals.  So  in  Western  slang  "horse-thief."  The  sense  of 
the  whole  is,  "Are  you  Ballio  ?  "  "Yes,  I  am."  "  Dy  your 
clothes  I  should  take  j'ou  for  a  burglar  (cut-throat,  foot-pad).' 
"  They  may  be  poor  clothes,  but  they  have  this  advantage,  that  they 
offer  no  temptation  to  highway  robbers.  I  don't  think  even  you 
would  attack  me,  however  dark  the  night  when  you  might  meet 
me." 


NOTES.  181 

984.  Simla  does  not  know  the  name,  and  hesitates  for  a  mo- 
ment, long  enough  for  Ps.  to  see  that  he  is  caught  (cf.  Pers.  .535, 
tali  ut  in  luto  haeream)  and  for  Ball,  to  repeat  the  question  ;  then  he 
sees  a  way  out  of  the  difficulty.  In  fact,  Phoen.  would  certainly 
have  known  the  name,  and  so  it  would  have  become  known  to 
Pseud.,  who  would  certainly  have  told  it  to  Simla.  But  PL  thinks 
a  quick-witted  turn  like  this  more  entertaining  than  a  precise  con- 
sistency —  as  it  is, 

988.  The  name  contains  the  stems  of  noXvs,  fiaxai-pa  and  Doric 
nXayd  (TrXr^y?))  with  patronymic  ending.  Cf,  Thensaurochrysoni- 
cochrysides,  Capt.  285.  The  name  is  spoken  by  Ball,  the  first  time 
half  to  himself,  then  aloud  to  Sim. 

989.  purus  putus,  "  pure  and  simple,"  again  in  1200,  but  not 
elsewhere  in  PI.,  and  putus  is  in  general  a  rare  word.  "Well  ex- 
plained in  Harper's  Lex.  —  The  dat.  with  nomen  est,  either  with  or 
without  a  pron.,  is  the  more  frequent  construction  in  PL,  though 
the  nom.  is  also  used.  Cf.  744,  Trin.  390,  Lesbonicost  nomen,  Cure. 
76,  etc.     [List  in  Becker,  p.  170,  n.] 

993.  ita  negotiumst,  "  so  the  matter  lies,"  i.  e.,  "  that  is  what 
must  be  done."  So  Bacch.  755  (parenthetic,  as  here),  Pers.  693, 
Mil.  521,  all  in  connection  with  an  injunction  to  hurry.  Cf.  the 
very  common  use  of  negotium  =  res  in  colloquial  Latin. 

995.  mortem  exsequi,  "  endure,  suffer,"  apparently  a  collo- 
quial sense.  So  in  PL  with  aerumnam,  egesfatem  and  in  Cic,  ad 
Att.  IX.,  12,  1,  'With,  fatuyn. 

1001.  sumbolust  in  epistula,  ''  the  token  (seal)  is  on  the  let- 
ter." Cf.  55,  note.  These  words  are  spoken  by  Ball,  in  half- 
soliloquy  as  in  988  f. 

1004.  disciplina,  "custom,"  the  usual  sense  in  PL,  Asin.  201, 
Cas.  III.,  5,  28,  Merc.  115,  True.  I.,  1,  30  (?),  131,  Mil.  186,  Cist.  I., 
1,  17.  A  colloquial  weakening  of  meaning,  but  in  Bacch.  135, 
Most.  1.54,  "teaching,  example,"  and  below  1274. 

1005.  manu,  "  by  what  they  do  "  as  men  of  action,  with  a  sug- 
gestion of  double  meaning  in  salutem  as  in  45  f. 

1007.  opera,  "by  reading  for  yourself."  So  Trin.  826,  o;;era 
expertus,  "by  actual  experience,"  Capt.  425,  Bacch.  387. 


182  NOTES. 

1010.  "  And  a  genuine  liarpax  (plunderer)  too."  Cf .  Mil.  368, 
tun  uidisti?  ||  atque  his  quiderii  oculls. 

1014.  The  variations  in  regard  to  the  greeting  are  intentional 
and  not  inconsistent.  In  969  Sim.  has  no  greeting  to  throw  away 
upon  an  unknown  man,  but  when  he  is  told  that  he  is  addressing 
Ball  he  gives  him  (982)  a  greeting  from  his  master,  not  knowing 
what  the  contents  of  the  letter  will  prove  to  be.  At  first  there 
seems  to  be  no  greeting  in  the  letter,  and  Sim.  invents  a  reason  for 
this  (1004)  which  is  not  the  real  one  (1014),  but  near  enough  to  it 
to  pass  muster. 

1016.  quin  sequere,  either  impv.  or  indie.     See  n.  on  891. 

TiiiRTEEXTH  Scene. — While  Simia  and  Ballio  are  in  the  liouse,  Pseudolus 
comes  out  of  his  hiding-place  and  soliloquizes. 

1017.  uorsute  malum,  "  shrewdly  sharp."  So  docte  uorsutus, 
sancte  plus,  gniphlce  facetus,  propere  celer,  and  other  adjj.  strength- 
ened by  advv.  of  the  same  or  closely  connected  meanings;  a  further 
illustration  of  colloquial  exaggeration.     [O.  Seyffert,  Stud.  PL] 

1022.  The  words  qui  si  sit  7nalus  imply  the  loss  of  a  vs.  contain- 
inof  a  curse  at   Sim.  if  he  should  be   treacherous.     The  next  vs. 

CD 

refers  to  the  fulfilment  of  the  curse. 

1027.  The  military  metaphors  begin  here  and  continue  through 
the  scene. 

1028.  ne  erus,  see  Introd.,  §  3.5.  erus  refers  to  Simo.  praeda, 
Phoenicium. 

1030.  aduenat  for  aduenint.  So  euenat,  Trin.  41,  Epid.  287, 
Cure.  39,  Mil.  1010,  euenant,  Epid.  321,  peruenat,  Rud.  626,  all  at 
the  end  of  the  vs.  These  are  3d  con  jug.  forms  (so  perf.  ueni) 
which  once  existed  by  the  side  of  the  forms  of  4th  conjug.  (Introd., 
§  18),  but  were  gradually  driven  out  by  the  increasing  regularity 
of  the  language.  These  few  cases  were  preserved  by  their  adapta- 
bility to  the  last  foot  of  the  vs.,  aduenat. 

1033.  conligatis  uasis,  "  with  its  baggage  packed."  The  usual 
verb  in  this  military  phrase  is  coUigere,  Liv.  XXI.,  47,  2,  XXVII., 
47,  8,  etc.,  and  there  is  perhaps  a  comic  intention  in  the  use  of  the 
literal  conligare^  "  tied  together." 


NOTES.  183 

1035.  exulatum,  as  was  proposed  after  the  battle  of  Cannae. 
pectus  is  the  country  which  would  be  abandoned.  "My  heart  is 
like  an  army  with  its  baggage  packed,  ready  to  abandon  the 
country  in  case  of  defeat." 

1036.  In  accordance  with  the  almost  invariable  custom  of  PL, 
we  should  expect  some  announcement  of  the  appearance  of  Sim. 
and  rhoen. ;  besides,  without  this  1037  is  very  abrupt. 

FouKTEEKTH  ScEUE.  — Simla  comes  out  of  Ballio's  house  bringing  Plioeni- 
cium,  who  is  weeping.  The  time  occupied  by  the  previous  scene  would  be,  of 
course,  far  too  short  for  the  completion  of  the  business,  not  to  mention  the  prep- 
arations and  farewells  of  Phoenicium.  So  in  the  Capt.  a  journey  from  Aetolia 
to  Elis  and  back  occupies  only  300  vss. 

1039.  scibis  ;  on  form  see  174,  on  the  parataxis  see  49. 

1040.  dentatum,  "savage;"  elsewhere  in  this  sense  only  of 
animals. 

1041.  Macedoniensem,  in  other  places  in  the  play  always  Ma- 
cedonius.  So  PI.  uses  Lemnensis,  Babyloniensis  to  suit  the  vs.  — 
flentem,  cf.  324,  tefaciam  .  .  .  laetantem. 

1044.  Goetz  reads  desedisti  ?  quam  diu  with  the  mss.  tam  diu 
is  an  early  conj. 

1045,  "  My  heart  has  been  beating  against  my  breast  until  it  is 
weary,  as  a  tool  (aries  ?)  is  blunted  by  striking  against  the  wall  of 
a  besieged  city."     The  figure  is  not  used  elsewhere. 

1046  ff.  The  sense  of  these  vss.  must  be,  "  This  is  no  time  for 
such  criticisms  when  we  are  still  in  danger  from  the  ambuscades  of 
the  enemy.  We  must  get  out  of  the  way  as  fast  as  possible."  The 
text  must  still  be  considered  entirely  uncertain;  the  hypothesis  of 
a  lacuna  is  only  a  last  resort,  in  the  absence  of  anything  better.  — 
gradibus  militariis,  with  the  long  soldier's  step,  "  on  the  double- 
quick  step."  Cf.  Epid.  13  ff.,  where  a  soldier  is  said  to  have 
walked  gradibus  grandibus,  so  that  a  civilian  could  not  easily  over- 
take him.  Elsewhere  PI.  uses  m'ditaris,  but  other  adjj.  in  -arius 
are  frequent. 

Fifteenth  Scene.  —  After  Simia  and  Pseudolus  have  gone  off,  taking 
Phoenicium  to  the  house  of  Charinus,  Ballio  appears  at  the  door  of  his  house. 


184  NOTES. 

1053.  postquam,  "  now  that,"  with  some  causal  force.  Most. 
156,  nunc,  jjostquam  nihili  sum,  id  .  .  ,  .  repperi,  Bacch.  531,  nunc 
ego  illam  me  uellm  cunuenire,  j^ostquavi  inanis  sum  ;  the  postquam 
clause  expresses  an  unalterable  fact  or  condition.  See  Draeo-er, 
11.2  535. 

1054.  iube,  i.  e.,  "  now  bring  on  your  Ps.  and  let  him  try  to 
swindle  me."  So  Most.  42G,  iube  uenire  nunciam,  not  addressed 
to  any  person,  and  followed  by  a  future  as  here,  derideho. 

1058.  per  deridiculum.  This  use  of  per  for  an  abl.,  instrum. 
or  modal,  is  not  frequent  in  PI.,  but  was  taken  up  by  later  writers, 
esp.  Livy  and  Tac,  as  a  rhetorical  variation  for  the  abl.  Examp. 
in  Lex. 

1060.  ut  conuenit,  "  as  was  agreed  "  between  Simo  and  Ps., 
53o  ff.  PI.  does  not  close  a  vs.  with  a  cretic  word  followed  by  an 
iambic  word,  therefore  not  conuenit. 

Sixteenth  Scene.  —  Simo  coines  in  from  the  forum  where  he  had  met 
Ballio  (896). 

1063.  uisso  =  uiso.     See  n.  on  824. 

1064.  signum  ex  arce,  the  Palladium.     Cf.  1244,  Bacch.  962  f.. 

Men.  902,  mens  Vlixes. 

1067.  "  What's  the  good  news  then  ?  "  honi  was  implied  by 
fortunate,  by  nihil  est  quod  metuas,  and  by  the  grasp  of  the  hand 
which  was  customary  in  conveying  good  news,  Capt.  838,  859,  etc. 

1068.  saiiae  et  saluae,  "  safe  and  sound,"  a  colloquial  phrase, 
also  I\Ierc.  174. 

1070  ff.  The  offer  to  give  20  minae  and  the  girl  is  like  a  bet, 
intended  simply  to  convince  Simo,  without  any  expectation  thnt 
the  money  would  ever  be  actually  called  for. 

1073.  This  is  a  repetition  of  116  inserted  here  in  the  middle  o! 
a  sentence  as  a  gloss. 

1079-86.  In  1067  Simo  asks  whether  Ps.  had  come  to  Ball,  and 
is  answered  in  the  negative ;  it  is  impossible  that  he  should  repeat 
the  question  so  soon.  Moreover,  these  vss.  describe  the  meeting 
which  really  took  place  between  Ball,  and  Cal.  and  Ps.,  243-380  ; 
but  after  that  time  Simo  had  seen  Ball,  in  the  forum  and  had 


NOTES.  185 

warned  him  against  Ps.,  896  ft".  The  question  sed  conuenistin  homi- 
nem  ?  would  necessarily  refer  to  a  meeting  subsequent  to  the  warn- 
ing, and  could  not  be  answered  by  a  description  of  the  previous 
meeting,  of  which  Sinio  would  certainly  have  been  informed  by 
Ball,  in  tiie  forum.  On  these  grounds  Kiessling  regards  these  vss. 
as  an  interpolation  by  some  theatre-manager  for  a  later  representa- 
tion, and  they  are  so  marked  in  the  text. 

1081.  Why  Kiessling  should  consider  niKjas  theatrl  un-Plautine 
I  do  not  know;  for  the  character  of  the  leno  in  comedy  cf.  975. 

1086.  infitias  ire  and  the  allied  suppetias  ire  belong  to  colloquial 
or  plebeian  style  (Auct.  Bell.  Afric,  ApuL). 

1087.  quid  est  quod  must  refer  to  1066,  from  which  it  is  some- 
what widely  sejDarated,  even  after  1079-86  are  cut  out.  One  would 
expect  at  least  a  sed,  to  resume  the  conversation  at  the  point  where 
it  was  interrupted  by  the  stipulatio. 

1095.  bona  fide,  with  diets  (dixisti),  Capt.  890,  Aul.  772,  Per's. 
485,  Poen.  439.  The  reply  of  Ball,  refers,  to  his  acknowledged 
character  as  mains  et  scelestus  et  peiurus. 

1096.  contechinatus.  -  So  fecJiina,  Capt.  642,  Bacch.  392,  etc. 
See  n.  on  draehuma,  86.     In  mina  (ixva)  the  i  was  always  inserted. 

1100.  "Make  him  give  in  his  name  for  the  mill  colony."  Cf. 
Asin.  298,  where  a  slave  is  called  catenarum  colonus.  molae  usually 
in  plu.,  here  appos.  of  coloniam ;  Rit.  and  others  take  as  an  old 
gen.  =  molae. 

1102.  nisi  ut.  Cf.  n  on  nisi  quia,  107,  to  which  this  is  parallel, 
though  it  is  less  frequent.     Transl.  "  But  let  us  watch." 

Beside  the  interpolations  already  noticed,  vss.  1093  and  1098  are 
not  from  the  original  text.  If  we  add  to  these  facts  the  separation 
of  1087  from  1066,  it  becomes  evident  that  this  scene  has  for  some 
reason  suffered  peculiarly  from  changes  in  the  text. 

Seventeenth  Scene.  —  Harpax  comes  on  the  statje  from  the  taberna 
where  he  had  been  resting  from  his  journey.  Simo  and  Ballio  stand  somewhat 
back  and  are  not  noticed  by  him.  Harpax  represents  the  class  of  faitliful  slaves 
and  this  canticum  closely  resembles  Most.  IV.,  1  (858  f¥.).  Men.  Y.,  6  (9G6  ff.), 
Aul  IV.,  1  (.587  ff.);  for  a  contrast  cf.  Bacch   IV.,     (640  fi.}. 

1103.  seruos,  not  to  be  joined  directly  with  7io7no,  as  often,  but 


186  NOTES. 

added  to  enforce  the  contrast;  "  who  neglects  the  command  of  his 
master,  though  he  is  his  slave." 

1104.  facere  inmemor  est.  So  optigere  neylegens  Jul,  Most. 
141,  and  with  defessus,  Merc.  818,  Epid.  197,  719,  720,  anlmatusj 
True.  966,  aegrotus,  Trin.  76,  all  combining  with  est  (smn)  to  form 
a  verbal  plu'ase.  Lor.  and  Bx.  on  Trin.  76  call  this  a  Greek  con- 
struction, wrongly,  I  think.  Cf.  Stolz-Schmalz,  §  2ol,  for  ace.  c. 
infiu.,  Walder,  Infin.  bei  PI.,  p.  33.     potis  smn  takes  infin.  freely. 

1105.  ilico  anticipates  the  si  clause.     Cf.  nn.  on  311,  490. 
1109  f.    "Nor  is  there  anything  good  about  them,"  but   the 

next  vs.  is  unintelligible.  The  difficulty  is  with  aliqua  re  se  tenere. 
In  Merc.  1016,  qua  se  lege  teneant  contentique  smt,  it  appears  to  mean 
"by  which  they  are  to  be  controlled,"  but  that  gives  little  help 
here.     Rit.,  sustlneant,  "keep  themselves  alive,'"'  Miiller,  expoliant. 

1112.  conuenit,  "suits  me,  is  fitting  for  me."  is,  dat.  For 
nobilis  —  notus  see  592,  n. 

1114.  quom  adsiet,  subjunct.  by  attraction  from  meiuam. 

1115.  siuerat,  iusserat,  aibat.  The  tenses  refer  back  to  the 
time  when  he  started  from  the  faberna,  and  are  like  the  impf.  and 
plupf.  in  letters,  which  look  back  from  the  time  of  receiving  to  the 
time  of  writing. 

1121.  melius  quam  ut.  So  Aul.  76,  neqiie  quicquam  meliust 
mihi,  quam  ut  .  .  .  faclam  ,  quid  meliust  quam  ut,  Rud.  1189,  328, 
Men.  833.  In  general  ut  after  impers.  phrases  is  very  common  in 
PL  —  hoc,  i.  e.  ostium.     So  ecquis  hoc  aperit,  1139,  and  often. 

1123.  amittat  =  dimittat ,  "  quod  nos  dicimus  dimittere,  antiqui 
etiam  dicebant  amittere,"  Don.  on  Ilpaut.  TIL,  1,  71. 

1124.  Ball,  supposes  that  the  stranger  will  lodge  at  his  house 
and  that  money  can  be  made  out  of  him,  but  does  not  connect  him 
with  Pseud,  till  1149.  So  Poen.  660  a  letio  says  of  a  stranger  com- 
ing to  his  house,  praeda  haec  meast. 

1125  ff.  admordere,  only  Pers.  267  and  Aul.  Fragm.  2,  so  that 
the  source  of  the  metaphor  is  not  clear;  it  means  "to  beguile, 
fool,"  rather  than  "to  swindle."  Simo,  however,  takes  it  liter- 
ally, —  "  Are  you  going  to  eat  him  right  off?  "  Ballio  adopts  this 
interpretation  and  answers  in  the  same  vein,  "Yes,  we '11  take  it 


NOTES.  187 

so;  the  man  should  be  devoured  while  he  is  fresh  and  hot."  Cf. 
Asin.  3-j8,  iani  deuurandum  censes,  si  conspcxeris  ^  ||  ila  enimuero. 
recens,  in  this  sense,  of  fresh  fish,  Asin.  178.  The  mss.  have  duin 
calel  dum  datur  (A.),  or  dum  datur  dum  calel  (Pall.),  without  Jioi/io. 
Goetz  throws  out  dum  datur,  on  the  ground,  I  suppose,  that  it  is  a 
gloss  upon  dum  valet,  and  supplies  homo  —  a  good  emendation. 

1131  f.  hosce,  "men  like  this  one."  —  lucrifugas,  a  coined 
word,  cf.  lucripeta,  Most.  arg.  6,  turpilucricupidiis,  Trin.  100.  — 
aetatem,  see  n.  on  111. 

1134.  Lor.  compares  Trin.  352,  quando  equidem  nee  tihi  bene  esse 
pote  pati  neque  alteri.     With  quibus  est  sc.  bene. 

1136.  uos,  anybody  in  the  house.  "With  these  words  Harp. 
begins  to  knock,  —  recta  .  .  .  rectam  uiam  is  tautological,  but 
not  more  than  many  instances  of  Jig.  etymol.  Cf.  966,  adit  recta, 
10.51,  Ti'in.  868,  ad  nostras  aedis  hie  quidem  habet  rectam  uiam. 

1138.  bene  .  .  .  ibo,  "  I  shall  come  out  of  this  affair  (lit.  go 
from  him)  w^ell  loaded  with  plunder,"  but  there  is  no  suflficient  sup- 
port for  this  sense  of  ibo.  The  text  is  not  sure.  —  scaeua,  '•  an 
omen."  Yarro,  L.  L.  VII,  97,  "  id  est  sinistra,  quod,  quae  sinistra 
sunt,  bona  auspicia  existimantur."  Also  Stich.  673,  Cas.  893,  895 
Uss.,  810,  812  Gepp.  (the  intervening  uerbum  uetns  refers  to  the 
proverb  hae  lupi,  hac  canes,  not  to  scaeua). 

1139.  quid  debetur,  "  what  do  you  want  there '?  "  a  standing 
phrase  even  where  no  money  w^as  involved,  as  in  ^lil.  421,  True. 
261  ;  cf.  also  Trin.  893,  isti  tibi  quid  homines  debent,  qnos  iu  quae- 
ritas  ? 

1141.  compendi,  cf.  605.  "  Save  yourself  the  ti'ouble  of  seek 
ing."  Capt.  965,  Jieri  dicta  conpendi  uolo,  Bacch.  183,  conpendi 
uerba  midta  iam  faciam,  Asin.  307,  Pers.  471,  Most.  60,  Poen.  351, 
True.  377.  Of  the  same  nature  are  lucri  facere,  Pers.  668,  713, 
Most.  354,  etc.,  damni  facere,  Merc.  419,  praemii,  mercedis,  dotis 
dare,  all  appositional  predicate  gen.  —  For  quaerere  cf .  Men.  244, 
operam  .  .  .  sumajn  quaerere,  Aul.  339,  operam  perdas  poscere,  etc.  — 
infin.  of  purpose. 

1143.  The  w^ords  of  Ball.,  though  strong  enough,  are  not  dis- 
tinct, and  Harp,  supposes  that  they  refer  to  Simo,  who  is  offended 


188  NOTES. 

at  the  mistake.  —  curuo,  a  difficult  \vord.  I  believe  that  it  con- 
tains some  colloquial  metaphor  the  origin  and  meaning  of  which 
cannot  now  be  recovered.  Of  the  numerous  conjectures  to  which 
it  has  given  rise  (corio,  duro,  diro,  Curtio,  Thurio,  crucio)  the  only 
one  which  deserves  attention  is  crasso  (A.  MiiUer),  cf.  llud.  800, 
(juld  eiit  quod  cauecwi?  ||  em,  a  crasso  infortunio.  [See  review  by 
Lubbert,  Wolfflin's  Archiv,  III.,  30.3. J 

1144  f£.  intende  digitum,  a  contemptuous  gesture,  not  necessa- 
rily used  by  Harpax,  who  is  polite  throughout  the  scene,  but  sug 
gested  by  Simo  as  perfectly  proper  to  use  toward  a  leno.  Ballio's 
reply  is,  "  But  this  (Simo)  is  a  gentleman.  But,  gentleman  though 
you  (Simo)  are,  you  are  often  loudly  dunned  and  have  n't  a  penny 
to  pay  your  debts,  except  as  I,  leno  though  I  am,  help  you  out.' 
The  sense  of  the  vss.  is  perfectly  clear,  but  their  application  is  en- 
tirely uncertain.  The  father  in  the  comedies  is  almost  always 
prosperous,  and  though  Snno  had  been  wild  in  his  youth  (440  ff.), 
he  had  become  a  cautious  old  gentleman,  from  whom  Ps.  hoped  to 
get  20  minae,  and  who  therefore  could  not  well  be  in  debt.  Nor 
is  there  any  case  where  a  leno  helps  anybody.  There  is  no  con- 
nection with  556,  which  is  a  mere  comic  threat.  These  vss.  must 
be  classed  with  the  other  contradictions  and  obscurities  of  the  plot, 
like  the  disappearance  of  Callipho. 

1149.  lectae  numeratae,  "  picked  and  counted."  So  often  in 
paying  money  a  phrase  is  used  to  declare  that  the  coins  are  of  full 
weight  ;  prohl  numerati,  Pers.  437,  526,  cf.  Bacch.  974,  lecti  sine 
prohro. 

1150.  hoc,  "this,"  the  money,  but  do  not  sup-ply  argent  urn.  The 
use  of  Jioc  and  id  with  reference  to  a  sum  of  money  or  to  a  definite 
number  of  objects,  which  is  very  common  in  PL  and  Ter.,  is  really 
a  more  important  phenomenon  than  it  appears  to  one  accustomed 
to  the  English  language,  as  it  is  an  early  step  in  the  breaking  down 
of  the  system  of  inflections.  So  Asin.  90,  uif/inti  ?ninis  .  .  .  id, 
Most.  981,  hoc  .  .  .  triginta  minae  (appos.),  Ps.  279,  quod  .  .  .  id 
.  .  .  minas  uiginti,  Trin.  405,  mi)ias  quadraginta  .  .  .  eo,  etc.  Found 
also  in  Cic.  Epist.  and  Livy. 

1150  f.    As  iuheo  takes  either  infin.  or  ut  clause,  it  may  in  the 


NOTES.  189 

unregulated  language  of  comedy  take  both  together, /er/'e,  ut  initte- 
res.     Cf.  quill  with  nidic.  and  iuipv.,  891. 

1154.  uera  memoras,  •'  it  i.s  the  truth  that  you  're  speaking," 
hardly  more  than  '^you're  quite  right."  So  with  omnia,  mira 
(often),  e.  g.,  Most.  o70,  occidi,  si  tu  uera  memoras  •  •  .  ||  quid  mild 
sit  bont,  si  mentiar  ?  Jn  none  of  these  cases  nor  in  the  impv.  memora 
{l-'6  cases)  doe.s  the  verb  mean  "  remember,  recall,"  as  might  be 
.suggested  by  recLt  meminisU,  1156,  but  always  "  say,  state,  assert;  " 
and  it  is  doubtful  whether  there  is  a  single  case  in  PI.  in  which 
memorare  must  mean  "  recall  to  your  memory  or  to  mine." 

1158.    diem  multum,  "  late  in  the  day.'     So  in  class.  Lat.  also. 

1161.  iuxta  in  PI.  always  adv.  and  always  with  cum.  Mil.  2-34, 
ut  scias  iuxta  mecujn,  Aul.  682,  Pers.  515,  219,  iuxta  tecum  .  .  .  nescio ; 
so  here  "no  better  than  those  who  know  nothing."  So  pariter, 
aeque.  In  all  expressions  of  comparison  the  language  was  at  this 
stage  still  awkward. 

1163.  rogitas  ?  For  this  exclamatory  question,  almost  =  "  what 
a  question  to  ask!  "  used  after  an  unnecessary  or  foolish  question, 
PI.  uses  rogas  more  frequently;  Ter.  prefers  rogitas. 

1165.  quid,  malum  ?  The  usual  explanation  of  this  (Acidal. 
Div.  in  Ps.  VIII.,  p.  363)  is  that  the  sentence  has  two  meanings, 
either  "  What  the  deuce  !  it  (the  money)  is  all  yours,"  or  "  What  ? 
the  deuce  (the  loss,  the  trouble)?  that  is  all  your.s."  It  is  true 
that  malum  may  have  either  of  these  meanings,  but  the  two  sen- 
tences, when  spoken,  are  as  different  in  inflection  as  if  they  w^ere 
expressed  by  different  words,  and  an  actor  who  attempted  to  give 
both  meanings  at  once  would  have  given  neither  clearly.  I  take 
the  words  literally,  "  What  the  deuce  do  you  say  that  for?  The 
money  is  paid  by  your  slave,  and  all  of  it  is  yours  of  course." 

1166.  quam  mox,  "how  soon."  always  m  PI.  as  here  with  ur- 
gency. Rud.  1227,  quam  mox  licet  te  compel! are?  Rud.  341,  sed 
quam  mox  coctumst  prandium  ?  —  tibi  do,  "  I  am  doing  so  "  in  get- 
ting my  friend  here  as  witness.  — quid  .  .  .  auctor?  see  n.  on  231. 

1167.  hunc  faciamus  ludos,  "  make  game  of  him,  make  him 
ridiculous."  So  Aul.  253,  quern  .  .  .  ludos  facias,  etc.  But  ludos 
facere  alicui  is  one  of  the  many  phrases  for  "  deceive,"  and  would 
not  be  in  place  here;  Most.  427,  etc. 


11)0  NOTES. 

1168.  adeo  donicum  "until,"  lit.  "up  to  that  time  until." 
ISo  adco  donee,  ilud.  811,  Cist.  II.,  3,  40,  adeo  dum,  Merc.  (J.37,  70, 
Amph.  470,  A.sin.  3:^8;  almost  limited  to  early  Latin. 

1173.  dices.  For  the  tense  tliere  is  no  sure  parallel.  Poen. 
031  f.,  si  benedicetis  .  .  .  si  nudedicitis,  are  interpolated;  Caec.  Stat. 
24  has  si  male  dixis  in  one  ins.  ;  Mil.  Glor.  843,  si  fa  ha  dices  (Hibb. 
Bx.)  has  dicis  in  tiie  mss.  Hut  the  cases  of  this  jtroverbial  phra.se 
which  Lor.  quotes  from  the  Greek  all  have  (int}s  or  epels,  and  1  do 
not  think  the  future  impossible  here.     The  i)res.  is  frequent. 

1174.  altero,  "  the  second  "  from  the  time  of  starting. 

1175.  1  lie  only  point  is  the  intimation  tiiat  Harpax  was  a  crim- 
inal and  had  worn  irons  on  iiis  ankles. 

1178.  sciu  quid  loquar,  "you  know  what!  "  Also  in  aposio- 
pesis,  Asin.  703,  scin  ut  dicain  f  l*ers.  200. 

1182.  ilicebit  =  ire  licebil,  a  conjecture  oi  Studemund  for  ire 
Uctbit  of  mss.  Cf.  Capt.  409,  dicet  {=  ire  licet)  parasiticae  arti 
maxumam  malam  cruccin.  The  force  of  Uunen  is  not  clear;  "  Even 
if  I  .should  go.  yet  you  will  have  your  punishment  also  "  (?). 

1183.  emittis,  sc.  doiiio,  not  iiuniu. 

1184.  quid  maneam  ?  "  why  should  I  stop  ?"  "  Why  do  you 
wisli  nic  to  stop?"  So  Bacch.  731,  scribe.  \\  quid  scrilnun?  Cure. 
599,  propcnt.  ||  <iuid  propcrein  f  Vs.  132(*»,  Capt.  843,  —  about  -?o  cases 
in  all,  and  as  many  more  without  <juid.  In  all  tiiese  the  subjunct. 
is  optative  or  jussive,  expre.ssinj;^  the  wish  of  the  other  person.  Cf . 
Most.  578,  Aul.  634,  redde  hue  sis.  |(  quid  tibi  uis  reddam  ?  which  is 
simply  a  fuller  expression  of  quitl  tibi  reddam  ?  Cf .  also  the  regular 
expression  of  the  impv.  by  a  subjunct.  in  orat.  obi.  —  conductast, 
from  the  choragus  who  had  the  contract  for  furnishing  the  actors' 
dresses.  So  in  the  Trin.  the  man  who  personates  Charmides  hires 
his  outfit  from  the  choragus,  Trin.  85S,  Pers.  159  f..  Cure.  464. 

1186.  mitte,  '•  let  up  I  "  "  stop  your  nonsense."  So  Asin.  330, 
mitte  ridicularia,  Amph.  1101,  initte  istaec.  Cist.  IV.,  2,  81,  ambages 
.  .  .  mitte.  This  is  different  from  mitte  me,  True.  912,  Mil.  445, 
used  Avhen  the  speaker  is  forcibly  restrained. 

1189.  peculio.  For  the  double  sense  see  Lex.  s.  v.,  I.  b.,  5. 
femina  ivo\n  femur. 


NOTES.  191 

J 190.  uncti,  fricari  are  terms  used  of  bathing,  and  the  literal 
sense  is,  "  These  old  men  have  been  anointed  with  oil,  and  are 
wa  ting  to  be  rubbed  down."  That  is,  "  they  are  all  ready  for  a 
gocd  old-fashioned  (?)  dressing-down,  a  good  sound  thrashing." 
But  this  sense  of  ex  antiquo  is  rather  far-fetched ;  nor  is  there  any 
other  case  of  fricari  used  in  this  way.  Other  interpretations  are 
given  by  the  older  commentators,  Lambinus,  Parens,  and  Taub- 
mann.     This  is  from  Gronovius,  Lect.  Plant.,  267. 

1191.  uero  serio,  "in  sober  earnest."  Cf.  Amph,  964,  an 
illud  iocuio  dixisti?  equidem  serio  ac  uero  I'atus,  Rud.  468,  Poen.  160, 
etc.  Cf.  uerum  serio,  340.  But  the  distinction  made  by  Lor.  and 
accepted  by  Langen  between  die  mihi  uero  serio,  Poen  160,  and  die 
mihi  uerum  serio,  Amph.  855,  and  between  this  passage  and  340, 
rests  upon  a  rather  slender  basis. 

1196.  The  traditional  interpretation  of  this  vs.  is  lit.  "  whom  I 
know  as  a  colorless  man,"  i.  e.,  "  whom  T  do  not  know  at  all,"  and 
it  is  connected  with  the  proverbial  phrase,  qui  albus  aterne  fuerit 
ignoras,  Cic.  Phil.  IT.,  16,  41,  nee  {studeo)  scire  ulrum  sis  albus  an 
ater  homo,  Catul.  XCIII.,  2,  etc.  But  no  one  has  yet  explained 
how  noui  aliquem  nullius  coloris  can  mean  "  I  don't  know  him." 
This  seems  to  me  impossible  Latin.  Uss.  and  Langen  cut  out  the 
vs.,  unnecessarily.  —  non  tu  istinc  abis  ?  "  Won't  you  get  out  of 
this?"  "Hadn't  you  better  leave?"  So  Merc.  737,  non  abis? 
Stich.  603,  non  tu  hinc  abis?  and  often,  esp.  non  faces?  These  are 
all  exclamations;  "you're  not  going!  you  don't  keep  still!  "  and 
get  impv.  force  because  they  imply  "  if  yon  are  not  doing  so,  you 
had  better  begin  at  once." 

1197.  quaestus.  Elsewhere  in  PI.  the  gen.  is  quaesti  (Neue  L^ 
353,  four  cases),  as  of  other  nouns  of  4th  decl.  Lor.  therefore 
takes  this  as  nom.,  making  nil  a  strengthened  negation  with  hodie. 
But  he  gives  no  examples  of  nil  so  used  with  hodie  or  of  nil  with 
esse ;  as  a  strong  negative  nil  is  used  only  with  verbs  which  take 
the  ace.  of  compass  and  extent  (inner  object),  and  I  prefer  to  re- 
gard quaestus  as  an  early  instance  of  the  gen.  form  in  -us.  For 
construction  cf .  Most.  1107,  quia  nil  quaesti  sit. 

1201.  extemplo  with  adueniens  as  with  quom  clause,  cf.  Poen. 
652.  adiit  ad  nos  extemplo  exiens  (e  naui),  and  490,  note. 


192  NOTES. 

1204  ff.  Vs.  120i  is  printed  as  in  the  mss.  Goetz  follows  Kit, 
satiri  conjidit  nequamf  nugas  haud  est  meditatus  male,  sayijig  in  note, 
"uersum  corruptum,  de  quo  despero."  Vss.  1205-1207  ;ire  given 
in  the  Mss.  Pall,  after  1161  as  well  as  here.  I  have  marked  1204- 
1212  as  belonging  to  a  second  recension  of  the  play  (Introd.,  §  8), 
believing  that  they  were  intended  to  shorten  this  long  scene  by 
taking  the  place  of  11G2-1203  and  to  connect  1213  with  1161.  In 
the  lacuna  implied  by  nain  illam  epistulam  stood  some  vs.  containing 
the  substance  of  1200-1203,  as  1210  =  1199,  1211  =  1198  in  sub- 
stance, and  1212  =  1195-6.  The  reviser  omitted  the  ridicule  of 
Harpax,  and  condensed  1195-1203  in  reversed  order. 

1213.  nisi  mirumst,  also  Caecil.  255.  The  more  common  ex- 
pression is  mira  sunt  ni,  1216,  Trin.  861,  Bacch.  450,  Capt.  805, 
nisi,  Amph.  283,  431,  Poen.  839,  or  mirum  (est)  ni ;  all  imply  the 
affirmative,  like  Engl.  "  I  shouldn't  wonder  if." 

1215.  perfrigefacit,  only  here  and  probably  coined.  Cf.  con- 
tahefacit,  21. 

1218  if.  Similar  descriptions  are  found  in  Rud.  344,  317  f .,  Asin. 
400  f.,  Merc.  639  f.,  in  which  the  same  words  are  used,  ruj'(ul)us, 
ueiitriosus,  suhnigris  ocidis,  truculentis  oculis,  ruhicundus.  The  joke 
about  magnis  pedibus,  which  still  continues  in  circulation,  taken  in 
connection  with  the  meaning  of  the  name  Plautus,  led  some  of  the 
early  commentators  to  think  that  these  vss.  were  a  description  of 
Plautus  himself. 

1224.  auferen  =  auferesne.  —  praemium  in  the  earliest  sense, 
"  booty,"  or  money  from  the  sale  of  booty.  So  Men.  135,  ecqua 
pars  prae^ni  =  ecqua  praeda,  Verg.  Aen.  XI.,  78,  in  connection 
with  praeda,  of  booty  taken  in  battle.  The  reference  is  to  the 
hasty  promise  of  Ball.,  1078. 

1226.  dedas  must  be  "  hand  over  for  punishment,"  as  the  reply 
of  Simo  sliows. 

1228.  modicis.  No  satisfactory  explanation  of  this  has  been 
given.  Lor.,  "unbedeutend,"  "trifling,"  with  ironical  intention; 
Uss.,  '-id  quod  modicum  est,  si  cum  tuo  damno  comparatur." 

1232.  Tho  comitia  centuriata  sat  as  a  court  of  appeal  in  capi- 
tal cases.     The  vs.  therefore  means,  "  Pseud,  has  passed  a  verdict 


NOTES.  193 

of  death  against  me."     So  Aul.  700,  de  capite  meo  sunt  comilia, 
True.  819. 

1234  f.  ne  expectetis,  addressed  to  the  spectators,  ita  res  ge- 
stast,  the  paratactic  ita:  "the  business  has  gone  so  badly,  I  shall 
come  home  by  the  back  streets." 

1237.  emortxialem,  coined  to  correspond  to  nafalem,  "  death- 
day  instead  of  birthday."  Lor.  gives  exanimalis,  Rud.  221,  coemp- 
tionalis,  Bacch.  976,  esuriahs,  Capt.  468,  uapularis,  Pers.  22,  all 
air.  \ey. 

Eighteenth  Scene.  —  Siino,  left  alone  on  the  stage,  considers  his  course 
of  action  toward  Pseudolus. 

1238.  tetigi,  see  n.  on  120.  Simo  means  that  he  had  gotten 
the  better  of  Ball,  because  of  the  st'ipulatio  in  1078. 

1242.  This  is  the  promise  made  in  535  ff.  or  in  the  lacuna  after 
545.  But  the  money  is  not  paid  to  Ball.,  as  was  implied  in  536, 
quod  dem  lenoni. 

1244.  dolum  Troianum,  the  carrying  off  of  the  Palladium,  not 
the  taking  of  Troy.     Cf.  1064. 

Nineteenth  Scene.  —  Pseudolus,  wearing  a  garland  and  walking  un- 
steadily, comes  upon  the  stage  from  the  house  of  Charlnus,  where  he  has  been 
dining  freely. 

1246.  sicine  hoc  fit?  "Is  this  the  way  for  things  to  go?" 
"Is  this  a  proper  way?"  So  320,  Asin.  127;  sicine  agis?  Ad, 
128,  Eun.  99,  804,  etc.,  always  with  repudiating  effect. 

1247.  Cf.  Most.  330,  iacentis  toilet  postea  nos  ambo  aliquis.  — 
uelle  ut  occurs  about  10  times  in  PI.  (922,  Bacch.  77,  Most.  632, 
etc.),  and  about  20  times  in  reply  to  a  question  containing  nolo 
(321,  660,  and  often  after  numquid  ids?). 

1249.  pergitin  pergere  ?  also,  in  sing.,  Poen.  433,  so  that  this 
is  not  to  be  taken  as  a  drunken  repetition,  but  only  as  an  extreme 
case  of  duplication.  Cf.  339. — mihi,  dat.  after  seruire,  "you 
must  do  as  I  want  you  to;"  Lor.,  "  ich  muss  schon  immerhin 
nachgeben,"  taking  it  after  the  gerundive.  This  would  mean  that 
the  feet  got  the  better  of  Pseud.,  that  he  fell  down,  but  ah  corrects 
the  idea  oi  pergitin  (cf.  P.  Richter,  de  usu  partic.  exclam.,  Argent. 
1874,  p.  12  ff.). 

13 


194  NOTES. 

1251.  So  in  Amer.  slang,  "  tangle-foot  whiskey.'' 

1252.  niadulsa.  Fest.  Paul.  12G,  viadulm,  ehrius.  If  this  is 
correct  it  is  a  noni.  (noun  or  adj.),  and  haheo  of  mss.  is  changed 
to  aheo  to  suit  this.  But  in  tlie  lack  of  data  the  reading  liabeo  ma- 
dulsamj  '"I  am  drunk,"  may  be  correct.  The  word  is  found  only 
here. 

1253.  munditiis,  "elegance,"  as  in  173,  not  simply  "neatness;" 
this  is  the  nsual  if  not  the  invariable  sense  in  PI. 

1255.  ambages,  only  here  and  Cist.  IV.,  2,  81  in  PL,  but  cf. 
nugaii,  curam,  obliuia  agere,  etc.,  equivalent  to  nugarl,  curare.  "  Why 
should  I  make  many  words  about  it,  why  go  round  about  ?  "  hoc, 
Jiic,  in  hoc,  hoc  all  anticipate  the  infinitives  in  1262  ff. 

1259-61  break  the  construction,  and  interrupt  the  thought, 
leaving  the  infin.  proplnarc,  etc.,  without  a  verb  to  depend  upon. 
They  relate  to  other  matters  than  the  eating  and  drinking  which 
Pseud,  has  been  enjoying.  They  are  therefore  cut  out  of  the  text 
by  Uss.  and  Goetz. 

1262  f.  The  text  is  quite  uncertain.  Goetz  reads  uicissim  ami- 
citiam,  but  manu  Candida  demands  ainicam.  oculissimam  is  a  con- 
jecture of  Spengel.  "  That  one's  dearest  mistress  with  white  hand 
should  give  one  a  sweet  cup  of  wine."  For  this  sense  of  propino 
cf.  Cure.  359,  propino  magnum  poclum  :  ille  ehibit,  also  Pers.  775,  hoc 
mea  manus  tuae  poclum  donat,  ut  amantem  amanti  dare  decet.  —  Scan 
manii  candid  a  can  lit-. 

1264.  morologis,  fxcapoXoyos,  should  be  equivalent  to  shdtUoqno^, 
Pers.  514,  but  both  hei-e  and  Pers.  49,  odio  me  enicas.  |i  •  •  •  td/i 
morologus  fio,  it  is  almost  precisely  equivalent  to  molesfu.t.  So  7no- 
rus  and  moledus  together,  Trin,  669,  Men.  571.  (Influence  of 
morosus  ?) 

1266.  The  hypothesis  of  a  break  is  necessitated  only  by  the  con- 
struction, not  by  the  lack  of  anything  in  the  thought.  Spengel, 
jmrce  promi  I  uictum  ceterum. 

1268  b.  diem  sumpsimus,  so  Ad.  287,  hilare  hunc  sumamus 
diem :  more  frequently  in-{con~)sumere.  —  prothymLe,  Trpodvfxais  ; 
so  musice,  basilice,  pancratice  atque  athletice,  graphice,  and  other 
Greek  ad  vs. 


NOTES.  195 

1272.  cordi  .  .  .  opsequentis,  "  following  their  inclinations 
and  desires."     So  animo  opsequi,  Bacch.  41G. 

1273.  ad  hunc  modum,  and  below  sic,  hoc  modo  were  illustrated 
by  the  action,  so  that  the  description  served  to  introduce  a  dance, 
as  sometimes  on  the  modern  stage.  —  illi,  adv.,  cf.  758. 

1274.  discipulina,  the  early  form  of  the  word,  also  Most.  154. 
While  in  this  word,  as,  e.  g. ,  in  extemjjlo,  the  syncopated  form  be- 
came the  prevalent  one,  in  other  words,  poculum,  perlculum,  the 
short  form  was  used  only  in  verse.  —  qui,  the  particle,  not  the 
pron.  Cf.  473,  n.  —  lonicam,  sc.  discipulinam,  a  kind  of  dance 
which  must  have  come  over  to  the  Romans  from  some  Doric  colony 
in  Italy  or  Sicily  ;  it  is  always  spoken  of  as  indecent,  lonicus  aut 
cinaedlcus,  Stich.  769. 

1275.  palliolatim  amictus,  "  wrapping  my  pallium  around  me." 
For  other  advs.  in  -im  see  Xeue,  II.,  668,  and  for  the  use  of  the 
palliu?n  as  a  means  of  representing  the  character  more  fully,  cf. 
Fronto,  p.  157,  Xab.,  ut  histriones,  quom  palleolatim  saltant,  caudam 
cycni,  capillum  Veneris,  Furiae  flagellum  eodem  pallio  demonstrant. 

1276.  parum,  i.  e.,  "  more!  "  but  not  so  elsewhere.  [C  D par- 
tim;  perhaps  ttoKlv,  cf.  Trin.  705.] 

1277  ff.  Cut  out  because  they  are  inconsistent  with  the  dance, 
which  does  not  end  here,  but  goes  on  in  the  following  vss. 

1278  b.  naenia,  not  as  in  Lex.,  but  "  this  (my  fall)  was  the 
funeral-dirge  of  my  dance,"  i.e.,  put  an  end  to  my  dancing  ;  a 
comic  use  of  naenia,  which  is  properly  a  funeral-dirge.  So  True. 
21  o,  quoted  in  Lex. 

1279.  paene,  in  the  usual  sense,  is  contradicted  by  1281.  But 
cf.  Capt.  prol.  61,  nam  hoc  paene  iniquomst,  comico  choragio  conari 
desuhito  arjere  nos  tragoediam,  "utterly  unfair,"  Mil.  409  f.,  ne  tu 
edepol  stuUitia  tua  nos  paene  perdldisti :  .  .  .  absumptu's  paene,  where 
the  context  shows  that  it  cannot  be  "almost  (but  not  quite)," 
Amph.  521,  nequiter  paene  expediuit  prima  parasitatio,  which  does 
not  mean  that  he  was  almost  beaten,  but  that  his  flattery  had 
utterly  failed.  Cf .  also  nimis  paene,  Rud.  1204,  nimis  paene  inepta 
et  odiosa  eius  amatio,  Pers.  114,  and  pacnissiime,  Aul.  46.3,  668  (?). 
Taken  together  these  point  to  a  meaning  "quite,  actually,"  either 
as  an  original  sense  or  as  a  colloquialism. 


196  NOTES. 

1281.  posiui,  the  regular  form  in  PL  and  Ter.  in  compounds  as 
well  as  in  the  simple  verb,     posui  first  in  Ennius. 

1283.  commemoratum,  used  by  Livy  XXVIL,  4,  10,  Tac. 
Ann.  II.,  58,  etc.,  as  a  technical  word  for  proposing  a  treaty. 

1284.  aliquis  with  2d  pers.  plur.  of  the  impv.  is  used  esp.  in 
knocking  at  the  door  of  a  house.  So  Men.  674,  Merc.  130,  etc. 
See  Draeger,  1. 2  170 f. 

Twentieth  Scene.  —  Simo  appears  at  the  door  of  his  house,  carrying  a 
crumlna  with  the  20  minae. 

1285.  exciet,  of  the  2d  conj.  So  ciet,  conciet,  but  also  conciaSy 
conciet  (fut.),  j^f^rcies  (fut.),  of  3d  conj.  See  Neue,  II.,  429,  and 
Introd.,  §  18. 

1287.  cum  corona,  so  Men.  463,  MenaecJimus  cum  corona  exit 
foras,  after  a  supper. 

1288.  libere  in  PI.  only  with  a  verb  of  speaking  {e)loqui  True. 
212,  215,  Poen.  891,  fahulari,  1159.     Therefore  supply  loquitur. 

1290.  adloquar  subjunct.  deliber.,  not  because  of  the  indirect 
quest.  It  was  in  part  through  the  influence  of  such  constructions 
that  the  subjunct.  became  the  regular  mood  in  ind.  quest. 

1292.  si  .  .  .  mihi,  "  if  there  is  any  hope  for  me  in  him,"  i.  e., 
in  Pseud.  So  Trin.  82,  suspUiost  in  pectore  alieno  sita,  "  lies  in  (de- 
pends upon)  other  people's  way  of  thinking,"  Stich.  53,  in  patris 
potestatest  situm.  The  use  of  Iwc  in  one  vs.  of  the  money  and  in 
the  next  of  Pseud,  is  somewhat  unusual,  but  PI.  is  free  in  his  use 
of  pronouns,  and  the  sense  which  Lor.  implies,  "if  there  is  any 
hope  of  saving  this,"  the  money,  seems  to  me  impossible  for  in  hoc 
sitast. 

1293.  uir  malus,  Pseud.,  uiro  opt.,  Simo.  Cf.  Most.  719,  quid 
aqis  f  II  liominem  oplumum  Icnieo. 

1294.  The  sudden  and  comic  change  of  tone  on  Simo's  part  is 
explained  by  1295  ^  haliae  expresses  a  drunken,  hiccoughing  laugh. 

1295.  cur  .  .  .  adflictor  indicates  that  Simo  had  pushed  Pseud, 
violently  away  from  him,  cf .  Aul.  632,  quid  me  adflictas  f  Most. 
332,  cedo  manum  :  nolo  equidem  te  adjligi,  "  be  hurt  by  falling." 

1297.  madide  madeam,  fig.  etymol.  This  euphemism  for 
drunkenness  is  common  in  PI. 


NOTES.  197 

1298.  interc".ius,  for  the  more  frequent  interdiu,  Asin.  399,  Aiil. 
72,  Capt.  730,  Most.  444,  Rud.  prol  7,  also  in  nudtudeiiius,  all 
from  dius  =  dies ;  in  the  shortened  diu  the  sense  of  dies  is  wholly 

lost. 

1301.    sic  sine,  "don't  bother  about  it,"  "let  it  go  so."     Cf. 

sine  modo,  222. 

1303  f .  Massicus  mons,  here  alluded  to  for  the  amount  of  wine 
produced;  the  reputation  for  quality  came  later.  —  fructus,  "har- 
vests, produce."  In  Phorm.  1013,  Catull.  CXIV.,  4,  Cic.  Leg. 
Manil.  VI.,  15,  it  means  "receipts,  income;"  I  do  not  know  a 
precise  parallel.  —  hiberna,  i.  e.,  a  short  hour. 

1305.  sed  tamen,  after  a  phrase  of  assent,  "  but,  to  change  the 
subject,"  "  but,  to  drop  that  side  of  the  matter,  tell  me  where  you 
have  been."     So  Asin.  339. 

1306.  Beside  the  metaphors  from  the  weather  and  the  sea,  PL 
uses  a  number  which  relate  to  different  kinds  of  boats  and  ships. 
So  celox,  Mil.  986,  of  a  messenger,  Poen.  543,  in  contrast  to  corbita, 
also  nauis  praeditoria,  lembus,  ratis,  and  references  to  rowing,  tack- 
ing, etc.  [A.  Inowraclawer,  de  met.  ap.  PL,  Kostoch,  1876.]  — 
praedicem,  cf.  dlccun,  106. 

1310.  mulier  hoc  facit,  "  it  is  the  woman's  doing,"  i.  e.,  it  has 
all  been  done  ai:  her  instigation  and  for  her  benefit,  and  conse- 
quently she  is  now  free. 

1311.  ordine,  properly  "  in  regular  order,"  but  with  verbs  of 
knowin  ^  and  telling,  scire,  narrare,,  perferre,  etc.,  the  idea  of  regu- 
larity is  lost,  and  it  means  "  completely,  fully,  from  first  to  last." 
So  True.  411,  Amph.  599,  Mil.  875,  1165,  etc. 

1314.  at  negabas,  in  510.  But  what  Simo  denied  was  that 
Pseud,  could  cheat  him  out  of  the  money.  Later  in  the  same  scene 
he  agreed  to  pay  the  money  if  Pseud,  could  cheat  Ball.,  and  it  is  in 
fulfilment  of  that  agreement  that  he  is  now  giving  the  money. 
Pseud.  d*id  not  carry  out  his  declaration  in  507  ff.,  and  this  vs. 
strictly  considered  involves  a  contradiction  in  the  plot. 

1315.  The  money  was  carried  in  a  bag  which  was  hung  from 
the  neck  or  shoulder  by  a  cord,  and  as  the  weight  of  20  minae 
(S360)  in  silver  would  be  considerable,  it  was  customary  to  ask  the 


198  NOTES. 

help  of  another  person  in  adjusting  the  purse.  So  Epid.  360,  ipse 
in  meo  collo  iuos  pater  cruminam  conlocauit,  Pers.  691,  age,  accipe  hoc 
sis.  II  hue  in  collum,  nisi  piget,  impone,  Asin.  657  ff. 

1317.  uae  uictis.  This  saying  of  Brennus,  the  king  of  the 
Gauls,  who  sacked  Rome  in  387,  is  recorded  in  Livy,  V.,  48,  9,  in  a 
way  which  implies  that  it  became  proverbial,  and  this  is  distinctly 
stated  by  Festus,  p.  372.  But  it  is  a  curious  fact  that  the  saying 
is  found  only  here,  in  Florus  I.,  13,  17,  and  as  the  title  of  a  lost 
satire  of  Varro. 

1320.  heu  heu,  doleo,  because  of  the  loss  of  the  money.  — ni 
doleres,  "  if  you  did  not  suffer  this  loss,  I  should  suffer  punish- 
ment." 

1322.  uoiine  is  rarely  used  by  PI.  and  (like  anne)  only  before 
words  beginning  with  a  vowel.  As  long  as  the  proper  negative 
force  of  -ne  was  felt,  it  could  not  be  united  with  noii ,  in  the  time 
of  PI.  the  negative  force  of  -ne  was  nearly  if  not  quite  lost,  and 
nonne  was  just  coming  into  use  by  the  side  of  non  and  ne  in  the 
sense  of  nonne.  Cf.  n.  on  352.  — audes,  see  n.  on  78.  — gratiani 
facere,  "to  excuse,  let  off  from,"  usually  has  dat.  of  person  and 
gen.  of  thing  (Rud.  1414);  h^re  partem  takes  the  place  of  the  gen. 
as  object  of  facere,  gratiam  being  pred.  obj.,  and  hinc  argenti  (cf. 
interea  loci,  266,  n.)  is  for  de  hoc  argento  or  a  partit.  gen.  with 
partem.  "  Are  you  not  willing,  I  ask  you,  to  let  me  off  from  some 
part  of  this  money?  " 

1323.  non  me  dices  auidum,  "  you  shall  not  call  me  auidiis.^^ 
As  audes  =  auides  =  auidus  es,  the  question  of  Simo  maybe  either 
"  are  you  not  willing,"  or  "  are  you  not  miserly,"  and  Pseud,  pre- 
tends to  take  it  in  the  latter  sense  and  replies,  "  No,  I  am  not 
miserly,  and  I  am  not  going  to  give  you  a  chance  to  call  me  auidus 
(willing)  as  you  might  if  I  gave  you  the  money,"  the  last  part  of 
the  vs.  adding  greatly  to  the  effectiveness  of  the  pun.  [So  I  should 
take  this  passage.  Rit.,  Lor.,  Goetz  read  non.  me  dices,  "  No.  You 
shall  call  me  miserly,  for  I  will  give  you  nothing,"  which  seems  to 
me  to  lack  point.] 

1325.  habeo  tergum,  i.  e.,  "  you  need  not  threaten  ;  I  am  your 
slave,  and  of  course  you  can  punish  me."  So  Bacch.  365,  si  illi 
sunt  uirgae  ruri,  at  mihi  tergum  doriiist. 


NOTES.  199 

1326.  age.  As  Simo  speaks  this  he  turns  to  go  away.  —  redi 
quid,  see  Introd.,  §§  40,  42. 

1330  f.  So  Most.  1163  the  father  says  neque  illl  (his  sou)  iam 
sum  iratus  neque  quicquam  ei  suscenseo,  cf.  Triu.  1181  ff. 

1332.  uocas,  to  the  supper.  So  at  the  end  of  the  Men.  an 
auction  is  announced,  to  which  the  spectators  are  invited. 

1334  f .  A  call  for  applause,  sometimes  spoken  by  the  cantor 
(Hor.  A.  P.  155,  doiiec  cantor  '  uos  plaudite'  cheat),  but  in  Men., 
Merc,  Pers.,  Poen.,  Stich.,  True,  and  here  by  the  last  actor,  is  the 
regular  close  to  the  comedy.  Here  it  includes  an  invitation  to 
come  to  the  theatre  for  the  next  day's  performance  (Introd.,  §  43), 
as  a  substitute  for  the  invitation  to  dinner. 


INDEX. 


a  lenone,  203,  735. 

Abl.  in  i,  e,  616. 

Abstract  nouns  in  plu.,  4,  172. 

Abusive  terms,  360  ff. 

Acous.  after  pi-ohibere,  13. 

of  compass  and  extent,  938. 
ad  (=  apud),  Arg.  II.,  5. 
adeo  donicum,  1168.. 
Adj.  and  adv.,  591. 
adstiti,  459. 

Adverbs  in  pred.,  159. 
aduenat,  1030. 
adulescentidus,  871. 
aetatem,  515. 
aetati  meae,  111. 
Agathodes,  532. 
agninis,  329. 

aliquis  with  plu.  verb,  1284. 
Alliteration,  3,  64  ff. 
an,  28. 
antidhac,  16. 
apage  te,  652. 
a/?«if/  ^e,  694. 
argentarius,  105. 
o^5^?(e,  106. 

Attraction  of  nouns,  404,  528. 
aucior,  231. 
audes,  78,  1323. 
a«c?m,  172. 
aurichalco  contra,  688. 


beatus,  66Q. 
hitere,  254. 
bonajide,  1095. 

cacula,  Arg.  I.,  4,  II.,  18. 

caput,  132,  175. 

cauere,  474. 

causa  with  gen.,  121. 

cauiiost,  170. 

circum  ire,  899. 

Colloquialisms,  64  ff.,  179,  359. 

exaggeration,     134,     694,     970, 
1017. 

redundancy,  410,  1136. 

repetition,  466,  502,  523,  941. 
comminisci,  689. 

Condition   contrarj'  to   fact,   274, 
286. 

without  si,  863. 

without  apodosis,  749. 
condxis,  608. 
conjidentiast,  763. 
conligatis  uasis,  1033. 
conpendium  facere,  605. 
conpendi,  1141. 
consignare,  Arg.  I,,  2. 
contabefacere ,  21. 
coqu'inare,  853. 
crumina,  1315. 
CM/n,  12,  158,  253,  298,  364. 


202 


INDEX. 


curare,  72. 
curuo,  1143. 

danunt,  767. 
dare  iierba,  909. 
Dative,  predicate,  339. 

with  nomen  est,  989. 
Deponents,  87. 
dicain,  106. 
dicere  ut,  511. 
Diminutives,  64,  706,  871. 
dimlssis  pedibus,  841. 
disciplina,  1004,  1274. 
drachuma,  86. 
du7n,  336. 

eaepse,  833. 

ecce,  eccum,  36. 

ecJlicHm,  Arg.  II.,  2. 

ecquid  inperas  ?  383. 

ecquid  te  pudet  ?  370. 

ecquis,  482. 

e^on  ?/i,  517. 

em,  155. 

emortualis,  1237. 

enzm,  31. 

ergro,  40. 

en7?s  (Jilius),  Arg.  I.,  6. 

esse,  absolute,  451. 

e.ssM,  824. 

esf  guod,  171. 

esto,  936. 

euofiiere,  317. 

er,  193. 

expetere,  42. 

exsurgere,  2. 

/ace,  18. 

facer e  effecta,  224. 

/ac^M  optumum  %it,  185. 


ya.ro,  49. 
/a^  599. 

Figura  etymologica,  339,  940. 
Jlagntribae,  137. 

Formality,  affected,  7,  38,  905. 
forsfuat  an,  432. 
fricari,  1190. 
fructas  fullonius,  781. 
/rw^j,  339. 
/wz  oblitus,  171. 
y^/^  285. 
furclllare,  631. 

Fut.  4th  conj.  in  -6o,  174. 

Gen.  in  ai,  98. 

in  I  for  ii,  11. 

of  pers.  pron.,  6,  185. 

partitive,  266,  351.  • 
gradibus  militariis,  1046. 
graphicus,  519. 
gratiam  facer  e,  1322. 
Greek  words,  211,  700,  712,  1268. 
gutta  consili,  397. 

habere,  absol.,  936. 

with  perf.  ptc,  602. 
haiic  rem  gere,  195. 
harpagare,  139. 
Harpage,  voc,  665. 
hasce,  69. 

hie  homo  (=  ff/o),  942. 
hicine,  83. 

^(■'sce,  nom.  plu.,  539. 
hoc  caput  (=  ego),  723. 
has  dies,  9. 

/  in  malam  crucem,  335. 
iamne  abis  ?  380. 
idclrco  quo,  563. 
ignobilis  (=  ignotus),  592. 


INDEX. 


203 


ilicebit,  1182. 

ilico,  310,  490. 

ille  in  wishes,  923. 

////,  adv.,  758. 

Imperative,  pres.  and  fut.,  647. 

in  oculum  utntmuis,  123. 

inanilogista,  256. 

inclementer  dicere,  27. 

indigus,  Arg.  II ,  2. 

Indirect  questions,  262  ff. 

Infin  in  exclamation,  202. 

in  -ier,  62. 

after  iinmemor  est,  1104. 

after  verbs  of  motion,  642. 
inpertire,  43. 
interdiiis,  1298. 
inuenlus,  631. 
ipsus,  439. 

isto  pacto  in  pred.,  799. 
ita  negoliumst,  993. 
itast,  466. 
iterare,  388. 
tube,  1054. 
iwTfa  c?<»?,  1161. 

lamberas,  743. 

/o«?'i,  197. 

lepidus,  27. 

Letters  introduced,  41. 

lihella,  98. 

/«6ere,  1288. 

//ce#,  356. 

ludos  facer e,  1167. 

madiiha,  1252. 

7??a^2s  with  compar.,  220. 

???a/a  res,  234. 

malum,  150,  242. 

maxume,  433. 

Medea  legend,  869. 


melhis  qxiam  itt,  1121. 

memorare,  1154. 

meo  arbitratu,  271. 

Metaphors,  14S,  424,  572,  578,613, 

1027,  1306. 
?«/?-a  n/,  1213. 
?H?«e,  1186. 
monere,  150. 
morari,  245. 
morologus,  1264. 
mortem  exsequi,  995. 
OTos  geritur,  22. 
?/?ox,  Arg,  II.,  8. 
multdocus,  794. 
munditiae,  1253. 
mutiiom,  80,  273. 

naenia,  1278. 

narrare,  20. 

7«afw5  nemo,  26. 

-»e,  352,  489,  404,  908. 

Negatives  doubled,  136. 

nempe,  352. 

ne?«s,  436. 

nimis,  201. 

;?is/  mirumsf,  1213. 

nisi"  q-Jiifl,  107. 

nitidiusculuiii,  220. 

?;o»  aiis?  1196 

?/on  faces  ?  889. 

nonne,  1322. 

nullius  coloris  (?),  1196, 

;H<?n,  368. 

nummus,  809. 

numquid  causaest  qidn,  533. 

nuwc  ac/eo,  143. 

nunciam,  118. 

oi.s^r«o,  208. 
occidls  me,  931. 


204  INDEX. 


oculata  die,  301. 
ojffendere,  163 
officium,  375. 
operae  esse,  377- 
opino,  87. 
o/-rt/e  (=  dicere),  389. 

paene,  1279. 

paenitet,  305. 

palliolatim,  1275 

Parataxis,  49,  137, 151  ff..  209,  321, 

522,  925,  952. 
Parody,  125  ff.,  703  ff.,  834,  928. 
parsissem,  5. 
patrissat,  442. 
peiiurus,  975. 
perfn'gefacit,  1215. 
pergitin  pergere  ?  1249. 
periuri  caput,  132. 
plagigeruli,  153. 
posiui,  1281. 
postquam,  1053. 
postidare,  101. 
2>o<m  wi,  235. 
praefulcire,  772 
praehihco,  182. 
praemium,  1224. 
praestinare,  169. 
praeuortl,  237. 
prius(ptam  .  .  ,  /jriu.5,  524. 
;)?o6e,  218. 
profedo  ne,  904. 
progredhn'ino,  859. 
Prohibitions,  734. 
Pronouns,  pers.  for  possess.,  6. 

neut.  sing  ,  13,  279. 

carelessly  used,  137,  1292. 

doubled.  134. 

gen.  plu.  of  pers.,  185. 
promus,  608. 


propmare,  1262. 

puere,  170 

Puns,  acetum  739,  animus  32,  ar^w- 
Tws  746,  auidus  1323,  Ballio  585, 
JUS  197,  misere  74,  sa/«s  43,  sa- 
/)e?-e  737,  scz^ws  748,  so/u^a  630, 
uorsari  745, 

p^irus  putus,  989. 

quaestus  (gen.),  1197. 

(/Mttwi  /woz,  1166. 

7  Mam  dicas,  609. 

g-wasi  quoin,  544. 

f/!(«s«  in  comparisons,  199. 

Questions,  disjunctive,  708. 

indirect,  262,  278. 

with  ?io7z,  230. 

repudiating,  205 
9M^  abl.,  89,  828,  particle,  473. 
7«^(/  ais  ?  479, 
quid  debet ur?  1139. 
7(<2G?  ddbitas  dare  ?  625. 
gujrf  esi  9M0f/,  9. 
r/wiJ  2a/;«  ?  325. 
quid  maneam  ?  1184, 
quidni,  96 

7!n'n  with  indie,  and  impv.,  891. 
quippe  ni,  917. 
7M?s  indef.  after  an,  29, 
quod,  ace.  or  conjunction,  9,  101 
quomodo,  343. 

remorari,  54. 
rogitas,  1163. 

•sa/m,  194. 

scaeua,  1138. 

scelera  (adj.),  817. 

.sc/to.  174. 

.sr;«  7»/W,  276,  538,  641,  1178. 


I 


INDEX. 


205 


sciui,  72. 

siccocuhts,  77. 

sicine  hoc  Jit  ?  1246. 

sicut,  374. 

Sigmatic  aorist,  14,  37,  49. 

Simla,  944. 

sis  (=  si  uis),  48. 

Slang,  circumducere  431,  doctus  385, 
exdorsuare  382,  yruphicus  519, 
palpum  945,  pertundere  170,  p«^- 
wam  rfare  525. 

Slave  punishments,  146,  429,  544. 

suauisauiatio,  65. 

subditluos,  Arg.  II.,  13. 

sublinere  os,  719. 

suhlinguh,  893. 

sumbolus,  55. 

sumne,  908. 

superfieri,  456 

Syncope,  12,  126,  276. 

torn  gratiast,  713. 


tarpezita,  757. 

Tenses,  144,  796,  1116,  1173. 

Time  of  play,  59  f. 

iinnire,  889. 

/u/n  .  .  .  s/,  905. 

wae  /iii,  631. 
wae  uictis,  1317. 
we/,  121,  272. 
?/e//e  M^  1247. 
uerberea  statita,  911. 
Mero  serio,  1191. 
uerum  serio,  340. 
ujn  dicam,  522. 
uirtiite,  581. 
una  opera,  223,  319. 
uociiios,  469. 
Ms»s  es^,  50. 
u<  audio,  99 

causal,  661. 

exclamatory,  574. 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
TOi-^^      202  Main  Library 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
-     HOME  USE 

2                       : 

3 

4 

5                                ( 

b 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Renewals  and  Recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  the  due  dote. 

Books  may  be  Renewed  by  calling     642-3405. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

AOiO.  DkSG. 

AUG    8  1986 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6,                               BERKELEY,  CA  94720 

®s 

GENERAL  LIBRARY  -  U.C.  BERKELEY 


BODOaBTbTfl 


^XJ 


/ 


(jt^L^^^^>^ 


li 


*ifc-<f 


«sv; 


